This is a copy of regalloc_code2_BRANCH from Netscape's private repository,

as it existed in January of 1998.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22571 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/BitSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
+//
+Int32 BitSet::nextOne(Int32 pos) const
+{
+	++pos;
+
+	if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
+		return -1;
+
+	Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
+	Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
+	Word* ptr = &word[offset];
+	Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
+	
+	if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
+		while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+			++index;
+			currentWord >>= 1;
+		}
+		return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+	}
+
+	Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+	while (ptr < limit) {
+		++offset;
+		currentWord = *ptr++;
+		if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
+			index = 0;
+			while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+				++index;
+				currentWord >>= 1;
+			}
+			return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
+//
+Int32 BitSet::nextZero(Int32 pos) const
+{
+	++pos;
+
+	if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
+		return -1;
+
+	Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
+	Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
+	Word* ptr = &word[offset];
+	Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
+	
+	if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
+		for (; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
+			if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+				Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+				return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
+			}
+			currentWord >>= 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+	while (ptr < limit) {
+		++offset;
+		currentWord = *ptr++;
+		if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
+			for (index = 0; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
+				if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
+					Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
+					return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
+				}
+				currentWord >>= 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+
+// Print the set.
+//
+void BitSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("[ "));
+
+	for (Int32 i = firstOne(); i != -1; i = nextOne(i)) {
+		Int32 currentBit = i;
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", currentBit));
+
+		Int32 nextBit = nextOne(currentBit);
+		if (nextBit != currentBit + 1) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" "));
+			continue;
+		}
+		  
+		while ((nextBit != -1) && (nextBit == (currentBit + 1))) {
+			currentBit = nextBit;
+			nextBit = nextOne(nextBit);
+		}
+
+		if (currentBit > (i+1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("-%d ", currentBit));
+		else
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" %d ", currentBit));
+
+		i = currentBit;
+	}
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("]\n"));
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/BitSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H_
+#define _BITSET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// BitSet -
+
+class BitSet
+{
+private:
+
+#if (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 64)
+	typedef Uint64 Word;
+#elif (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
+	typedef Uint32 Word;
+#endif
+
+	static const nBitsInWord = 		PR_BITS_PER_WORD;
+	static const nBytesInWord = 	PR_BYTES_PER_WORD;
+	static const nBitsInWordLog2 =	PR_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2;
+	static const nBytesInWordLog2 = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD_LOG2;
+
+	// Return the number of Word need to store the universe.
+	static Uint32 getSizeInWords(Uint32 sizeOfUniverse) {return (sizeOfUniverse + (nBitsInWord - 1)) >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
+	// Return the given element offset in its containing Word.
+	static Uint32 getBitOffset(Uint32 element) {return element & (nBitsInWord - 1);}
+	// Return the Word offset for the given element int the universe.
+	static Uint32 getWordOffset(Uint32 element) {return element >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
+	// Return the mask for the given bit index.
+	static Word getMask(Uint8 index) {return Word(1) << index;}
+	
+private:
+
+	Uint32							universeSize;			// Size of the universe
+	Word*							word;					// universe memory.
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	BitSet(const BitSet&);
+
+	// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
+	void checkUniverseCompatibility(const BitSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
+	// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
+	void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
+
+public:
+
+	// Create a bitset of universeSize bits.
+	BitSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {word = new(pool) Word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)]; clear();}
+
+	// Return the size of this bitset.
+	Uint32 getSize() const {return universeSize;}
+
+	// Clear the bitset.
+	void clear() {memset(word, 0x00, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
+	// Clear the bit at index.
+	void clear(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] &= ~getMask(index);}
+	// Set the bitset.
+	void set() {memset(word, 0xFF, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
+	// Set the bit at index.
+	void set(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] |= getMask(index);}
+	// Return true if the bit at index is set.
+	bool test(Uint32 index) const {checkMember(index); return (word[getWordOffset(index)] & getMask(index)) != 0;}
+	// Union with the given bitset.
+	inline void or(const BitSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given bitset.
+	inline void and(const BitSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given bitset.
+	inline void difference(const BitSet& set);
+	// Copy set.
+	inline BitSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
+	// Return true if the bitset are identical.
+	friend bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
+	// Return true if the bitset are different.
+	friend bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	BitSet& operator |= (const BitSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	BitSet& operator &= (const BitSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	BitSet& operator -= (const BitSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Return the first bit at set to true or -1 if none.
+	Int32 firstOne() const {return nextOne(-1);}
+	// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
+	Int32 nextOne(Int32 pos) const;
+	// Return the first bit at set to false or -1 if none.
+	Int32 firstZero() const {return nextZero(-1);}
+	// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
+	Int32 nextZero(Int32 pos) const;
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef Int32 iterator;
+	// Return true if the walk is ordered.
+	static bool isOrdered() {return true;}
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const {return firstOne();}
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return nextOne(pos);}
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == -1;}
+	// Return the element corresponding to the given iterator.
+	Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return pos;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the set.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+// Union with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void  BitSet::or(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ |= *src++;
+}
+
+// Intersection with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void  BitSet::and(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ &= *src++;
+}
+
+// Difference with the given bitset.
+//
+inline void BitSet::difference(const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Word* src = set.word;
+	Word* dst = word;
+	Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
+
+	while (src < limit)
+		*dst++ &= ~*src++;
+}
+
+// Copy the given set into this set.
+//
+inline BitSet& BitSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	if (this != &set)
+		memcpy(word, set.word, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);
+	return *this;
+}
+
+// Return true if the given set is identical to this set.
+inline bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2)
+{
+	set1.checkUniverseCompatibility(set2);
+
+	if (&set1 == &set2)
+		return true;
+
+	return memcmp(set1.word, set2.word, BitSet::getSizeInWords(set1.universeSize) << BitSet::nBytesInWordLog2) == 0;
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2) {return !(set1 == set2);}
+
+#endif // _BITSET_H

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coalescing.h

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _COALESCING_H_
+#define _COALESCING_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+#if 1
+// Performing an ultra conservative coalescing meens that when we look at
+// candidates (source,destination) for coalescing we need to make sure
+// that the combined interference of the source and destination register
+// will not exceed the total number of register available for the register
+// class. 
+#define ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+#else
+// If we are not doing an ultra conservative coalescing we have to make sure 
+// that the total number of neighbor whose degree is greater than the total 
+// number of register is not greater than the total number of register.
+#undef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+#endif
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Coalescing
+{
+	static bool coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coalescing<RegisterPressure>::coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+
+   	// Initialize the lookup table
+	//
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* newRange = new RegisterName[2 * rangeCount];
+	RegisterName* coalescedRange = &newRange[rangeCount];
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	init(coalescedRange, rangeCount);
+
+	SparseSet interferences(pool, rangeCount);
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+	bool removedInstructions = false;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.lndList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+
+	// Walk the nodes in the loop nesting depth list.
+	for (Int32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		InstructionList::iterator it = instructions.begin();
+		while (!instructions.done(it)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(it);
+			it = instructions.advance(it);
+
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+
+				RegisterName source = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
+				RegisterName destination = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
+
+				if (source == destination) {
+					instruction.remove();
+				} else if (!iGraph.interfere(source, destination)) {
+					InterferenceVector* sourceVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(source);
+					InterferenceVector* destinationVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(destination);
+
+#ifdef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+					interferences.clear();
+
+					InterferenceVector* vector;
+					for (vector = sourceVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
+						RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
+						for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
+							interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
+					}
+					for (vector = destinationVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
+						RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
+						for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
+							interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
+					}
+
+					Uint32 count = interferences.getSize();
+#else // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+					trespass("not implemented");
+					Uint32 count = 0;
+#endif // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
+
+					if (count < 6 /* FIX: should get the number from the class */) {
+						// Update the interferences vector.
+						if (sourceVector == NULL) {
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(source, destinationVector);
+							sourceVector = destinationVector;
+						} else if (destinationVector == NULL)
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
+						else {
+							InterferenceVector* last = NULL;
+							for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next)
+								last = v;
+							assert(last);
+							last->next = destinationVector;
+							iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
+						}
+						// Update the interference matrix.
+						for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next) {
+							RegisterName* neighbors = v->neighbors;
+							for (Uint32 i = 0; i < v->count; i++) {
+								RegisterName neighbor = findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange);
+								iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, source);
+								iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, destination);
+							}
+						}
+
+						instruction.remove();
+						coalescedRange[source] = destination;
+						removedInstructions = true;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, coalescedRange, registerAllocator.nameCount, rangeCount);
+	delete newRange;
+
+	return removedInstructions;
+}
+
+#endif // _COALESCING_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coloring.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
+
+#include "Coloring.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "FastBitSet.h"
+#include "FastBitMatrix.h"
+#include "CpuInfo.h"
+
+bool Coloring::
+assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix)
+{
+  PRUint32 *stackPtr = new(pool) PRUint32[vRegManager.count()];
+
+  return select(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr, simplify(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr));
+}
+
+PRInt32 Coloring::
+getLowestSpillCostRegister(FastBitSet& bitset)
+{
+  PRInt32 lowest = bitset.firstOne();
+  if (lowest != -1)
+	{
+	  Flt32 cost = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(lowest).spillInfo.spillCost;
+	  for (PRInt32 r = bitset.nextOne(lowest); r != -1; r = bitset.nextOne(r))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+		  if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost && (vReg.spillInfo.spillCost < cost))
+			{
+			  cost = vReg.spillInfo.spillCost;
+			  lowest = r;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+  return lowest;
+}
+
+PRUint32* Coloring::
+simplify(FastBitMatrix interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackPtr)
+{
+  // first we construct the sets low and high. low contains all nodes of degree
+  // inferior to the number of register available on the processor. All the
+  // nodes with an high degree and a finite spill cost are placed in high.
+  // Nodes of high degree and infinite spill cost are not included in either sets.
+
+  PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet low(pool, nRegisters);
+  FastBitSet high(pool, nRegisters);
+  FastBitSet stack(pool, nRegisters);
+
+  for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
+	{
+	  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+	  
+	  if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
+		{
+		  stack.set(i);
+		  vReg.colorRegister(nRegisters);
+		}
+	  else
+		{
+		  if (vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree < NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS)
+			low.set(i);
+		  else // if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost)
+			high.set(i);
+
+		  // Set coloring info.
+		  vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = false;
+
+		  switch(vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  vReg.colorRegister(LAST_GREGISTER + 1);
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+			  vReg.colorRegister(LAST_FPREGISTER + 1);
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  PR_ASSERT(false); // Cannot happen.
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+  // push the stack registers
+  PRInt32 j;
+  for (j = stack.firstOne(); j != -1; j = stack.nextOne(j))
+	*stackPtr++ = j;
+
+  // simplify
+  while (true)
+	{
+	  PRInt32 r;
+	  while ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(low)) != -1)
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+
+		  /* update low and high */
+		  FastBitSet inter(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
+		  for (j = inter.firstOne(); j != -1; j = inter.nextOne(j))
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& neighbor = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
+			  // if the new interference degree of one of his neighbor becomes
+			  // NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS - 1 then it is added to the set 'low'.
+			  
+			  PRUint32 maxInterference = 0;
+			  switch (neighbor.getClass())
+				{
+				case vrcInteger:
+				  maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS;
+				  break;
+				case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				case vrcFixedPoint:
+				  maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS;
+				  break;
+				default:
+				  PR_ASSERT(false);
+				}
+			  if ((vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j).colorInfo.interferenceDegree-- == maxInterference))
+				{
+				  high.clear(j);
+				  low.set(j);
+				}
+			  vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree--;
+			  interferenceMatrix.clear(r, j);
+			  interferenceMatrix.clear(j, r);
+			}
+		  low.clear(r);
+
+		  // Push this register.
+		  *stackPtr++ = r;
+		}
+	  if ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(high)) != -1)
+		{
+		  high.clear(r);
+		  low.set(r);
+		}
+	  else
+		break;
+	}
+
+  return stackPtr;
+}
+
+bool Coloring::
+select(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackBase, PRUint32* stackPtr)
+{
+  PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet usedRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1); // usedRegisters if used for both GR & FPR.
+  FastBitSet preColoredRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1);
+  FastBitSet usedStack(nRegisters + 1);
+  bool success = true;
+  Int32 lastUsedSSR = -1;
+
+  // select
+  while (stackPtr != stackBase)
+	{
+	  // Pop one register.
+	  PRUint32 r = *--stackPtr;
+	  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
+
+	  FastBitSet neighbors(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
+		  
+	  if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
+		// Stack slots coloring.
+		{
+		  usedStack.clear();
+
+		  for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
+			usedStack.set(vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i).getColor());
+
+		  Int32 color = usedStack.firstZero();
+		  vReg.colorRegister(color);
+		  if (color > lastUsedSSR)
+			  lastUsedSSR = color;
+		}
+	  else
+		// Integer & Floating point register coloring.
+		{
+		  usedRegisters.clear();
+		  preColoredRegisters.clear();
+		  
+		  for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& nvReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+			  usedRegisters.set(nvReg.getColor());
+			  if (nvReg.isPreColored())
+				preColoredRegisters.set(nvReg.getPreColor());
+			}
+		  if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference)
+			usedRegisters |= vReg.specialInterference;
+
+		  PRInt8 c = -1;
+		  PRInt8 maxColor = 0;
+		  PRInt8 firstColor = 0;
+		  switch (vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  firstColor = FIRST_GREGISTER;
+			  maxColor = LAST_GREGISTER;
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+			  firstColor = FIRST_FPREGISTER;
+			  maxColor = LAST_FPREGISTER;
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  PR_ASSERT(false);
+			}
+
+		  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+			{
+			  c = vReg.getPreColor();
+			  if (usedRegisters.test(c))
+				c = -1;
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  for (c = usedRegisters.nextZero(firstColor - 1); (c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor) && (preColoredRegisters.test(c)); 
+				   c = usedRegisters.nextZero(c)) {}
+			}
+
+		  if ((c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor))
+			{
+			  vReg.colorRegister(c);
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  VirtualRegister& stackRegister = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcStackSlot);
+			  vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot] = &stackRegister;	  
+			  vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = true;
+			  success = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (success)
+	{
+	  for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
+		  switch (vReg.getClass())
+			{
+			case vrcInteger:
+			  if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_GREGISTER)
+				PR_ASSERT(false);
+			  break;
+			case vrcFloatingPoint:
+			case vrcFixedPoint:
+#if NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS != 0
+			  if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_FPREGISTER)
+				PR_ASSERT(false);
+#endif
+			  break;
+			default:
+			  break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+  vRegManager.nUsedStackSlots = lastUsedSSR + 1;
+  return success;
+}
+#endif // NEW_LAURENTM_CODE

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Coloring.h

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class Coloring
+{
+private:
+	static RegisterName* simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack);
+	static bool select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr);
+
+public:
+	static bool color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static void finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Coloring<RegisterPressure>::finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	RegisterName* color = registerAllocator.color;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					RegisterID rid = usePtr->getRegisterID();
+					setColoredRegister(rid);
+					usePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
+#endif // DEBUG
+				}
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					RegisterID rid = definePtr->getRegisterID();
+					setColoredRegister(rid);
+					definePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
+#endif // DEBUG
+				}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* color = new RegisterName[rangeCount];
+	registerAllocator.color = color;
+
+	for (Uint32 r = 1; r < rangeCount; r++)
+		color[r] = RegisterName(6); // FIX;
+
+	// Color the preColored registers.
+	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
+	for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
+		if (machinePtr->id != invalidID) {
+			color[name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]] = machinePtr->color;
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill preColor range %d as %d\n", name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)], machinePtr->color));
+		}
+
+	SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet& spill = *new(pool) SparseSet(pool, rangeCount);
+	registerAllocator.willSpill = &spill;
+	SparseSet neighborColors(pool, 6); // FIX
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+
+	bool coloringFailed = false;
+	while (coloringStackPtr > coloringStack) {
+		RegisterName range = *--coloringStackPtr;
+
+		if (!cost[range].infinite && cost[range].cost < 0) {
+			coloringFailed = true;
+			spill.set(range);
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, will spill.\n", range));
+		} else {
+			neighborColors.clear();
+
+			for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+				for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+					RegisterName neighborColor = color[vector->neighbors[i]];
+					if (neighborColor < 6) // FIX
+						neighborColors.set(neighborColor);
+				}
+
+			if (neighborColors.getSize() == 6) { // FIX
+				coloringFailed = true;
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, ", range));
+
+				if (!Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(registerAllocator, color, range)) {
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will spill.\n"));
+					spill.set(range);
+				} else
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will split.\n"));
+			} else {
+				for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++) // FIX
+					if (!neighborColors.test(i)) {
+						fprintf(stdout, "\twill color %d as %d\n", range, i);
+						color[range] = RegisterName(i);
+						break;
+					}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	if (coloringFailed) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring failed:\n"));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill spill: "));
+		spill.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	} else {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring succeeded:\n"));
+		for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++)
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d colored as %d\n", i, color[i]));
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return !coloringFailed;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+RegisterName* Coloring<RegisterPressure>::simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack)
+{
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+	SpillCost* spillCost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+
+	Uint32* degree = new Uint32[rangeCount];
+	for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(1); i < rangeCount; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) {
+		InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(i);
+		degree[i] = (vector != NULL) ? vector->count : 0;
+	}
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet low(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet high(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet highInfinite(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet preColored(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	// Get the precolored registers.
+	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
+	for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
+		if (machinePtr->id != invalidID)
+			preColored.set(name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]);
+
+	// Insert the live ranges in the sets.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 range = 1; range < rangeCount; range++)
+		if (!preColored.test(range))
+			if (degree[range] < 6) // FIX
+				low.set(range);
+			else if (!spillCost[range].infinite)
+				high.set(range);
+			else
+				highInfinite.set(range);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring sets:\n\tlow = "));
+	low.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thigh = "));
+	high.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thighInfinite = "));
+	highInfinite.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tpreColored = "));
+	preColored.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+	RegisterName* coloringStackPtr = coloringStack;
+
+	while (low.getSize() != 0 || high.getSize() != 0) {
+		while (low.getSize() != 0) {
+			RegisterName range = RegisterName(low.getOne());
+			low.clear(range);
+			*coloringStackPtr++ = range;
+
+			for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+				for (Int32 i = (vector->count - 1); i >= 0; --i) {
+					RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
+					degree[neighbor]--;
+
+					if (degree[neighbor] < 6) // FIX
+						if (high.test(neighbor)) {
+							high.clear(neighbor);
+							low.set(neighbor);
+						} else if (highInfinite.test(neighbor)) {
+							highInfinite.clear(neighbor);
+							low.set(neighbor);
+						}
+				}
+		}
+
+		if (high.getSize() != 0) {
+			RegisterName best = RegisterName(high.getOne());
+			double bestCost = spillCost[best].cost;
+			double bestDegree = degree[best];
+
+			// Choose the next best candidate.
+			//
+			for (SparseSet::iterator i = high.begin(); !high.done(i); i = high.advance(i)) {
+				RegisterName range = RegisterName(high.get(i));
+				double thisCost = spillCost[range].cost;
+				double thisDegree = degree[range];
+
+				if (thisCost * bestDegree < bestCost * thisDegree) {
+					best = range;
+					bestCost = thisCost;
+					bestDegree = thisDegree;
+				}
+			}
+			
+			high.clear(best);
+			low.set(best);
+		}
+ 	}
+	assert(highInfinite.getSize() == 0);
+
+	delete degree;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring stack:\n\t"));
+	for (RegisterName* sp = coloringStack; sp < coloringStackPtr; ++sp)
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d ", *sp));
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+	return coloringStackPtr;
+}
+
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	RegisterName* coloringStack = new RegisterName[registerAllocator.rangeCount];
+	return select(registerAllocator, coloringStack, simplify(registerAllocator, coloringStack));
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/DominatorGraph.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+
+#include "DominatorGraph.h"
+
+DominatorGraph::DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph) : controlGraph(controlGraph)
+{
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	GtoV = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
+	VtoG = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
+
+	Uint32 v = 1;
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		VtoG[v] = n;
+		GtoV[n] = v++;
+	}
+
+	// Initialize all the 1-based arrays.
+	//
+	parent =	new Uint32[v];
+	semi =		new Uint32[v];
+	vertex =	new Uint32[v];
+	label =		new Uint32[v];
+	size =		new Uint32[v];
+	ancestor =	new Uint32[v];
+	child =		new Uint32[v];
+	dom =		new Uint32[v];
+	bucket =	new DGLinkedList*[v];
+
+	memset(semi, '\0', v * sizeof(Uint32));
+	memset(bucket, '\0', v * sizeof(DGLinkedList*));
+
+	vCount = v;
+
+	build();
+
+	delete parent;
+	delete semi;
+	delete vertex;
+	delete label;
+	delete size;
+	delete ancestor;
+	delete child;
+	delete dom;
+	delete bucket;
+}
+
+Uint32 DominatorGraph::DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n)
+{
+	semi[vx] = ++n;
+	vertex[n] = label[vx] = vx;
+	ancestor[vx] = child[vx] = 0;
+	size[vx] = 1;
+
+
+	ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[vx]];
+	ControlEdge* successorEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+	for (ControlEdge* successorPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorPtr < successorEnd; successorPtr++) {
+		Uint32 w = GtoV[successorPtr->getTarget().dfsNum];
+		if (semi[w] == 0) {
+			parent[w] = vx;
+			n = DFS(w, n);
+		}
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+void DominatorGraph::LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w)
+{
+    Uint32 s = w;
+
+	while (semi[label[w]] < semi[label[child[s]]]) {
+		if (size[s] + size[child[child[s]]] >= (size[child[s]] << 1)) {
+			ancestor[child[s]] = s;
+			child[s] = child[child[s]];
+		} else {
+			size[child[s]] = size[s];
+			s = ancestor[s] = child[s];
+		}
+	}
+	label[s] = label[w];
+	size[vx] += size[w];
+	if(size[vx] < (size[w] << 1)) {
+		Uint32 t = s;
+		s = child[vx]; 
+		child[vx] = t;
+	}
+	while( s != 0 ) {
+		ancestor[s] = vx;
+		s = child[s];
+	}
+}
+
+
+void DominatorGraph::COMPRESS(Uint32 vx)
+{
+	if(ancestor[ancestor[vx]] != 0) {
+		COMPRESS(ancestor[vx]);
+		if(semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] < semi[label[vx]])
+			label[vx] = label[ancestor[vx]];
+		ancestor[vx] = ancestor[ancestor[vx]];
+	}
+}
+
+Uint32 DominatorGraph::EVAL(Uint32 vx)
+{
+	if(ancestor[vx] == 0) 
+		return label[vx];
+	COMPRESS(vx);
+	return (semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] >= semi[label[vx]]) ? label[vx] : label[ancestor[vx]];
+}
+
+void DominatorGraph::build()
+{
+	Uint32 n = DFS(GtoV[0], 0);
+	size[0] = label[0] = semi[0];
+
+	for (Uint32 i = n; i >= 2; i--) {
+		Uint32 w = vertex[i];
+
+		ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[w]];
+		const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+		for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p)) {
+			Uint32 vx = GtoV[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum];
+			Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
+
+			if(semi[u] < semi[w])
+				semi[w] = semi[u];
+		}
+
+		DGLinkedList* elem = new DGLinkedList();
+		elem->next = bucket[vertex[semi[w]]];
+		elem->index = w;
+		bucket[vertex[semi[w]]] = elem;
+
+		LINK(parent[w], w);
+
+		elem = bucket[parent[w]];
+		while(elem != NULL) {
+			Uint32 vx = elem->index;
+			Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
+			dom[vx] = (semi[u] < semi[vx]) ? u : parent[w];
+			elem = elem->next;
+		}
+	}
+
+	memset(size, '\0', n * sizeof(Uint32));
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	nodes = new(pool) DGNode[n];
+
+	for(Uint32 j = 2; j <= n; j++) {
+		Uint32 w = vertex[j];
+		Uint32 d = dom[w];
+		if(d != vertex[semi[w]]) {
+			d = dom[d];
+			dom[w] = d;
+		}
+		size[d]++;
+	}
+	dom[GtoV[0]] = 0;
+
+	for (Uint32 k = 1; k <= n; k++) {
+		DGNode& node = nodes[VtoG[k]];
+		Uint32 count = size[k];
+		node.successorsEnd = node.successorsBegin = (count) ? new(pool) Uint32[count] : (Uint32*) 0;
+	}
+
+	for (Uint32 l = 2; l <= n; l++)
+		*(nodes[VtoG[dom[l]]].successorsEnd)++ = VtoG[l];
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+void DominatorGraph::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Dominator Graph:\n"));
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < nNodes; i++) {
+		DGNode& node = nodes[i];
+		if (node.successorsBegin !=  node.successorsEnd) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tN%d dominates ", i));
+			for (Uint32* successorsPtr = node.successorsBegin; successorsPtr < node.successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d ", *successorsPtr));
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/DominatorGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
+#define _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
+
+#include "LogModule.h"
+
+class ControlGraph;
+
+struct DGNode
+{
+	Uint32* successorsBegin;
+	Uint32* successorsEnd;
+};
+
+struct DGLinkedList
+{
+	DGLinkedList* next;
+	Uint32 index;
+};
+
+class DominatorGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	ControlGraph&	controlGraph;
+
+	Uint32			vCount;
+
+	Uint32*			VtoG;
+	Uint32*			GtoV;
+	Uint32*			parent;
+	Uint32*			semi;
+	Uint32*			vertex;
+	Uint32*			label;
+	Uint32*			size;
+	Uint32*			ancestor;
+	Uint32*			child;
+	Uint32*			dom;
+	DGLinkedList**	bucket;
+	DGNode*			nodes;
+	
+private:
+
+	void build();
+
+	Uint32 DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n);
+	void LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w);
+	void COMPRESS(Uint32 vx);
+	Uint32 EVAL(Uint32 vx);
+
+public:
+
+	DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph);
+
+	Uint32* getSuccessorsBegin(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsBegin;}
+	Uint32* getSuccessorsEnd(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsEnd;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+#endif // _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/HashSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashSet.h"

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/HashSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HASH_SET_H_
+#define _HASH_SET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct HashSetElement
+{
+	Uint32 index;
+	HashSetElement* next;
+};
+
+class HashSet
+{
+private:
+
+	static const hashSize = 64;
+
+	// Return the hash code for the given element index.
+	static Uint32 getHashCode(Uint32 index) {return index & (hashSize - 1);} // Could be better !
+
+private:
+
+	Pool&					allocationPool;
+	HashSetElement**		bucket;
+	HashSetElement*			free;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	HashSet(const HashSet&);
+	// No copy operator.
+	void operator = (const HashSet&);
+
+public:
+
+	// Create a new HashSet.
+	inline HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize);
+
+	// Clear the hashset.
+	void clear();
+	// Clear the element for the given index.
+	void clear(Uint32 index);
+	// Set the element for the given index.
+	void set(Uint32 index);
+	// Return true if the element at index is a member.
+	bool test(Uint32 index) const;
+	// Union with the given hashset.
+	inline void or(const HashSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given hashset.
+	inline void and(const HashSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given hashset.
+	inline void difference(const HashSet& set);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	HashSet& operator |= (const HashSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	HashSet& operator &= (const HashSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	HashSet& operator -= (const HashSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef HashSetElement* iterator;
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const;
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const;
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == NULL;}
+};
+
+
+inline HashSet::HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 /*universeSize*/)
+	: allocationPool(pool), free(NULL)
+{
+	bucket = new(pool) HashSetElement*[hashSize];
+	memset(bucket, '\0', sizeof(HashSetElement*));
+}
+
+#endif // _HASH_SET_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/IndexedPool.h

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INDEXED_POOL_H_
+#define _INDEXED_POOL_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedPool<IndexedObjectSubclass> is an indexed pool of objects. The
+// template parameter 'IndexedObjectSubclass' must be a subclass of the struct
+// IndexedObject.
+// 
+// When the indexed pool is ask to allocate and initialize a new object (using
+// the operator new(anIndexedPool) it will zero the memory used to store the
+// object and initialize the field 'index' of this object to its position in
+// the pool.
+//
+// An object allocated by the indexed pool can be freed by calling the method
+// IndexedPool::release(IndexedElement& objectIndex).
+//
+// example:
+//
+//   IndexedPool<IndexedElement> elementPool;
+//
+//   IndexedElement& element1 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//   IndexedElement& element2 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//
+//   indexedPool.release(element1);
+//   IndexedElement& element3 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
+//
+//  At this point element1 is no longer a valid object, element2 is at
+//  index 2 and element3 is at index 1.
+//
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedObject -
+//
+
+template<class Object>
+struct IndexedObject
+{
+	Uint32			index;				// Index in the pool.
+	Object*			next;				// Used to link IndexedObject together.
+
+	Uint32 getIndex() {return index;}
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// IndexedPool<IndexedObject> -
+//
+
+template <class IndexedObject>
+class IndexedPool
+{
+private:
+
+	static const	blockSize = 4;		// Size of one block.
+
+	Uint32			nBlocks;			// Number of blocks in the pool.
+	IndexedObject**	block;				// Array of block pointers.
+	IndexedObject*  freeObjects;		// Chained list of free IndexedObjects.
+	Uint32			nextIndex;			// Index of the next free object in the last block. 
+
+private:
+
+	void allocateAnotherBlock();
+	IndexedObject& newObject();
+
+public:
+
+	IndexedPool() : nBlocks(0), block(NULL), freeObjects(NULL), nextIndex(1) {}
+	~IndexedPool();
+
+	IndexedObject& get(Uint32 index) const;
+	void release(IndexedObject& object);
+
+	void setSize(Uint32 size) {assert(size < nextIndex); nextIndex = size;}
+
+	// Return the universe size.
+	Uint32 getSize() {return nextIndex;}
+
+	friend void* operator new(size_t, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool); // Needs to call newObject().
+};
+
+// Free all the memory allocated for this object.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::~IndexedPool()
+{
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nBlocks; n++)
+		free(&((IndexedObject **) &block[n][n*blockSize])[-(n + 1)]);
+}
+
+// Release the given. This object will be iserted in the chained
+// list of free IndexedObjects. To minimize the fragmentation the chained list 
+// is ordered by ascending indexes.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::release(IndexedObject& object)
+{
+	Uint32 index = object.index;
+	IndexedObject* list = freeObjects;
+
+	assert(&object == &get(index)); // Make sure that object is owned by this pool.
+
+	if (list == NULL) { // The list is empty.
+		freeObjects = &object;
+		object.next = NULL;
+	} else { // The list contains at least 1 element.
+		if (index < list->index) { // insert as first element.
+			freeObjects = &object;
+			object.next = list;
+		} else { // Find this object's place.
+			while ((list->next) != NULL && (list->next->index < index))
+				list = list->next;
+
+			object.next = list->next;
+			list->next = &object;
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	// Sanity check to be sure that the list is correctly ordered.
+	for (IndexedObject* obj = freeObjects; obj != NULL; obj = obj->next)
+		if (obj->next != NULL)
+			assert(obj->index < obj->next->index);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Create a new block of IndexedObjects. We will allocate the memory to
+// store IndexedPool::blockSize IndexedObject and the new Array of block
+// pointers.
+// The newly created IndexedObjects will not be initialized.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::allocateAnotherBlock()
+{
+	void* memory = (void *) malloc((nBlocks + 1) * sizeof(Uint32) + blockSize * sizeof(IndexedObject));
+
+	memcpy(memory, block, nBlocks * sizeof(Uint32));
+
+	block = (IndexedObject **) memory;
+	IndexedObject* objects = (IndexedObject *) &block[nBlocks + 1];
+
+	block[nBlocks] = &objects[-(nBlocks * blockSize)];
+	nBlocks++;
+}
+
+// Return the IndexedObject at the position 'index' in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::get(Uint32 index) const
+{
+	Uint32 blockIndex = index / blockSize;
+	assert(blockIndex < nBlocks);
+
+	return block[blockIndex][index];
+}
+
+// Return the reference of an unused object in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::newObject()
+{
+	if (freeObjects != NULL) {
+		IndexedObject& newObject = *freeObjects;
+		freeObjects = newObject.next;
+		return newObject;
+	}
+	
+	Uint32 nextIndex = this->nextIndex++;
+	Uint32 blockIndex = nextIndex / blockSize;
+
+	while (blockIndex >= nBlocks)
+		allocateAnotherBlock();
+	
+	IndexedObject& newObject = block[blockIndex][nextIndex];
+	newObject.index = nextIndex;
+
+	return newObject;
+}
+
+// Return the address of the next unsused object in the given
+// indexed pool. The field index of the newly allocated object
+// will be initialized to the corresponding index of this object
+// in the pool.
+//
+template <class IndexedObject>
+void* operator new(size_t size, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool)
+{
+	assert(size == sizeof(IndexedObject));
+	return (void *) &pool.newObject();
+}
+
+#endif // _INDEXED_POOL_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/InterferenceGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
+#define _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct InterferenceVector
+{
+	Uint32				count;
+	InterferenceVector*	next;
+	RegisterName*		neighbors;
+
+	InterferenceVector() : count(0), next(NULL) {}
+};
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class InterferenceGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	RegisterAllocator&			registerAllocator;
+
+	RegisterPressure::Set*		interferences;
+	InterferenceVector**		vector;
+	Uint32*						offset;
+	Uint32 						rangeCount;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	InterferenceGraph(const InterferenceGraph&);
+	// No copy operator.
+	void operator = (const InterferenceGraph&);
+
+	// Check if reg is a member of the universe.
+	void checkMember(RegisterName name) {assert(name < rangeCount);}
+	// Return the edge index for the interference between name1 and name2.
+	Uint32 getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+public:
+	InterferenceGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
+
+	// Calculate the interferences.
+	void build();
+	// Return true if reg1 and reg2 interfere.
+	bool interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+	// Return the interference vector for the given register or NULL if there is none.
+	InterferenceVector* getInterferenceVector(RegisterName name) {return vector[name];}
+	// Set the interference between name1 and name2.
+	void setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+	// Set the interference vector for the given register.
+	void setInterferenceVector(RegisterName name, InterferenceVector* v) {vector[name] = v;}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the interferences.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
+
+	// Initialize the structures.
+	//
+	offset = new(pool) Uint32[rangeCount + 1];
+	vector = new(pool) InterferenceVector*[rangeCount];
+	memset(vector, '\0', sizeof(InterferenceVector*) * rangeCount);
+
+	Uint32 o = 0;
+	offset[0] = 0;
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i <= rangeCount; ++i) {
+		offset[i] = o;
+		o += i;
+	}
+	
+	interferences = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, (rangeCount * rangeCount) / 2);
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness = Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, rangeCount, name2range);
+	registerAllocator.liveness = liveness;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			// Handle the copy instruction to avoid unnecessary interference between the 2 registers.
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
+			}
+
+			// Create the interferences.
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator e = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(e); e = currentLive.advance(e)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(e));
+
+						if ((live != define) && !interfere(live, define) && registerAllocator.canInterfere(live, define)) {
+
+							if (vector[define] == NULL)
+								vector[define] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
+							vector[define]->count++;
+
+							if (vector[live] == NULL)
+								vector[live] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
+							vector[live]->count++;
+
+							setInterference(live, define);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+			// Now update the liveness.
+			//
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Allocate the memory to store the interferences.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 e = 0; e < rangeCount; e++)
+		if (vector[e] != NULL) {
+			InterferenceVector& v = *vector[e];
+			v.neighbors = new(pool) RegisterName[v.count];
+			v.count = 0;
+		}
+
+	// Initialize the edges.
+	//
+	if (RegisterPressure::Set::isOrdered()) {
+		RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(0);
+
+		for (RegisterPressure::Set::iterator i = interferences->begin(); !interferences->done(i); i = interferences->advance(i)) {
+			Uint32 interferenceIndex = interferences->get(i);
+
+			while(interferenceIndex >= offset[name1 + 1])
+				name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1);
+
+			assert((interferenceIndex >= offset[name1]) && (interferenceIndex < offset[name1 + 1]));
+
+			RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(interferenceIndex - offset[name1]);
+
+			assert(interfere(name1, name2));
+
+			InterferenceVector& vector1 = *vector[name1];
+			vector1.neighbors[vector1.count++] = name2;
+		
+			InterferenceVector& vector2 = *vector[name2];
+			vector2.neighbors[vector2.count++] = name1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		trespass("not Implemented"); // FIX: need one more pass to initialize the vectors.
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+Uint32 InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	checkMember(name1); checkMember(name2);
+	assert(name1 != name2); // This is not possible.
+	return (name1 < name2) ? offset[name2] + name1 : offset[name1] + name2;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	interferences->set(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	return interferences->test(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Vectors:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		if (vector[i] != NULL) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d: (", i));
+			for (InterferenceVector* v = vector[i]; v != NULL; v = v->next)
+				for (Uint32 j = 0; j < v->count; j++) {
+					UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", v->neighbors[j]));
+					if (v->next != NULL || j != (v->count - 1))
+						UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (","));
+				}
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (")\n"));
+		}
+	}
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Matrix:\n"));
+	for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
+		for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && interfere(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/LiveRange.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_H_
+#define _LIVE_RANGE_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct LiveRange
+{
+	static void build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRange<RegisterPressure>::build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	// Intialize the lookup table.
+	//
+	Uint32 nameCount = registerAllocator.nameCount;
+	RegisterName* nameTable = new(registerAllocator.pool) RegisterName[2*nameCount];
+	RegisterName* rangeName = &nameTable[nameCount];
+
+	init(rangeName, nameCount);
+
+	// Walk the graph.
+	//
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	SparseSet destination(registerAllocator.pool, nameCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+
+		destination.clear();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
+			assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+			destination.set(findRoot(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName(), rangeName));
+		}
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+			RegisterName destinationName = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
+			RegisterName destinationRoot = findRoot(destinationName, rangeName);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
+				assert(usePtr->isRegister());
+				RegisterName sourceName = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+				RegisterName sourceRoot = findRoot(sourceName, rangeName);
+
+				if (sourceRoot != destinationRoot && !destination.test(sourceRoot))
+					rangeName[sourceRoot] = destinationRoot;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, rangeName, nameCount, nameCount);
+}
+
+#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/LiveRangeGraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
+#define _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class LiveRangeGraph
+{
+private:
+
+	RegisterAllocator&		registerAllocator;
+
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	edges;
+	Uint32					rangeCount;
+
+public:
+	//
+	//
+	LiveRangeGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
+
+	//
+	//
+	void build();
+
+	//
+	//
+	void addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+	//
+	//
+	bool haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	//
+	//
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
+
+	edges = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, rangeCount * rangeCount);
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>& liveness = registerAllocator.liveness;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
+			}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
+						if (define != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(define, live))
+							addEdge(define, live);
+					}
+				}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName use = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
+						RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
+						if (use != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(use, live))
+							addEdge(use, live);
+					}
+				}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	assert(name1 != name2);
+	edges->set(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
+{
+	assert(name1 != name2);
+	return edges->test(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Live ranges graph:\n"));
+	for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
+		for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && haveEdge(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Liveness.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Liveness.h

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIVENESS_H_
+#define _LIVENESS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// LivenessInfo -
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct LivenessInfo
+{
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	liveIn;
+	RegisterPressure::Set*	liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(Uint32	size);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Liveness
+//
+// The liveness is defined by the following data-flow equations:
+//
+//		LiveIn(n) = LocalLive(n) U (LiveOut(n) - Killed(n)).
+//		LiveOut(n) = U LiveIn(s) (s a successor of n).
+//
+//	where LocalLive(n) is the set of used registers in the block n, Killed(n)
+//  is the set of defined registers in the block n, LiveIn(n) is the set of
+//  live registers at the begining of the block n and LiveOut(n) is the set
+//  of live registers at the end of the block n.
+//
+//
+// We will compute the liveness analysis in two stages:
+//
+//	1- Build LocalLive(n) (wich is an approximation of LiveIn(n)) and Killed(n) 
+//     for each block n.
+//  2- Perform a backward data-flow analysis to propagate the liveness information
+//     through the entire control-flow graph.
+//
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Liveness
+{
+	static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range);
+	static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount);
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Allocate the temporary sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+	
+	// Allocate the globals sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
+
+	// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
+		
+		// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
+		//
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					Uint32 index = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					if (!currentKilled.test(index))
+						currentLocalLive.set(index);
+				}
+
+			// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentKilled.set(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire 
+	// control-flow graph.
+	//
+	RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	bool changed;
+	do {
+		changed = false;
+
+		// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
+		for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
+
+			// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
+			// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
+			Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
+			if (nSuccessors != 0) {
+				temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
+				for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
+					temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
+			} else 
+				temp.clear();
+
+			// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
+			// new LiveIn(n).
+			if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
+				currentLiveOut = temp;
+				temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
+				temp |= currentLiveIn;
+			
+				if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
+					currentLiveIn = temp;
+					changed = true;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} while(changed);
+
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
+	liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
+	liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
+	return liveness;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Allocate the temporary sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* usedByPhiNodes = NULL;
+	
+	// Allocate the globals sets.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+
+	// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
+	//
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
+		RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
+		
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+
+		if ((usedByPhiNodes == NULL) && !phiNodes.empty())
+			usedByPhiNodes = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
+
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionDefine& define = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
+			currentKilled.set(define.getRegisterName());
+
+			typedef DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge> ControlEdgeList;
+			const ControlEdgeList& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+			ControlEdgeList::iterator p = predecessors.begin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++, p = predecessors.advance(p))
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usedByPhiNodes[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum].set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+
+		// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
+		//
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					Uint32 index = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+					if (!currentKilled.test(index))
+						currentLocalLive.set(index);
+				}
+
+			// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentKilled.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire 
+	// control-flow graph.
+	//
+	RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, nameCount);
+
+	bool changed;
+	do {
+		changed = false;
+
+		// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
+		for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
+			RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
+
+			// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
+			// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
+			Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
+			if (nSuccessors != 0) {
+				temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
+				for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
+					temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
+			} else 
+				temp.clear();
+
+			// Insert the phiNodes contribution.
+			if (usedByPhiNodes != NULL)
+				temp |= usedByPhiNodes[n];
+
+			// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
+			// new LiveIn(n).
+			if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
+				currentLiveOut = temp;
+				temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
+				temp |= currentLiveIn;
+			
+				if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
+					currentLiveIn = temp;
+					changed = true;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} while(changed);
+
+	LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
+	liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
+	liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
+	DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
+	return liveness;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < size; n++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Node N%d:\n\tliveIn = ", n));
+		liveIn[n].printPretty(log);
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tliveOut = "));
+		liveOut[n].printPretty(log);
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+
+#endif // _LIVENESS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#! gmake
+
+DEPTH			= ../..
+
+MODULE_NAME		= RegisterAllocator
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/config.mk
+
+INCLUDES		+=										\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/General						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/zlib							\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassReader						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/NativeMethods					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/System							\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassInfo						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/FileReader						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/PrimitiveGraph					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/FrontEnd						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/Optimizer						\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md				\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md/$(CPU_ARCH)	\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/RegisterAllocator				\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Driver/StandAloneJava					\
+	-I$(DEPTH)/Debugger									\
+	$(NULL)
+
+CXXSRCS 		=										\
+	RegisterAllocator.cpp								\
+	RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp							\
+	DominatorGraph.cpp									\
+	VirtualRegister.cpp									\
+	BitSet.cpp											\
+	SparseSet.cpp										\
+	$(NULL)
+
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/rules.mk
+
+libs:: $(MODULE)

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/PhiNodeRemover.h

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
+#define _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "DominatorGraph.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterNameNode -
+
+struct RegisterNameNode 
+{
+	RegisterNameNode*	next;
+	RegisterName		newName;
+	Uint32				nextPushed;
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// CopyData -
+
+struct CopyData
+{
+	RegisterName		source;
+	RegisterClassKind	classKind;
+	Uint32				useCount;
+	bool				isLiveOut;
+	RegisterName		sourceNameToUse;
+	RegisterName		temporaryName;
+	RegisterNameNode*	newName;
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure> -
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct PhiNodeRemover
+{
+	// Replace the phi nodes by copy instructions.
+	static void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+};
+
+// Split some of the critical edges and return true if there are still some
+// in the graph after that.
+//
+static bool splitCriticalEdges(ControlGraph& /*cg*/)
+{
+	// FIX: not implemented.
+	return true;
+}
+
+inline void pushName(Pool& pool, RegisterNameNode** stack, SparseSet& pushed, Uint32* nodeListPointer, RegisterName oldName, RegisterName newName)
+{
+	RegisterNameNode& newNode = *new(pool) RegisterNameNode();
+
+	if (pushed.test(oldName))
+		(*stack)->newName = newName;
+	else {
+		newNode.newName = newName;
+		newNode.nextPushed = *nodeListPointer;
+		*nodeListPointer = oldName;
+		newNode.next = *stack;
+		*stack = &newNode;
+		pushed.set(oldName);
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	// Initialize the local variables.
+	//
+
+	// When we insert the copies we will also need to create new VirtualRegisters for
+	// the insertion of temporaries. The maximum number of temporary register will not
+	// exceed the number of phiNodes in the primitive graph.
+	Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
+	Uint32 maxNameCount = nameCount;
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++)
+		maxNameCount += nodes[n]->getPhiNodes().length();
+
+	// If the CFG contains some critical edges (backward edge which source has more than one
+	// outgoing edge and destination has more than one incomimg edge) then we need the liveness
+	// information to be able to insert temporary copies.
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = NULL;
+	if (splitCriticalEdges(controlGraph))
+		liveOut = Liveness<LowRegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, nameCount).liveOut;
+
+	DominatorGraph dGraph(controlGraph);
+
+	SparseSet pushed(pool, maxNameCount);
+	SparseSet destinationList(pool, maxNameCount);
+	SparseSet workList(pool, maxNameCount);
+
+	CopyData* copyStats = new(pool) CopyData[maxNameCount];
+	memset(copyStats, '\0', maxNameCount*sizeof(CopyData));
+
+	struct NodeStack {
+		Uint32* next;
+		Uint32* limit;
+		Uint32 pushedList;
+	};
+
+	// Allocate the node stack and initialize the node stack pointer.
+	NodeStack* nodeStack = new(pool) NodeStack[nNodes + 1];
+	NodeStack* nodeStackPtr = nodeStack;
+
+	// We start by the begin node. 
+	Uint32 startNode = 0;
+	Uint32* next = &startNode;
+	Uint32* limit = &startNode + 1;
+
+	while (true) {
+
+		if (next == limit) {
+			// If there are no more node in the sibling, we have to pop the current
+			// frame from the stack and update the copyStats of the pushed nodes.
+			//
+			if (nodeStackPtr == nodeStack)
+				// We are at the bottom of the stack and there are no more nodes
+				// to look at. We are done !
+				break;
+
+			--nodeStackPtr;
+			// We are done with all the children of this node in the dominator tree.
+			// We need to update the copy information of all the new names pushed
+			// during the walk over this node.
+			Uint32 pushedList = nodeStackPtr->pushedList;
+			while (pushedList != 0) {
+				Uint32 nextName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->nextPushed;
+				copyStats[pushedList].newName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->next;
+				pushedList = nextName;
+			}
+
+			// restore the previous frame.
+			next = nodeStackPtr->next;
+			limit = nodeStackPtr->limit;
+		} else {
+			Uint32 currentNode = *next++;
+			Uint32 pushedList = 0;
+
+
+			// Initialize the sets.
+			pushed.clear();
+			destinationList.clear();
+
+			// STEP1:
+			//  Walk the instruction list and to replace all the instruction uses with their new name. 
+			//  If the instruction is a phi node and its defined register is alive at the end of this 
+			//  block then we push the defined register into the stack.
+			//
+			ControlNode& node = *nodes[currentNode];
+			RegisterPressure::Set* currentLiveOut = (liveOut != NULL) ? &liveOut[currentNode] : (RegisterPressure::Set*) 0;
+
+			InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+				Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
+					assert(usePtr->isRegister());
+					RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+					if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
+				}
+
+				if (currentLiveOut != NULL) {
+					// This is a phi node and we have to push its defined name if it is live
+					// at the end of the node. We only need to do this if the CFG has critical edges.
+					assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+					RegisterName name = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
+
+					if (currentLiveOut->test(name))
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[name].newName), pushed, &pushedList, name, name);
+				}
+				
+			}
+
+			InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+
+						if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
+							usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
+					}
+			}
+
+			// STEP2:
+			//  Look at this node's successors' phiNodes. We keep track of the number of time
+			//  a VR will be used by another copy instruction and insert each definition into the 
+			//  destinationList. This is the only pass over this node's successors as we will
+			//  get all the information we need in the CopyData structures.
+			//
+			ControlEdge* successorEdgeEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+			for (ControlEdge* successorEdgePtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorEdgePtr < successorEdgeEnd; successorEdgePtr++) {
+				Uint32 useIndex = successorEdgePtr->getIndex();
+				ControlNode& successor = successorEdgePtr->getTarget();
+
+				// Look at its phi nodes. The phi nodes are at the top of the instruction list. We exit
+				// as soon as we find an instruction which is not a phi node
+				InstructionList& phiNodes = successor.getPhiNodeInstructions();
+				for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+					Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
+					
+					assert((phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin() + useIndex) < phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd());
+					assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd());
+
+					InstructionUse& source = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin()[useIndex];
+					InstructionDefine& destination = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
+
+					assert(source.isRegister() && destination.isRegister());
+
+					RegisterName sourceName = source.getRegisterName();
+					RegisterName destinationName = destination.getRegisterName();
+
+					// Get the correct name for the source.
+					if (copyStats[sourceName].newName != NULL)
+						sourceName = copyStats[sourceName].newName->newName;
+
+					// Update the CopyData structures.
+					if ((sourceName != rnInvalid) && (sourceName != destinationName)) {
+						copyStats[destinationName].source = sourceName;
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = destination.getRegisterClass();
+						copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = (currentLiveOut != NULL) ? currentLiveOut->test(destinationName) : false;
+						copyStats[destinationName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = sourceName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].useCount++;
+						destinationList.set(destinationName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			// STEP3:
+			//  Insert into the worklist only the destination registers that will be not used in 
+			//  another copy instruction in this block.
+			//
+			assert(workList.getSize() == 0);
+			for (SparseSet::iterator d = destinationList.begin(); !destinationList.done(d); d = destinationList.advance(d)) {
+				Uint32 dest = destinationList.get(d);
+				if (copyStats[dest].useCount == 0)
+					workList.set(dest);
+			}
+
+			// STEP4:
+			//  Insert the copy instructions.
+			//
+			Uint32 destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
+			InstructionList::iterator endOfTheNode = instructions.end();
+
+			// Find the right place to insert the copy instructions.
+			if (destinationListSize != 0)
+				while (instructions.get(endOfTheNode).getFlags() & ifControl)
+					endOfTheNode = instructions.retreat(endOfTheNode);
+
+			while (destinationListSize != 0) {
+				while(workList.getSize()) {
+					RegisterName destinationName = RegisterName(workList.getOne());
+					RegisterName sourceName = copyStats[destinationName].source;
+
+					workList.clear(destinationName);
+					if (copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut && !copyStats[destinationName].temporaryName) {
+						// Lost copy problem.
+						copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = false;
+
+						RegisterName sourceName = destinationName;
+						RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
+						RegisterName destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
+						assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
+
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
+						copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+				
+						// We need to insert a copy to a temporary register to keep the
+						// source register valid at the end of the node defining it.
+						// This copy will be inserted right after the phi node defining it.
+						RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+						Instruction* definingPhiNode = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction();
+						assert(definingPhiNode && (definingPhiNode->getFlags() & ifPhiNode) != 0);
+
+						RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+						RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+						Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*definingPhiNode->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+						vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
+						definingPhiNode->getPrimitive()->getContainer()->getInstructions().addFirst(copy);
+
+						copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
+						copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+					}
+
+					// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
+					RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+
+					RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[destinationName].classKind;
+					RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+					RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+					Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+					instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
+					endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
+
+					copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+					if (destinationList.test(sourceName) && copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut)
+						pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+					copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
+					copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+
+					if (destinationList.test(sourceName))
+						workList.set(sourceName);
+					destinationList.clear(destinationName);
+				}
+
+				destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
+				if (destinationListSize != 0) {
+					RegisterName sourceName = RegisterName(destinationList.getOne());
+					RegisterName destinationName;
+
+					if (!copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName) {
+						// Cycle problem.
+						RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
+						destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
+						assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
+				
+						copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
+						copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
+
+						// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
+						RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
+
+						RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
+						RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
+						Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
+						vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
+						instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
+						endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
+					} else 
+						destinationName = copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName;
+
+					copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
+					copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
+					copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
+					pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
+
+					workList.set(sourceName);
+				}
+			}
+
+			nodeStackPtr->pushedList = pushedList;
+			nodeStackPtr->next = next;
+			nodeStackPtr->limit = limit;
+			++nodeStackPtr;
+			next = dGraph.getSuccessorsBegin(currentNode);
+			limit = dGraph.getSuccessorsEnd(currentNode);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif // _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocator.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "PhiNodeRemover.h"
+#include "LiveRange.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
+#include "Coalescing.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Coloring.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+
+class Pool;
+class ControlGraph;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+
+UT_DEFINE_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+void RegisterAllocator::allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	// Insert the phi node instructions. We want to do this to have a single defined register per instruction.
+	// If we keep the PhiNode (as a DataNode) and a PhiNode is of DoubleWordKind then we have to execute
+	// some special code for the high word annotation.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(controlGraph, emitter);
+
+	// Perform some tests on the instruction graph.
+	//
+	DEBUG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(controlGraph, vrManager));
+
+	// Replace the phi node instructions by their equivalent copy instructions.
+	//
+	PhiNodeRemover<LowRegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
+
+	// Do the register allocation.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocator registerAllocator(pool, controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
+	registerAllocator.doGraphColoring();
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocator::doGraphColoring()
+{
+	// Initialize the liverange map.
+	//
+	initLiveRanges();
+
+	// Build the live ranges. We do this to compress the number of RegisterNames 
+	// used in the insterference graph.
+	//
+	LiveRange<LowRegisterPressure>::build(*this);
+
+	// Remove unnecessary copies.
+	//
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(*this);
+
+	for (Uint8 loop = 0; loop < 10; loop++) {
+
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********* RegisterAllocator loop %d *********\n", loop));
+
+		while(true) {
+			// Build the interference graph.
+			//
+			iGraph.build();
+
+			// Coalesce the copy instructions.
+			//
+			if (!Coalescing<LowRegisterPressure>::coalesce(*this))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		// Print the interference graph.
+		//
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(iGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
+
+		// Calculate the spill costs.
+		//
+		Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(*this);
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(*this));
+
+		// Calculate the split costs.
+		//
+		Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(*this);
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(*this));
+
+		// Build the live range graph.
+		//
+		lGraph.build();
+		DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(lGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
+
+		// Color the graph. If it succeeds then we're done with the
+		// register allocation.
+		//
+		if (Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::color(*this)) {
+			// Write the final colors in the instruction graph.
+			//
+			Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::finalColoring(*this);
+
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********** RegisterAllocator  done **********\n"));
+			DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this));
+
+			return;
+		}
+
+		// We need to spill some registers.
+		//
+		Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(*this);
+
+		// Insert the split instructions.
+		//
+		Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(*this);
+
+		// Update the live ranges.
+		// 
+		// FIX
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(*this);
+	RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this);
+#endif
+	fprintf(stderr, "!!! Coloring failed after 10 loops !!!\n");
+	abort();
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocator::initLiveRanges()
+{
+	Uint32 count = this->nameCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = new(pool) RegisterName[nameCount];
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < count; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		name2range[r] = r;
+	this->name2range = name2range;
+	rangeCount = count;
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+
+class Pool;
+class ControlGraph;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+struct SpillCost;
+struct SplitCost;
+
+#include "Liveness.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "RegisterPressure.h" // This should included by Backend.cpp
+#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
+#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
+
+//template <class RegisterPressure>
+class RegisterAllocator
+{
+public:
+
+	Pool&									pool;			//
+	ControlGraph&							controlGraph;	//
+	VirtualRegisterManager&					vrManager;		//
+	InstructionEmitter&						emitter;		//
+
+	RegisterName*							name2range;		//
+	RegisterName*							color;			//
+	SpillCost*								spillCost;		//
+	SparseSet*								willSpill;		//
+	SplitCost*								splitCost;		//
+	NameLinkedList**						splitAround;	//
+	InterferenceGraph<LowRegisterPressure>	iGraph;			//
+	LiveRangeGraph<LowRegisterPressure>		lGraph;			//
+	LivenessInfo<LowRegisterPressure>		liveness;		//
+	Uint32									nameCount;		//
+	Uint32									rangeCount;		//
+	bool									splitFound;		//
+
+private:
+
+	//
+	//
+	void doGraphColoring();
+
+public:
+
+	//
+	//
+	inline RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+
+	//
+	//
+	bool canInterfere(RegisterName /*name1*/, RegisterName /*name2*/) const {return true;}
+
+	//
+	//
+	void initLiveRanges();
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+};
+
+//
+//
+inline RegisterAllocator::RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+	: pool(pool), controlGraph(controlGraph), vrManager(vrManager), emitter(emitter), iGraph(*this), lGraph(*this), nameCount(vrManager.getSize()) {}
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Primitives.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+#include "Splits.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
+{
+	// Test the declared VirtualRegisters. The register allocator tries to condense the register universe.
+	// Any gap in the VirtualRegister names will be a loss of efficiency !!!!
+
+	Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
+	BitSet registerSeen(controlGraph.pool, nameCount);
+
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
+		}
+	}
+
+	bool renameRegisters = false;
+	for (BitSet::iterator i = registerSeen.nextZero(0); !registerSeen.done(i); i = registerSeen.nextZero(i)) {
+		renameRegisters = true;
+		fprintf(stderr, 
+				"WARNING: The VirtualRegister vr%d has been allocated during CodeGeneration but\n"
+				"         is never used nor defined by any instruction in the instruction graph\n"
+				"                                  PLEASE FIX                                  \n",
+				i);
+	}
+	if (renameRegisters) {
+		Instruction** definingInstruction = new Instruction*[nameCount];
+		memset(definingInstruction, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(Instruction*));
+		RegisterName* newName = new RegisterName[nameCount];
+		memset(newName, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(RegisterName));
+		RegisterName nextName = RegisterName(1);
+
+		for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+			InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+
+				InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+				for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+					if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+			}
+
+			InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+			for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+				Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+				InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+				for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+
+				InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+				for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+					if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
+						if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
+							newName[name] = nextName;
+							definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
+							nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
+						}
+						definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
+					}
+			}
+		}
+		
+		vrManager.setSize(nextName);
+
+		for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < nextName; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+			vrManager.getVirtualRegister(r).definingInstruction = definingInstruction[r];
+
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("RegisterMap:\n"));
+		for (Uint32 i = 1; i < nameCount; i++)
+			if (newName[i] != 0)
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d becomes vr%d.\n", i, newName[i]));
+			else
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d is dead.\n", i));
+
+
+		delete newName;
+		delete definingInstruction;
+	}
+
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i);) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+			i = instructions.advance(i);
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
+				
+				RegisterName source = name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
+				RegisterName destination = name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
+
+				if (source == destination)
+					instruction.remove();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
+
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
+{
+	Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+	
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodes();
+
+		if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
+
+			// Set the index of the incoming edges.
+			Uint32 index = 0;
+			const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
+			for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p))
+				predecessors.get(p).setIndex(index++);
+
+			// Insert the phi node instruction in the instruction list.
+			for (DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+				PhiNode& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
+				ValueKind kind = phiNode.getKind();
+
+				if (!isStorableKind(kind))
+					continue;
+
+				RegisterClassKind classKind = rckGeneral; // FIX: get class kind from phi node kind.
+				Uint32 nInputs = phiNode.nInputs();
+
+				PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
+
+				emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drLow);
+				for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
+					emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drLow);
+
+				node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
+
+				if (isDoublewordKind(kind)) {
+					PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
+
+					emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drHigh);
+					for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
+						emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drHigh);
+
+					node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
+
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Spill costs:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : ", i));
+		if (cost[i].infinite)
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("infinite\n"));
+		else
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%f\n", cost[i].cost));
+	}
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	SplitCost* cost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
+
+	UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Split costs:\n"));
+	for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : loads = %f stores = %f\n", i, cost[i].loads, cost[i].stores));
+	}
+}
+
+void RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+	ControlNode** nodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d:\n", n));
+
+		InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+
+		if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" PhiNodes:\n", n));
+			for(InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
+				phiNodes.get(i).printPretty(log);
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+			}
+			if (!instructions.empty())
+				UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" Instructions:\n", n));
+		}
+
+		for(InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
+			instructions.get(i).printPretty(log);
+			UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAllocatorTools.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+//	-*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
+//
+//           CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
+//              NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
+// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+// Reserved.  Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
+// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
+// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
+// intended publication of this Source Code.
+//
+// $Id: RegisterAllocatorTools.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:05 fur%netscape.com Exp $
+//
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
+
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+class RegisterAllocator;
+class ControlGraph;
+class InstructionEmitter;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+
+struct RegisterAllocatorTools
+{
+	//
+	//
+	static void insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	//
+	//
+	static void testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	//
+	//
+	static void printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+
+	//
+	//
+	static void printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+//
+// FIX: this should go in a class (LookupTable ?)
+//
+
+inline RegisterName findRoot(RegisterName name, RegisterName* table)
+{
+	RegisterName* stack = table;
+	RegisterName* stackPtr = stack;
+
+	RegisterName newName;
+	while((newName = table[name]) != name) {
+		*--stackPtr = name;
+		name = newName;
+	}
+
+	while (stackPtr != stack)
+		table[*stackPtr++] = name;
+
+	return name;
+}
+
+inline void init(RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount)
+{
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(0); r < nameCount; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		table[r] = r;
+}
+
+inline Uint32 compress(RegisterName* name2range, RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount, Uint32 tableSize)
+{
+	RegisterName* liveRange = new RegisterName[tableSize];
+	memset(liveRange, '\0', tableSize * sizeof(RegisterName));
+
+	// Update the lookup table.
+	for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < tableSize; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
+		findRoot(r, table);
+
+	// Count the liveranges.
+	Uint32 liveRangeCount = 1;
+	for (RegisterName s = RegisterName(1); s < tableSize; s = RegisterName(s + 1))
+		if (table[s] == s)
+			liveRange[s] = RegisterName(liveRangeCount++);
+
+	for (RegisterName t = RegisterName(1); t < nameCount; t = RegisterName(t + 1))
+		name2range[t] = liveRange[table[name2range[t]]];
+
+	return liveRangeCount;
+}
+
+inline double doLog10(Uint32 power)
+{
+	double log = 1.0;
+	while (power--)
+		log *= 10.0;
+	return log;
+}
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterAssigner.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
+#define _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+
+class FastBitMatrix;
+
+class RegisterAssigner
+{
+protected:
+  VirtualRegisterManager& vRegManager;
+  
+public:
+  RegisterAssigner(VirtualRegisterManager& vrMan) : vRegManager(vrMan) {}
+  
+  virtual bool assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif /* _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_ */

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterClass.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
+#define _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_CLASS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterPressure.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
+#define _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
+
+#include "BitSet.h"
+#include "HashSet.h"
+
+struct LowRegisterPressure
+{
+	typedef BitSet Set;
+	static const bool setIsOrdered = true;
+};
+
+struct HighRegisterPressure
+{
+	typedef HashSet Set;
+	static const bool setIsOrdered = false;
+};
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/RegisterTypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
+#define _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterName -
+//
+
+enum RegisterName {
+	rnInvalid = 0,
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterClassKind -
+//
+
+enum RegisterClassKind {
+	rckInvalid = 0,
+	rckGeneral,
+	rckStackSlot,
+
+	nRegisterClassKind
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterID -
+//
+
+enum RegisterID {
+	invalidID = 0
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RegisterKind -
+//
+
+enum RegisterKind {
+	rkCallerSave = 0,
+	rkCalleeSave,
+};
+
+struct NameLinkedList {
+	RegisterName name;
+	NameLinkedList* next;
+};
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+const registerNameMask = 		0x03ffffff;
+const coloredRegisterMask = 	0x04000000;
+const machineRegisterMask = 	0x08000000;
+const registerClassMask = 		0xf0000000;
+
+const registerNameShift = 		0;
+const coloredRegisterShift = 	26;
+const machineRegisterShift = 	27;
+const registerClassShift = 		28;
+
+#else // DEBUG
+
+const registerNameMask = 		0x0fffffff;
+const registerClassMask = 		0xf0000000;
+
+const registerNameShift = 		0;
+const registerClassShift = 		28;
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+
+inline RegisterClassKind getClass(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterClassKind((registerID & registerClassMask) >> registerClassShift);}
+inline RegisterName getName(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterName((registerID & registerNameMask) >> registerNameShift);}
+inline void setClass(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterClassKind classKind) {registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerClassMask) | ((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask));}
+inline void setName(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterName name) {assert((name & ~registerNameMask) == 0); registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerNameMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
+inline RegisterID buildRegisterID(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind) {return RegisterID(((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+inline bool isMachineRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & machineRegisterMask) != 0;}
+inline void setMachineRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | machineRegisterMask);}
+inline bool isColoredRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & coloredRegisterMask) != 0;}
+inline void setColoredRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | coloredRegisterMask);}
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#endif // _REGISTER_TYPES_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SSATools.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "SSATools.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "Liveness.h"
+
+void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
+{
+	if (!controlGraph.hasBackEdges)
+		return;
+
+	Liveness liveness(controlGraph.pool);
+	liveness.buildLivenessAnalysis(controlGraph, vrManager);
+}

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SSATools.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SSA_TOOLS_H_
+#define _SSA_TOOLS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+
+class ControlGraph;
+class VirtualRegisterManager;
+
+extern void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
+
+#endif // _SSA_TOOLS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SparseSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+// Print the set.
+//
+void SparseSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
+{
+	Pool pool;
+	BitSet set(pool, universeSize);
+
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	   set.set(node[i].element);
+
+	set.printPretty(log);
+}
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/SparseSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//	-*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
+//
+//           CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
+//              NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
+// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+// Reserved.  Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
+// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
+// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
+// intended publication of this Source Code.
+//
+// $Id: SparseSet.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:07 fur%netscape.com Exp $
+//
+
+#ifndef _SPARSE_SET_H_
+#define _SPARSE_SET_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "LogModule.h"
+#include "BitSet.h"
+
+class SparseSet
+{
+private:
+
+	struct Node {
+		Uint32		element;
+		Uint32		stackIndex;
+	};
+
+	Node*			node;
+	Uint32			count;
+	Uint32			universeSize;
+
+private:
+
+	// No copy constructor.
+	SparseSet(const SparseSet&);
+
+	// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
+	void checkUniverseCompatibility(const SparseSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
+	// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
+	void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
+
+public:
+
+	SparseSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {node = new(pool) Node[universeSize]; clear();}
+
+	// Clear the sparse set.
+	void clear() {count = 0;}
+	// Clear the element at index.
+	inline void clear(Uint32 index);
+	// Set the element at index.
+	inline void set(Uint32 index);
+	// Return true if the element at index is set.
+	inline bool test(Uint32 index) const;
+	// Union with the given sparse set.
+	inline void or(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Intersection with the given sparse set.
+	inline void and(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Difference with the given sparse set.
+	inline void difference(const SparseSet& set);
+	// Copy set.
+	inline SparseSet& operator = (const SparseSet& set);
+	inline SparseSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
+	// Return true if the sparse sets are identical.
+	friend bool operator == (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
+	// Return true if the sparse sets are different.
+	friend bool operator != (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
+
+	// Logical operators.
+	SparseSet& operator |= (const SparseSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
+	SparseSet& operator &= (const SparseSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
+	SparseSet& operator -= (const SparseSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
+
+	// Iterator to conform with the set API.
+	typedef Int32 iterator;
+	// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
+	iterator begin() const {return count - 1;}
+	// Return the next iterator.
+	iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return --pos;}
+	// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
+	bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos < 0;}
+	// Return the element for the given iterator;
+	Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return node[pos].element;}
+	// Return one element of this set.
+	Uint32 getOne() const {assert(count > 0); return node[0].element;}
+	// Return the size of this set.
+	Uint32 getSize() const {return count;}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
+	// Print the set.
+	void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
+#endif // DEBUG_LOG
+};
+
+inline void SparseSet::clear(Uint32 element)
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+	Uint32 count = this->count;
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+
+	if ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element)) {
+		Uint32 stackTop = node[count - 1].element;
+
+		node[stackIndex].element = stackTop;
+		node[stackTop].stackIndex = stackIndex;
+		this->count = count - 1;
+	}
+}
+
+inline void SparseSet::set(Uint32 element)
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+  	Uint32 count = this->count;
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+
+	if ((stackIndex >= count) || (node[stackIndex].element != element)) {
+		node[count].element = element;
+		node[element].stackIndex = count;
+		this->count = count + 1;
+	}
+}
+
+inline bool SparseSet::test(Uint32 element) const
+{
+	checkMember(element);
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
+	return ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element));
+}
+
+inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const SparseSet& set)
+{
+	checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
+	Uint32 sourceCount = set.getSize();
+	Node* node = this->node;
+
+	memcpy(node, set.node, sourceCount * sizeof(Node));
+
+	for (Uint32 i = 0; i < sourceCount; i++) {
+		Uint32 element = node[i].element;
+		node[element].stackIndex = i;
+	}
+
+	count = sourceCount;
+
+	return *this;
+}
+
+
+inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
+{
+	// FIX: there's room for optimization here.
+	assert(universeSize == set.getSize());
+
+	clear();
+	for (Int32 i = set.firstOne(); i != -1; i = set.nextOne(i))
+		this->set(i);
+	return *this;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPARSE_SET_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Spilling.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
+#define INCLUDE_EMITTER
+#include "CpuInfo.h"
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
+#include "Spilling.h"
+
+
+void Spilling::
+insertSpillCode(ControlNode** dfsList, Uint32 nNodes)
+{
+  PRUint32 nVirtualRegisters = vRegManager.count();
+  FastBitSet currentLive(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
+  FastBitSet usedInThisInstruction(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
+  RegisterFifo grNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
+  RegisterFifo fpNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
+
+  for (PRInt32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+	{
+	  PR_ASSERT(grNeedLoad.empty() & fpNeedLoad.empty());
+	  ControlNode& node = *dfsList[n];
+
+	  currentLive = node.liveAtEnd;
+
+	  PRUint32 nGeneralAlive = 0;
+	  PRUint32 nFloatingPointAlive = 0;
+
+	  // Get the number of registers alive at the end of this node.
+	  for (PRInt32 j = currentLive.firstOne(); j != -1; j = currentLive.nextOne(j))
+		{
+		  VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
+		  if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
+			{
+			  currentLive.clear(j);
+			}
+		  else
+			{
+			  switch (vReg.getClass())
+				{
+				case vrcInteger:
+				  nGeneralAlive++;
+				  break;
+				case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				case vrcFixedPoint:
+				  nFloatingPointAlive++;
+				  break;
+				default:
+				  break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	  
+//		  if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________Begin Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+	  for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i))
+		{
+		  Instruction&       instruction = instructions.get(i);
+		  InstructionUse*    useBegin    = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+		  InstructionUse*    useEnd      = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+		  InstructionUse*    usePtr;
+		  InstructionDefine* defBegin    = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+		  InstructionDefine* defEnd      = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+		  InstructionDefine* defPtr;
+
+//		if(node.dfsNum == 8)  { printf("\n");
+//		instruction.printPretty(stdout);
+//		printf("\n"); }
+
+		  // Handle definitions
+		  for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
+			if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				currentLive.clear(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
+				switch (vReg.getClass())
+				  {
+				  case vrcInteger:
+					nGeneralAlive--;
+					break;
+				  case vrcFloatingPoint:
+				  case vrcFixedPoint:
+					nFloatingPointAlive--;
+					break;
+				  default:
+					break;
+				  }
+			  }
+
+		  // Check for deaths
+		  for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+			if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				if (!currentLive.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
+				  // This is the last use of this register.
+				  {
+					currentLive.set(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
+					switch (vReg.getClass())
+					  {
+					  case vrcInteger:
+						nGeneralAlive++;
+						while (/*(nGeneralAlive > NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS) &&*/ !grNeedLoad.empty())
+						  {
+							PRUint32 toLoad = grNeedLoad.get();
+							currentLive.clear(toLoad);
+							nGeneralAlive--;
+							
+							VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
+							Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+							emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
+												  nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+							nReg.releaseSelf();
+						  }
+						break;
+					  case vrcFloatingPoint:
+					  case vrcFixedPoint:
+						nFloatingPointAlive++;
+						while (/*(nFloatingPointAlive > NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS) &&*/ !fpNeedLoad.empty())
+						  {
+							PRUint32 toLoad = fpNeedLoad.get();
+							currentLive.clear(toLoad);
+							nFloatingPointAlive--;
+							
+							VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
+							Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+							emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
+												  nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+							nReg.releaseSelf();
+						  }
+						break;
+					  default:
+						break;
+					  }
+				  }
+			  }
+
+		  // Handle uses
+		  for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+			if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				PRUint32 registerIndex = vReg.getRegisterIndex();
+
+				if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill) {
+#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
+				  if (!instruction.switchUseToSpill((usePtr - useBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
+#endif
+					{
+					  switch (vReg.getClass())
+						{
+						case vrcInteger:
+						  if (!grNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
+							{
+							  grNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
+							  VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcInteger);
+							  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+								  alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
+							  /* if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
+								  alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
+								  alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
+								  alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
+							  } */
+							  vReg.setAlias(alias);
+							  vReg.retainSelf();
+							}
+						  break;
+						case vrcFloatingPoint:
+						case vrcFixedPoint:
+						  if (!fpNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
+							{
+							  fpNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
+							  VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vReg.getClass());
+							  if (vReg.isPreColored())
+								  alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
+							  /*if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
+								  alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
+								  alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
+								  alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
+							  } */
+							  vReg.setAlias(alias);
+							  vReg.retainSelf();
+							}
+						  break;
+						default:
+						  break;
+						}
+					  usePtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
+					  usedInThisInstruction.set(registerIndex);
+					  vReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction = &instruction;
+					}
+				  currentLive.clear(registerIndex);
+				} else { // will not spill
+				  currentLive.set(registerIndex);
+				}
+			  }
+		  
+		  // Handle definitions
+		  for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
+			if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
+			  {
+				VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
+				
+				if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
+#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
+				  if (!instruction.switchDefineToSpill((defPtr - defBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
+#endif
+					{
+					  if (usedInThisInstruction.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
+						// this virtualRegister was used in this instruction and is also defined. We need to move 
+						// this virtual register to its alias first and then save it to memory.
+						{
+						  emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(), 
+												 vReg.getAlias(), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+						  defPtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
+						}
+					  else
+						{
+						  emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(), 
+												 vReg, *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+						}
+					}
+			  }
+		}
+	  while (!grNeedLoad.empty())
+		{
+		  PRUint32 nl = grNeedLoad.get();
+		  VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
+		  Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+		  
+		  emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev, 
+								nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+		  nlReg.releaseSelf();
+		}
+	  while (!fpNeedLoad.empty())
+		{
+		  PRUint32 nl = fpNeedLoad.get();
+		  VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
+		  Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
+
+		  emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev, 
+								nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
+		  nlReg.releaseSelf();
+		}
+
+//	  if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________End Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
+
+	}
+}
+#endif

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Spilling.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPILLING_H_
+#define _SPILLING_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "SparseSet.h"
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+class Spilling
+{
+private:
+	static void insertStoreAfter(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
+	static void insertLoadBefore(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
+
+public:
+	static void calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static void insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+struct SpillCost
+{
+	double loads;
+	double stores;
+	double copies;
+	double cost;
+	bool infinite;
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet& willSpill = *registerAllocator.willSpill;
+	
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+
+		needLoad.clear();
+		currentLive = liveOut[n];
+		mustSpill = currentLive;
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i);) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+			i = instructions.retreat(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			bool foundLiveDefine = false;
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					if (currentLive.test(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
+						foundLiveDefine = true;
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					foundLiveDefine = true;
+					break;
+				}
+			if (defineBegin != defineEnd && !foundLiveDefine) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "!!! Removed instruction because it was only defining unused registers !!!\n");
+				instruction.remove();
+			}
+
+ 			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+#ifdef DEBUG
+					if (needLoad.test(range))
+						if (!mustSpill.test(range) && registerAllocator.spillCost[range].infinite && willSpill.test(range)) {
+							fprintf(stderr, "Tried to spill a register with infinite spill cost\n");
+							abort();
+						}
+#endif // DEBUG
+					if (willSpill.test(range))
+						insertStoreAfter(instruction, range);
+
+					needLoad.clear(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
+				for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+						RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+						if (!currentLive.test(range))
+							for (SparseSet::iterator r = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(r); r = needLoad.advance(r)) {
+								RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(r));
+								if (willSpill.test(load))
+									insertLoadBefore(instruction, load);
+								mustSpill.set(load);
+							}
+						needLoad.clear();
+					}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+					currentLive.set(range);
+					needLoad.set(range);
+				}
+		}
+
+		for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
+			RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(l));
+			if (willSpill.test(load))
+				insertLoadBefore(instructions.first(), load);
+		}		
+	}
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertLoadBefore(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
+{
+	fprintf(stdout, "will insert load for range %d\n", name);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertStoreAfter(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
+{
+	fprintf(stdout, "will insert store for range %d\n", name);
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
+	SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
+
+	SparseSet alreadyStored(pool, rangeCount); // FIX: should get this from previous spilling.
+
+	SpillCost* cost = new SpillCost[rangeCount];
+	memset(cost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SpillCost));
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+
+		double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
+
+		needLoad.clear();
+		live = liveOut[n];
+		mustSpill = live;
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					if (needLoad.test(range))
+						if (!mustSpill.test(range))
+							cost[range].infinite = true;
+
+					if ((false /* !rematerializable(range) */ || !needLoad.test(range)) && !alreadyStored.test(range))
+						cost[range].stores += weight;
+
+					needLoad.clear(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
+				for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+					if (usePtr->isRegister())
+						if (!live.test(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
+							for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
+								Uint32 range = needLoad.get(l);
+								cost[range].loads += weight;
+								mustSpill.set(range);
+							}
+							needLoad.clear();
+						}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+
+					live.set(range);
+					needLoad.set(range);
+				}
+
+			if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
+				assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
+				assert(defineBegin != defineEnd && defineBegin[0].isRegister());
+
+				RegisterName source = name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
+				RegisterName destination = name2range[defineBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
+
+				cost[source].copies += weight;
+				cost[destination].copies += weight;
+			}			
+		}
+
+		for (SparseSet::iterator s = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(s); s = needLoad.advance(s))
+			cost[needLoad.get(s)].loads += weight;
+	}
+	
+	for (Uint32 r = 0; r < rangeCount; r++) {
+		SpillCost& c = cost[r];
+		c.cost = 2 * (c.loads + c.stores) - c.copies;
+	}
+
+	registerAllocator.spillCost = cost;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPILLING_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Splits.h

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPLITS_H_
+#define _SPLITS_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "Pool.h"
+#include "ControlGraph.h"
+#include "ControlNodes.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
+#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
+
+UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+struct Splits
+{
+	static void calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+	static bool findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range);
+	static void insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
+};
+
+struct SplitCost
+{
+	double loads;
+	double stores;
+};
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Splits<RegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& /*registerAllocator*/)
+{
+	// FIX
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+bool Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	NameLinkedList** neighborsWithColor = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[6]; // FIX
+	memset(neighborsWithColor, '\0', 6 * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
+
+	InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
+
+	for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
+		for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >=0; --i) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
+			RegisterName c = color[neighbor];
+
+			if (c < 6) { // FIX
+				NameLinkedList* node = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				node->name = neighbor;
+				node->next = neighborsWithColor[c];
+				neighborsWithColor[c] = node;
+			}
+		}
+
+	bool splitAroundName = true;
+
+	LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>& lGraph = registerAllocator.lGraph;
+	RegisterName bestColor = RegisterName(6); // FIX
+	double bestCost = registerAllocator.spillCost[range].cost;
+	SplitCost* splitCost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
+
+	for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(0); i < 6; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) { // FIX
+
+		double splitAroundNameCost = 0.0;
+		bool canSplitAroundName = true;
+
+		SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[range];
+		double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
+
+		for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+			if (lGraph.haveEdge(neighbor, range)) {
+				canSplitAroundName = false;
+				break;
+			} else
+				splitAroundNameCost += addedCost;
+		}
+		if (canSplitAroundName && splitAroundNameCost < bestCost) {
+			bestCost = splitAroundNameCost;
+			bestColor = i;
+			splitAroundName = true;
+		}
+
+		double splitAroundColorCost = 0.0;
+		bool canSplitAroundColor = true;
+
+		for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+			RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+			if (lGraph.haveEdge(range, neighbor)) {
+				canSplitAroundColor = false;
+				break;
+			} else {
+				SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[neighbor];
+				double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
+				splitAroundColorCost += addedCost;
+			}
+		}
+		if (canSplitAroundColor && splitAroundColorCost < bestCost) {
+			bestCost = splitAroundColorCost;
+			bestColor = i;
+			splitAroundName = false;
+		}
+ 	}
+	if (bestColor < RegisterName(6)) {
+		color[range] = bestColor;
+		registerAllocator.splitFound = true;
+
+		NameLinkedList** splitAround = registerAllocator.splitAround;
+
+		if (splitAroundName)
+			for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+				NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				newNode->name = node->name;
+				newNode->next = splitAround[range];
+				splitAround[range] = newNode;
+			}
+		else
+			for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
+				NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
+				RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
+				newNode->name = range;
+				newNode->next = splitAround[neighbor];
+				splitAround[neighbor] = newNode;
+			}
+
+		trespass("Found a split");
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+template <class RegisterPressure>
+void Splits<RegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
+{
+	Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
+	Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
+	RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
+
+	SplitCost* splitCost = new(pool) SplitCost[rangeCount];
+	memset(splitCost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SplitCost));
+
+	SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = registerAllocator.liveness.liveIn;
+	RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
+
+	ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
+	ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
+	Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
+
+	for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
+		ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
+		double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
+
+		live = liveOut[n];
+
+		ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+		for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++) {
+			ControlNode& successor = successorsPtr->getTarget();
+
+			if (successor.getControlKind() != ckEnd) {
+				RegisterPressure::Set& successorLiveIn = liveIn[successor.dfsNum];
+
+				for (SparseSet::iterator i = live.begin(); !live.done(i); i = live.advance(i)) {
+					RegisterName name = RegisterName(live.get(i));
+					if (!successorLiveIn.test(name))
+						splitCost[name].loads += doLog10(successor.loopDepth);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
+		for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
+			Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
+
+			InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
+			InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
+			InstructionUse* usePtr;
+			InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
+			InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
+			InstructionDefine* definePtr;
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					splitCost[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]].stores += weight;
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
+					RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
+					if (!live.test(range)) {
+						if (&instruction != &instructions.last())
+							splitCost[range].loads += weight;
+						else {
+							ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
+							for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
+								splitCost[range].loads += doLog10(successorsPtr->getTarget().loopDepth);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+			for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++) 
+				if (definePtr->isRegister())
+					live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+
+			for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
+				if (usePtr->isRegister())
+					live.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	NameLinkedList** splitAround = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[rangeCount];
+	memset(splitAround, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
+	registerAllocator.splitAround = splitAround;
+
+	registerAllocator.splitCost = splitCost;
+	registerAllocator.splitFound = false;
+}
+
+#endif // _SPLITS_H_

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Timer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashTable.h"
+#include "Timer.h"
+#include "Pool.h"
+
+static Pool pool;											// Pool for the Timer class.
+static HashTable<TimerEntry*> timerEntries(pool);			// Timers hashtable.
+
+const nTimersInABlock = 128;								// Number of timers in a block.
+static PRTime *timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];	// A block of timers.
+static Uint8 nextTimer = 0;									// nextAvailableTimer.
+
+//
+// Calibrate the call to PR_Now().
+//
+static PRTime calibrate()
+{
+	PRTime t = PR_Now();
+	PRTime& a = *new(pool) PRTime();
+
+	// Call 10 times the PR_Now() function.
+	a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); 
+	a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); 
+	t = (PR_Now() - t + 9) / 10;
+
+	return t;
+}
+
+static PRTime adjust = calibrate();
+
+//
+// Return the named timer..
+//
+TimerEntry& Timer::getTimerEntry(const char* name)
+{
+	if (!timerEntries.exists(name)) {
+		TimerEntry* newEntry = new(pool) TimerEntry();
+		newEntry->accumulator = 0;
+		newEntry->running = false;
+		timerEntries.add(name, newEntry);
+	}
+
+	return *timerEntries[name];
+}
+
+//
+// Return a reference to a new timer.
+//
+PRTime& Timer::getNewTimer()
+{
+	if (nextTimer >= nTimersInABlock) {
+		timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];
+		nextTimer = 0;
+	}
+	return timers[nextTimer++];
+}
+
+static Uint32 timersAreFrozen = 0;
+
+//
+// Start the named timer.
+//
+void Timer::start(const char* name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+	PR_ASSERT(!timer.running);
+
+	timer.accumulator = 0;
+	timer.running = true;
+	timer.done = false;
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+
+//
+// Stop the named timer.
+//
+void Timer::stop(const char* name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+	PR_ASSERT(timer.running);
+	timer.running = false;
+	timer.done = true;
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+
+//
+// Freeze all the running timers.
+//
+void Timer::freezeTimers()
+{
+	PRTime when = PR_Now() - adjust;
+
+	if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
+		Vector<TimerEntry*> entries = timerEntries;
+		Uint32 count = entries.size();
+
+		for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
+			if (entry.running) {
+				entry.accumulator += (when - *entry.startTime);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	timersAreFrozen++;
+}
+ 
+//
+// Unfreeze all the running timers.
+//
+void Timer::unfreezeTimers()
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(timersAreFrozen != 0);
+	timersAreFrozen--;
+
+	if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
+		Vector<TimerEntry *> entries = timerEntries;
+		Uint32 count = entries.size();
+		
+		PRTime& newStart = getNewTimer();
+		
+		for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
+			if (entry.running) {
+				entry.startTime = &newStart;
+			}
+		}
+		
+		newStart = PR_Now();
+	}
+}
+
+//
+// Print the named timer in the file f.
+//
+void Timer::print(FILE* f, const char *name)
+{
+	if (timersAreFrozen)
+		return;
+
+	freezeTimers();
+
+	TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
+  
+	PR_ASSERT(timer.done);
+	PRTime elapsed = timer.accumulator;
+
+	if (elapsed >> 32) {
+		fprintf(f, "[timer %s out of range]\n", name);
+	} else {
+		fprintf(f, "[%dus in %s]\n", Uint32(elapsed), name);
+	}
+	fflush(f);
+
+	unfreezeTimers();
+}
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/Timer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TIMER_H_
+#define _TIMER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "HashTable.h"
+#include "prtime.h"
+
+//
+// Naming convention:
+//  As the class Timer contains only static methods, the timer's name should start with the 
+//  module name. Otherwise starting 2 timers with the same name will assert.
+//
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+
+struct TimerEntry
+{
+	PRTime *startTime;					// Current time when we start the timer.
+	PRTime accumulator;					// Time spent in this timer.
+	bool running;						// True if the timer is running.
+	bool done;							// True if the timer was running and was stopped. 
+};
+
+class Timer
+{
+private:
+
+	// Return the named timer.
+	static TimerEntry& getTimerEntry(const char* name);
+	// Return a reference to a new Timer.
+	static PRTime& getNewTimer();
+
+public:
+
+	// Start the timer.
+	static void start(const char* name);
+	// Stop the timer.
+	static void stop(const char* name);
+	// Freeze all the running timers.
+	static void freezeTimers();
+	// Unfreeze all the running timers.
+	static void unfreezeTimers();
+	// Print the timer.
+	static void print(FILE* f, const char *name);
+};
+
+inline void startTimer(const char* name) 		{Timer::start(name);}
+inline void stopTimer(const char* name) 		{Timer::stop(name); Timer::print(stdout, name);}
+#define START_TIMER_SAFE						Timer::freezeTimers();
+#define END_TIMER_SAFE							Timer::unfreezeTimers();
+#define TIMER_SAFE(x)							START_TIMER_SAFE x; END_TIMER_SAFE
+
+#else /* NO_TIMER */
+
+inline void startTimer(const char* /*name*/) 	{} 
+inline void stopTimer(const char* /*name*/) 	{} 
+#define START_TIMER_SAFE
+#define END_TIMER_SAFE
+#define TIMER_SAFE(x)							x;
+
+#endif /* NO_TIMER */
+#endif /* _TIMER_H_ */

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/VirtualRegister.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "VirtualRegister.h"
+#include "Instruction.h"
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegister -
+
+#ifdef MANUAL_TEMPLATES
+template class IndexedPool<VirtualRegister>;
+#endif
+
+// Set the defining instruction.
+//
+void VirtualRegister::setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& instruction)
+{
+	if (definingInstruction != NULL) {
+		if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) && (definingInstruction->getFlags() & ifPhiNode))
+			return;
+	}
+	definingInstruction = &instruction;
+}
+

mozilla/ef/Compiler/RegisterAllocator/VirtualRegister.h

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
+#define _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
+
+#include "Fundamentals.h"
+#include "IndexedPool.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "RegisterTypes.h"
+#include "RegisterClass.h"
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegister - 24b
+
+class Instruction;
+
+class VirtualRegister : public IndexedObject<VirtualRegister>
+{
+public:
+
+	Instruction*					definingInstruction;	// Instruction defining this VR.
+
+	// Initialize a VR of the given classKind.
+	VirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind /*classKind*/) : definingInstruction(NULL) {}
+
+	// Return the defining instruction for this VR.
+	Instruction* getDefiningInstruction() const {return definingInstruction;}
+	// Set the defining instruction.
+	void setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& insn);
+};
+
+// Return true if the VirtualRegisters are equals. The only way 2 VRs can be equal is if
+// they have the same index. If they have the same index then they are at the same
+// address in the indexed pool.
+//
+inline bool operator == (const VirtualRegister& regA, const VirtualRegister& regB) {return &regA == &regB;}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// VirtualRegisterManager -
+
+struct PreColoredRegister
+{
+	RegisterID id;
+	RegisterName color;
+};
+
+class VirtualRegisterManager
+{
+private:
+
+	IndexedPool<VirtualRegister> registerPool;
+	PreColoredRegister machineRegister[6];
+
+public:
+	VirtualRegisterManager()
+		{
+			for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+				machineRegister[i].id = invalidID;
+		}
+
+	// Return the VirtualRegister at the given index.
+	VirtualRegister& getVirtualRegister(RegisterName name) const {return registerPool.get(name);}
+
+	// Return a new VirtualRegister.
+	RegisterID newVirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind classKind)
+		{
+			VirtualRegister& vReg = *new(registerPool) VirtualRegister(classKind);
+			RegisterID rid;
+
+			setName(rid, RegisterName(vReg.getIndex()));
+			setClass(rid, classKind);
+			return rid;
+		}
+
+	RegisterID newMachineRegister(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind)
+		{
+			RegisterID rid = machineRegister[name].id;
+
+			if (rid == invalidID) {
+				rid = newVirtualRegister(classKind);
+				DEBUG_ONLY(setMachineRegister(rid));
+				machineRegister[name].id = rid;
+				machineRegister[name].color = name;
+			}
+
+			return rid;
+		}
+
+	PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersBegin() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) machineRegister;} // FIX
+	PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersEnd() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) &machineRegister[6];} // FIX
+
+	// Return the VirtualRegister universe size.
+	Uint32 getSize() {return registerPool.getSize();}
+
+	void setSize(Uint32 size) {registerPool.setSize(size);}
+};
+
+#endif // _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_

mozilla/webshell/tests/viewer/Makefile.in

@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH			= ../../..
-topsrcdir		= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir			= @srcdir@
-VPATH			= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-DIRS			= public
-
-PROGRAM			= viewer
-
-CPPSRCS			= \
-			$(TOOLKIT_CPPSRCS) \
-			nsBaseDialog.cpp \
-			nsFindDialog.cpp \
-			nsXPBaseWindow.cpp \
-			nsTableInspectorDialog.cpp \
-			nsImageInspectorDialog.cpp \
-			nsPrintSetupDialog.cpp \
-			nsBrowserWindow.cpp \
-			nsEditorMode.cpp \
-			nsSetupRegistry.cpp \
-			nsThrobber.cpp \
-			nsViewerApp.cpp \
-			nsWebCrawler.cpp \
-			$(NULL)
-
-EXPORT_RESOURCE_SAMPLES	:= \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/test*.html) \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/toolbarTest*.xul) \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/treeTest*.xul) \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/treeTest*.css) \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/slider*.xul) \
-			$(wildcard $(srcdir)/samples/scrollbar*.xul) \
-			$(srcdir)/resources/find.html \
-			$(srcdir)/resources/printsetup.html \
-			$(srcdir)/resources/image_props.html \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/aform.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/bform.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/cform.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/demoform.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/mozform.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/xulTest.css \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/Anieyes.gif \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/gear1.gif \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/rock_gra.gif \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/beeptest.html \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/soundtest.html \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/bg.jpg \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/raptor.jpg \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/test.wav \
-			$(srcdir)/samples/checkboxTest.xul \
-			$(NULL)
-
-EXPORT_RESOURCE_THROBBER := $(wildcard $(srcdir)/throbber/anim*.gif)
-
-ifeq (,$(filter beos os2 rhapsody photon,$(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT)))
-DIRS			+= unix
-UNIX_VIEWER_TK_LIBS	= $(DIST)/lib/libviewer_$(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT)_s.a
-else
-ifeq ($(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT),beos)
-BEOS_PROGRAM_RESOURCE	= $(srcdir)/viewer-beos.rsrc
-TOOLKIT_CPPSRCS		= nsBeOSMain.cpp
-endif
-ifeq ($(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT),photon)
-TOOLKIT_CPPSRCS		= nsPhMain.cpp nsPhMenu.cpp
-endif
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT),gtk)
-GTK_GLUE		= -lgtksuperwin
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_OJI
-JSJ_LIB			= -ljsj
-endif
-
-XP_DIST_LIBS		= \
-			-lraptorgfx \
-			-lmozjs \
-			-lxpcom \
-			$(JSJ_LIB) \
-			$(NULL)
-
-XP_NS_UNDERBAR_CRAP	= \
-			$(MOZ_NECKO_UTIL_LIBS) \
-			$(MOZ_TIMER_LIBS) \
-			$(MOZ_WIDGET_SUPPORT_LIBS) \
-			$(NULL)
-
-XP_LIBS			= \
-			$(XP_NS_UNDERBAR_CRAP) \
-			$(XP_DIST_LIBS) \
-			$(NSPR_LIBS) \
-			$(NULL)
-
-ifdef MOZ_FULLCIRCLE
-XP_LIBS			+= $(FULLCIRCLE_LIBS)
-endif
-
-LIBS			= \
-			$(UNIX_VIEWER_TK_LIBS) \
-			$(GTK_GLUE) \
-			$(XP_LIBS) \
-			$(TK_LIBS) \
-			$(NULL)
-
-MOTIF_LIBS		= -lviewer_motif_s $(XP_LIBS) $(MOZ_MOTIF_LDFLAGS)
-QT_LIBS			= -lviewer_qt_s $(XP_LIBS) $(MOZ_QT_LDFLAGS)
-XLIB_LIBS		= -lviewer_xlib_s $(XP_LIBS) $(MOZ_XLIB_LDFLAGS)
-GTK_LIBS		= -lviewer_gtk_s -lgtksuperwin $(XP_LIBS) $(MOZ_GTK_LDFLAGS)
-
-EXTRA_DEPS		= \
-			$(addprefix $(DIST)/,$(patsubst -l%,bin/lib%.$(DLL_SUFFIX),$(XP_DIST_LIBS:-l%_s=lib/lib%_s.a))) \
-			$(UNIX_VIEWER_TK_LIBS) \
-			$(XP_NS_UNDERBAR_CRAP) \
-			$(NULL)
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-
-CXXFLAGS		+= $(MOZ_TOOLKIT_REGISTRY_CFLAGS)
-
-install:: $(PROGRAM) $(srcdir)/mozilla-viewer.sh
-	$(INSTALL) $(EXPORT_RESOURCE_SAMPLES) $(DIST)/bin/res/samples
-	$(INSTALL) $(EXPORT_RESOURCE_THROBBER) $(DIST)/bin/res/throbber
-	$(INSTALL) $(srcdir)/resources/viewer.properties $(DIST)/bin/res
-	$(INSTALL) $(srcdir)/mozilla-viewer.sh $(DIST)/bin
-
-$(PROGRAM)_gtk: $(PROGOBJS) $(EXTRA_DEPS) Makefile Makefile.in $(DIST)/lib/libviewer_gtk_s.a
-	$(CCC) -o $@ $(PROGOBJS) $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS_DIR) $(GTK_LIBS) $(OS_LIBS)
-	$(MOZ_POST_PROGRAM_COMMAND) $@
-
-$(PROGRAM)_motif: $(PROGOBJS) $(EXTRA_DEPS) Makefile Makefile.in $(DIST)/lib/libviewer_motif_s.a
-	$(CCC) -o $@ $(PROGOBJS) $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS_DIR) $(MOTIF_LIBS) $(OS_LIBS)
-	$(MOZ_POST_PROGRAM_COMMAND) $@
-
-$(PROGRAM)_qt: $(PROGOBJS) $(EXTRA_DEPS) Makefile Makefile.in $(DIST)/lib/libviewer_qt_s.a
-	$(CCC) -o $@ $(PROGOBJS) $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS_DIR) $(QT_LIBS) $(OS_LIBS)
-	$(MOZ_POST_PROGRAM_COMMAND) $@
-
-$(PROGRAM)_xlib: $(PROGOBJS) $(EXTRA_DEPS) Makefile Makefile.in $(DIST)/lib/libviewer_xlib_s.a
-	$(CCC) -o $@ $(PROGOBJS) $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS_DIR) $(XLIB_LIBS) $(OS_LIBS)
-	$(MOZ_POST_PROGRAM_COMMAND) $@
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_GTK
-install:: $(PROGRAM)_gtk
-	$(INSTALL) -m 555 $< $(DIST)/bin
-
-clobber::
-	rm -f $(PROGRAM)_gtk
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_MOTIF
-install:: $(PROGRAM)_motif
-	$(INSTALL) -m 555 $< $(DIST)/bin
-
-clobber::
-	rm -f $(PROGRAM)_motif
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_QT
-install:: $(PROGRAM)_qt
-	$(INSTALL) -m 555 $< $(DIST)/bin
-
-clobber::
-	rm -f $(PROGRAM)_qt
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_XLIB
-install:: $(PROGRAM)_xlib
-	$(INSTALL) -m 555 $< $(DIST)/bin
-
-clobber::
-	rm -f $(PROGRAM)_xlib
-endif
-

mozilla/webshell/tests/viewer/unix/gtk/nsGtkMenu.cpp

@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "gdksuperwin.h"
-#include "gtkmozbox.h"
-
-#include "nsBrowserWindow.h"
-#include "resources.h"
-#include "nscore.h"
-
-#include "stdio.h"
-
-typedef GtkItemFactoryCallback GIFC;
-
-void gtk_ifactory_cb (nsBrowserWindow *nbw,
-                      guint callback_action, 
-                      GtkWidget *widget)
-{
-  nbw->DispatchMenuItem(callback_action);
-}
-
-GtkItemFactoryEntry menu_items[] =
-{
-  { "/_File",				nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/File/_New Window",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_WINDOW_OPEN,	nsnull },
-  { "/File/_Open...",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_FILE_OPEN,	nsnull },
-  { "/File/_View Source",		nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEW_SOURCE,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/_Samples",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #0",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO0,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #1",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO1,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #2",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO2,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #3",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO3,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #4",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO4,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #5",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO5,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #6",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO6,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #7",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO7,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #8",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO8,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #9",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO9,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #10",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO10,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #11",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO11,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #12",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO12,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #13",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO13,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #14",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO14,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #15",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO15,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #16",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO16,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Samples/demo #17",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEMO17,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/_Test Sites",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOP100,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/XPToolkit Tests",		nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/File/XPToolkit Tests/Toolbar Test 1",       nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,  VIEWER_XPTOOLKITTOOLBAR1,     nsnull },
-  { "/File/XPToolkit Tests/Tree Test 1",       nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,  VIEWER_XPTOOLKITTREE1,     nsnull },
-  { "/File/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/File/Print Preview",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_ONE_COLUMN,	nsnull },
-  { "/File/Print",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_PRINT,		nsnull },
-  { "/File/Print Setup",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_PRINT_SETUP,	nsnull },
-  { "/File/sep2",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/File/_Exit",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EXIT,		nsnull },
-
-  { "/_Edit",				nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/Edit/Cu_t",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EDIT_CUT,	nsnull },
-  { "/Edit/_Copy",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EDIT_COPY,	nsnull },
-  { "/Edit/_Paste",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EDIT_PASTE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Edit/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Edit/Select All",			nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EDIT_SELECTALL,	nsnull },
-  { "/Edit/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Edit/Find in Page",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_EDIT_FINDINPAGE,	nsnull },
-
-//#ifdef DEBUG // turning off for now
-  { "/_Debug",				nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>"	},
-  { "/Debug/_Visual Debugging",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_VISUAL_DEBUGGING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Paint Flashing",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_PAINT_FLASHING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Paint Dumping",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_PAINT_DUMPING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Invalidate Dumping",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_INVALIDATE_DUMPING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Event Dumping",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_EVENT_DUMPING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/sep1", nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Motion Event Dumping",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_MOTION_EVENT_DUMPING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Event Debugging/Toggle Crossing Event Dumping",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_CROSSING_EVENT_DUMPING,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/_Reflow Test",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_REFLOW_TEST,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Dump _Content",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DUMP_CONTENT,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Dump _Frames",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DUMP_FRAMES,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Dump _Views",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DUMP_VIEWS,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Dump _Style Sheets",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DUMP_STYLE_SHEETS,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Dump _Style Contexts",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DUMP_STYLE_CONTEXTS,	nsnull},
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Show Content Size",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_SHOW_CONTENT_SIZE,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Show Frame Size",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_SHOW_FRAME_SIZE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Show Style Size",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_SHOW_STYLE_SIZE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Debug Save",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEBUGSAVE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Debug Output Text",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DISPLAYTEXT,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Debug Output HTML",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DISPLAYHTML,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/Debug Toggle Selection",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_TOGGLE_SELECTION,nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Debug Robot",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_DEBUGROBOT,	nsnull },
-  { "/Debug/sep1",			nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Separator>" },
-  { "/Debug/Show Content Quality",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_SHOW_CONTENT_QUALITY,	nsnull },
-  { "/_Style",				nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>"	},
-  { "/Style/Select _Style Sheet",	       nsnull, nsnull,        0,        "<Branch>" },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/List Available Sheets", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_LIST, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/sep1", nsnull, nsnull,        0,        "<Separator>" },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/Select Default", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_DEFAULT, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/sep1", nsnull, nsnull,        0,        "<Separator>" },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/Select Alternative 1", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_ONE, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/Select Alternative 2", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_TWO, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/Select Alternative 3", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_THREE, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Select Style Sheet/Select Alternative 4", nsnull, (GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb, VIEWER_SELECT_STYLE_FOUR, nsnull },
-  { "/Style/_Compatibility Mode",		nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/Style/Compatibility Mode/Nav Quirks",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_NAV_QUIRKS_MODE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Compatibility Mode/Standard",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_STANDARD_MODE,	nsnull },
-
-  { "/Style/_Widget Render Mode",		nsnull,	nsnull,			0,			"<Branch>" },
-  { "/Style/Widget Render Mode/Native",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_NATIVE_WIDGET_MODE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Style/Widget Render Mode/Gfx",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	VIEWER_GFX_WIDGET_MODE,	nsnull },
-//#endif
-
-  { "/_Tools",                                nsnull, nsnull,                 0,              "<Branch>" },
-  { "/Tools/_JavaScript Console",	nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	JS_CONSOLE,	nsnull },
-  { "/Tools/_Editor Mode",		nsnull,	(GIFC)gtk_ifactory_cb,	EDITOR_MODE,	nsnull }
-};
-
-void CreateViewerMenus(nsIWidget *   aParent, 
-                       gpointer      data,
-                       GtkWidget **  aMenuBarOut) 
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(nsnull != aParent,"null parent.");
-  NS_ASSERTION(nsnull != aMenuBarOut,"null out param.");
-
-  GtkItemFactory *item_factory;
-  GtkWidget *menubar;
-
-  GdkSuperWin *gdkSuperWin;
-  GtkWidget   *mozBox;
-
-  gdkSuperWin = (GdkSuperWin*)aParent->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WIDGET);
-  
-  int nmenu_items = sizeof (menu_items) / sizeof (menu_items[0]);
-  item_factory = gtk_item_factory_new (GTK_TYPE_MENU_BAR, "<main>", nsnull);
-
-  gtk_item_factory_create_items (item_factory, nmenu_items, menu_items, data);
-
-  menubar = gtk_item_factory_get_widget (item_factory, "<main>");
-
-  gtk_menu_bar_set_shadow_type (GTK_MENU_BAR(menubar), GTK_SHADOW_NONE);
-
-  NS_ASSERTION(GDK_IS_SUPERWIN(gdkSuperWin), "code assumes a gdksuperwin.");
-  mozBox = gtk_mozbox_new(gdkSuperWin->bin_window);
-  NS_ASSERTION((mozBox != NULL), "failed to create mozBox.");
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mozBox), menubar);
-  gtk_mozbox_set_position(GTK_MOZBOX(mozBox), 0, 0 );
-  gtk_widget_show(mozBox);
-  gtk_widget_show(menubar);
-
-  *aMenuBarOut = menubar;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/Makefile.in

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-DIRS		= xpwidgets support
-
-#
-# Dont build the DSO under the 'build' directory as windows does.
-#
-# The DSOs get built in the toolkit dir itself.  Do this so that 
-# multiple implementations of widget can be built on the same
-# source tree.
-#
-ifndef MOZ_MONOLITHIC_TOOLKIT
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_GTK
-DIRS		+= gtksuperwin
-DIRS		+= gtk
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_MOTIF
-DIRS		+= motif
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_XLIB
-DIRS		+= xlib
-endif
-
-ifdef MOZ_ENABLE_QT
-DIRS		+= qt
-endif
-
-else
-DIRS		+= $(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT)
-endif
-
-# unix_services are only useful in unix, duh...
-ifeq (,$(filter beos os2 rhapsody photon,$(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT)))
-DIRS		+= unix_services
-endif
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/Makefile.in

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# NPL.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ../../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-LIBRARY_NAME	= widget_gtk
-
-REQUIRES	= util img xpcom raptor netlib
-
-CPPSRCS		= \
-		nsAppShell.cpp \
-		nsButton.cpp \
-		nsCheckButton.cpp \
-		nsClipboard.cpp \
-		nsComboBox.cpp \
-		nsContextMenu.cpp \
-		nsDragService.cpp \
-		nsFilePicker.cpp \
-		nsFileWidget.cpp \
-		nsFontRetrieverService.cpp \
-		nsFontSizeIterator.cpp \
-		nsGtkEventHandler.cpp \
-		nsGtkUtils.cpp \
-		nsLabel.cpp \
-		nsListBox.cpp \
-		nsLookAndFeel.cpp \
-		nsMenu.cpp \
-		nsMenuBar.cpp \
-		nsMenuItem.cpp \
-		nsPopUpMenu.cpp \
-		nsRadioButton.cpp \
-		nsScrollbar.cpp \
-		nsSound.cpp \
-		nsTextAreaWidget.cpp \
-		nsTextHelper.cpp \
-		nsTextWidget.cpp \
-		nsToolkit.cpp \
-		nsWidget.cpp \
-		nsWidgetFactory.cpp \
-		nsWindow.cpp \
-		$(NULL)
-
-SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS = $(DIST)/lib/libraptorbasewidget_s.a
-
-EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
-		$(MKSHLIB_FORCE_ALL) \
-		$(SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS) \
-		$(MKSHLIB_UNFORCE_ALL) \
-		$(MOZ_COMPONENT_LIBS) \
-		-lraptorgfx \
-		$(NULL)
-
-ifndef MOZ_MONOLITHIC_TOOLKIT
-EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS +=  -L$(DIST)/lib -lgtksuperwin $(MOZ_GTK_LDFLAGS)
-else
-EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS += $(TK_LIBS)
-endif
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-
-ifndef MOZ_MONOLITHIC_TOOLKIT
-CXXFLAGS	+= $(MOZ_GTK_CFLAGS)
-CFLAGS		+= $(MOZ_GTK_CFLAGS)
-else
-CXXFLAGS	+= $(TK_CFLAGS)
-CFLAGS		+= $(TK_CFLAGS)
-endif
-
-DEFINES		+= -D_IMPL_NS_WIDGET -DUSE_XIM
-
-ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), Linux)
-DEFINES		+= -D_BSD_SOURCE
-endif
-
-INCLUDES	+= \
-		-I$(srcdir)/../xpwidgets \
-		-I$(srcdir) \
-		$(NULL)
-
-$(LIBRARY) $(SHARED_LIBRARY): $(SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS) Makefile
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/mozicon.xpm

@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/* XPM */
-static char * mozilla_icon_xpm[] = {
-"32 32 257 2",
-"  	c None",
-". 	c #AA7303",
-"+ 	c #A67003",
-"@ 	c #B77C03",
-"# 	c #8D6003",
-"$ 	c #8D6004",
-"% 	c #6C4A04",
-"& 	c #3A2804",
-"* 	c #6B4802",
-"= 	c #9B6903",
-"- 	c #5A2C04",
-"; 	c #411B04",
-"> 	c #9D6A03",
-", 	c #7A5203",
-"' 	c #510D04",
-") 	c #6B1104",
-"! 	c #7D5503",
-"~ 	c #674604",
-"{ 	c #C21E04",
-"] 	c #C21D04",
-"^ 	c #523804",
-"/ 	c #513702",
-"( 	c #552904",
-"_ 	c #DD2204",
-": 	c #DF2204",
-"< 	c #582904",
-"[ 	c #5F3F02",
-"} 	c #6B2504",
-"| 	c #FE2604",
-"1 	c #AB7303",
-"2 	c #9B6904",
-"3 	c #C31F04",
-"4 	c #FE2704",
-"5 	c #A81904",
-"6 	c #926304",
-"7 	c #4D3302",
-"8 	c #483104",
-"9 	c #C61E04",
-"0 	c #B11B04",
-"a 	c #891604",
-"b 	c #761204",
-"c 	c #614304",
-"d 	c #775102",
-"e 	c #795102",
-"f 	c #785102",
-"g 	c #C58603",
-"h 	c #642404",
-"i 	c #B21A04",
-"j 	c #1F0604",
-"k 	c #550E04",
-"l 	c #631004",
-"m 	c #402404",
-"n 	c #AF7703",
-"o 	c #3D2902",
-"p 	c #7F5602",
-"q 	c #805604",
-"r 	c #0C0904",
-"s 	c #080604",
-"t 	c #080706",
-"u 	c #090604",
-"v 	c #060404",
-"w 	c #620F04",
-"x 	c #7A1304",
-"y 	c #030204",
-"z 	c #570E04",
-"A 	c #721204",
-"B 	c #270704",
-"C 	c #080504",
-"D 	c #0A0604",
-"E 	c #533804",
-"F 	c #A56F02",
-"G 	c #B87C03",
-"H 	c #3B2804",
-"I 	c #A51904",
-"J 	c #FC2704",
-"K 	c #D62004",
-"L 	c #691004",
-"M 	c #C01E04",
-"N 	c #6D1004",
-"O 	c #9C1804",
-"P 	c #B31C04",
-"Q 	c #150404",
-"R 	c #801404",
-"S 	c #DD2304",
-"T 	c #120404",
-"U 	c #130404",
-"V 	c #500C04",
-"W 	c #CC1E04",
-"X 	c #AA1A04",
-"Y 	c #100904",
-"Z 	c #B47A03",
-"` 	c #A77103",
-" .	c #513704",
-"..	c #891704",
-"+.	c #F62604",
-"@.	c #BA1D04",
-"#.	c #3C0A04",
-"$.	c #EB2304",
-"%.	c #DE2304",
-"&.	c #560E04",
-"*.	c #E82304",
-"=.	c #FE2804",
-"-.	c #BE1D04",
-";.	c #F12404",
-">.	c #661004",
-",.	c #020204",
-"'.	c #5E0F04",
-").	c #A61A04",
-"!.	c #4A3204",
-"~.	c #BC7E03",
-"{.	c #8E6002",
-"].	c #684604",
-"^.	c #390D04",
-"/.	c #EE2404",
-"(.	c #FE2904",
-"_.	c #7D1304",
-":.	c #8C1504",
-"<.	c #200604",
-"[.	c #A81A04",
-"}.	c #E72204",
-"|.	c #DA2004",
-"1.	c #070204",
-"2.	c #280704",
-"3.	c #543904",
-"4.	c #9F6C02",
-"5.	c #674602",
-"6.	c #B47B04",
-"7.	c #311004",
-"8.	c #B11C04",
-"9.	c #AA1B04",
-"0.	c #6A1104",
-"a.	c #801504",
-"b.	c #2B0704",
-"c.	c #09090A",
-"d.	c #450B04",
-"e.	c #360904",
-"f.	c #DC2204",
-"g.	c #EE2504",
-"h.	c #C11D04",
-"i.	c #6F1104",
-"j.	c #704B04",
-"k.	c #9C6902",
-"l.	c #A56F03",
-"m.	c #5F4004",
-"n.	c #8D1604",
-"o.	c #440A04",
-"p.	c #1A0504",
-"q.	c #931604",
-"r.	c #621004",
-"s.	c #7F1404",
-"t.	c #921704",
-"u.	c #F82504",
-"v.	c #F52504",
-"w.	c #981804",
-"x.	c #241804",
-"y.	c #5B3E04",
-"z.	c #D82204",
-"A.	c #D02004",
-"B.	c #DA2104",
-"C.	c #D52104",
-"D.	c #2A1A04",
-"E.	c #AC7403",
-"F.	c #2B1C04",
-"G.	c #D04004",
-"H.	c #FC3C04",
-"I.	c #F94E04",
-"J.	c #881504",
-"K.	c #FC2604",
-"L.	c #792804",
-"M.	c #AC7503",
-"N.	c #9A6803",
-"O.	c #782804",
-"P.	c #F66504",
-"Q.	c #F94B04",
-"R.	c #F46804",
-"S.	c #F46604",
-"T.	c #F76504",
-"U.	c #FB4204",
-"V.	c #C13D04",
-"W.	c #5D0E04",
-"X.	c #DA2204",
-"Y.	c #741604",
-"Z.	c #8C5E03",
-"`.	c #885B03",
-" +	c #8B1904",
-".+	c #DE2204",
-"++	c #D22D04",
-"@+	c #C42D04",
-"#+	c #580E04",
-"$+	c #9F1804",
-"%+	c #895D04",
-"&+	c #D62204",
-"*+	c #371904",
-"=+	c #2C1A04",
-"-+	c #4A0C04",
-";+	c #140404",
-">+	c #AB1A04",
-",+	c #DA2304",
-"'+	c #6A4702",
-")+	c #754F02",
-"!+	c #821404",
-"~+	c #462B04",
-"{+	c #B37A03",
-"]+	c #B17803",
-"^+	c #714C04",
-"/+	c #580F04",
-"(+	c #E32204",
-"_+	c #DD2104",
-":+	c #611D04",
-"<+	c #BA7F03",
-"[+	c #B27803",
-"}+	c #6F1D04",
-"|+	c #FD2704",
-"1+	c #F22504",
-"2+	c #634304",
-"3+	c #875B03",
-"4+	c #734F02",
-"5+	c #805704",
-"6+	c #1D0504",
-"7+	c #DB2204",
-"8+	c #EA2404",
-"9+	c #2E0804",
-"0+	c #815803",
-"a+	c #941704",
-"b+	c #C11E04",
-"c+	c #391B04",
-"d+	c #A77104",
-"e+	c #B67C04",
-"f+	c #371D04",
-"g+	c #360A04",
-"h+	c #573A04",
-"i+	c #372604",
-"j+	c #3E2104",
-"k+	c #B57A03",
-"l+	c #B57B03",
-"m+	c #603F04",
-"n+	c #430A04",
-"o+	c #351904",
-"p+	c #A36E03",
-"q+	c #BE8103",
-"r+	c #1D1404",
-"s+	c #483004",
-"t+	c #A26E03",
-"u+	c #6D4B02",
-"v+	c #825804",
-"w+	c #0B0804",
-"x+	c #976603",
-"y+	c #815703",
-"z+	c #926404",
-"A+	c #895D03",
-"B+	c #614202",
-"C+	c #9A6804",
-"D+	c #C88704",
-"E+	c #C18303",
-"F+	c #654302",
-"G+	c #744F02",
-"H+	c #704B02",
-"                                                                ",
-"                                .                               ",
-"                              + @                               ",
-"                              # $                               ",
-"                              % & *                             ",
-"                            = - ; >                             ",
-"                            , ' ) !                             ",
-"                            ~ { ] ^                             ",
-"                          / ( _ : < [                           ",
-"                          . } | | } 1                           ",
-"                          2 3 | 4 5 6                           ",
-"                        7 8 9 0 a b c                           ",
-"  d e f f f d d d d d d g h i j k l m n d d d d d d d d d d d o ",
-"  p q r s s s s t s s u v w x y z A B C D D D D D s s s s E F   ",
-"      G H I J 4 | 4 | K L L M N O P Q R | S T U V W X Y Z       ",
-"        `  ...+.| 4 @.#.$.4 | %.&.*.4 =.-.;.>.,.'.).!.~.        ",
-"          {.].^./.(.X _.;.| :.T <.[.| }.z | |.1.2.3.4.          ",
-"            5.6.7.8.9.0.a.b.c.d.e.f.g.h.&.| i.u j.k.            ",
-"                l.m.n.o.p.q._.r.a.s.t.u.v.w.x.Z                 ",
-"                  {.y.P z.R A.v.x j B.| C.D.E.                  ",
-"                    F.G.H.I.4 | 4 t.J.f.K.L.M.                  ",
-"                  N.O.P.Q.R.S.T.U.V.W.X.4 Y.Z.                  ",
-"                  `. +4 =.| | .+++@+#+$+| K %+                  ",
-"                  %+&+| | | I *+=+-+;+>+,+&+x.'+                ",
-"                )+=+X.=.| !+~+{+]+^+,./+(+_+:+<+                ",
-"                [+}+|+1+) 2+3+    4+5+6+7+8+9+0+                ",
-"                $ a+b+c+d+            e+f+0.g+h+                ",
-"                i+A j+k+                l+m+n+o+p+              ",
-"              q+r+s+t+                    u+v+w+x+              ",
-"              y+z+A+                        B+C+2               ",
-"              D+                                E+F+            ",
-"            G+                                    H+            "};

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/mozicon50.xpm

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* XPM */
-static char * mozicon50_xpm[] = {
-"50 51 9 1",
-" 	c None",
-".	c #000000",
-"+	c #FF0000",
-"@	c #808000",
-"#	c #800000",
-"$	c #FF6633",
-"%	c #990066",
-"&	c #FF00FF",
-"*	c #222222",
-"                                                  ",
-"                         @                        ",
-"                        $@                        ",
-"                        @@                        ",
-"                        @@$                       ",
-"                       $@*@                       ",
-"                       @@.@                       ",
-"                       @..@                       ",
-"                      $@..@@                      ",
-"                      $@##*@                      ",
-"                      @*#+.@                      ",
-"                      @.++.@$                     ",
-"                     $@.++.@$                     ",
-"                     @*#++#*@                     ",
-"                     @.++++.@                     ",
-"                    $@.++++.@$                    ",
-"                    @*#++++**@                    ",
-"                    @.#++++#.@                    ",
-"                   $@.++####.@                    ",
-"                   @@*+#*##*.@@                   ",
-"*@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@.#+..*##*#@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@*",
-" *@@*................+#..*###.................@@* ",
-"  %@@@.#++++++++++++#**#*#++.###++*...#+++#.*@@*  ",
-"    *@@.#+++++++++#.##++#+#+*.#+++#..##++#.@@@%   ",
-"      $@..+++++++.#++++++##++++#++#...++*.@@$     ",
-"       @@*.#+++++.#+++++*.#++++##++#.*...@@       ",
-"        $@@.#+++#*++++#....#+++*#+++...*@$        ",
-"         *@@..++#*++#**.*.*+++#.#++*..@@$         ",
-"           $@*.++******#+++++#+#+++..@@           ",
-"            $@@.##..*$#**#+#*#++++..@@            ",
-"             $@@.#+#***##...#++++.*@@             ",
-"              %@@*++++++++#.#++++.@@              ",
-"               @.#+++++++++.##+++.@$              ",
-"               @.+$$$$$+$$$#*#+++*@@              ",
-"              $@*+$$$$$$$+$#.#+++#.@              ",
-"              @*#+++++++++++.#++++.@              ",
-"              @.#+++++++#*++.##+++.@$             ",
-"             $@.+++++++....#..+#++*@@             ",
-"             @@*+++++#.*@@@...*+++#.@             ",
-"             @.#++++#.@@@ @@..#++++.@             ",
-"             @.++++*.@@$  %@@..+++#.@@            ",
-"            $@.+++..@@*     $@*.#+#**@            ",
-"            @@#+#.*@$%       $@@.##..@            ",
-"            @.##.@@            @@..#.@$           ",
-"           $@.*.@@$             @@**.@$           ",
-"           $@.*@@               %$@@.*@           ",
-"           @.@@$                  *@@.@           ",
-"           @@@$                    %@@@$          ",
-"          $@@%                      %@@@          ",
-"          @@                          $@          ",
-"          $                            *          "};

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsAppShell.cpp

@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: c++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "prmon.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsAppShell.h"
-#include "nsIAppShell.h"
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
-#include "nsICmdLineService.h"
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#ifdef MOZ_GLE
-#include <gle/gle.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-#include "nsIPref.h"
-
-
-#include "glib.h"
-
-struct OurGdkIOClosure {
-  GdkInputFunction  function;
-  gpointer          data;
-};
-
-static gboolean
-our_gdk_io_invoke(GIOChannel* source, GIOCondition condition, gpointer data)
-{
-  OurGdkIOClosure* ioc = (OurGdkIOClosure*) data;
-  if (ioc) {
-    (*ioc->function)(ioc->data, g_io_channel_unix_get_fd(source),
-                     GDK_INPUT_READ);
-  }
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-our_gdk_io_destroy(gpointer data)
-{
-  OurGdkIOClosure* ioc = (OurGdkIOClosure*) data;
-  if (ioc) {
-    g_free(ioc);
-  }
-}
-
-static gint
-our_gdk_input_add (gint              source,
-                   GdkInputFunction  function,
-                   gpointer          data,
-                   gint              priority)
-{
-  guint result;
-  OurGdkIOClosure *closure = g_new (OurGdkIOClosure, 1);
-  GIOChannel *channel;
-
-  closure->function = function;
-  closure->data = data;
-
-  channel = g_io_channel_unix_new (source);
-  result = g_io_add_watch_full (channel, priority, G_IO_IN,
-                                our_gdk_io_invoke,
-                                closure, our_gdk_io_destroy);
-  g_io_channel_unref (channel);
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// XPCOM CIDs
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kEventQueueServiceCID, NS_EVENTQUEUESERVICE_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCmdLineServiceCID, NS_COMMANDLINE_SERVICE_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefServiceCID, NS_PREF_CID);
-
-// a linked, ordered list of event queues and their tokens
-class EventQueueToken {
-public:
-  EventQueueToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, const gint aToken);
-  virtual ~EventQueueToken();  
-  nsIEventQueue   *mQueue;
-  gint mToken;
-  EventQueueToken *mNext;
-};
-
-EventQueueToken::EventQueueToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, const gint aToken) {
-  mQueue = aQueue;
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(mQueue);
-  mToken = aToken;
-  mNext = 0;
-}
-
-EventQueueToken::~EventQueueToken(){
- NS_IF_RELEASE(mQueue);
-}
-
-class EventQueueTokenQueue {
-public:
-  EventQueueTokenQueue();
-  virtual ~EventQueueTokenQueue();
-  nsresult PushToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, gint aToken);
-  PRBool PopToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, gint *aToken);
-
-private:
-  EventQueueToken *mHead;
-};
-
-EventQueueTokenQueue::EventQueueTokenQueue() {
-  mHead = 0;
-}
-
-EventQueueTokenQueue::~EventQueueTokenQueue() {
-
-  // if we reach this point with an empty token queue, well, fab. however,
-  // we expect the first event queue to still be active. so we take
-  // special care to unhook that queue (not that failing to do so seems
-  // to hurt anything). more queues than that would be an error.
-//NS_ASSERTION(!mHead || !mHead->mNext, "event queue token list deleted when not empty");
-  // (and skip the assertion for now. we're leaking event queues because they
-  // are referenced by things that leak, so this assertion goes off a lot.)
-  if (mHead) {
-    gdk_input_remove(mHead->mToken);
-    delete mHead;
-    // and leak the rest. it's an error, anyway
-  }
-}
-
-nsresult EventQueueTokenQueue::PushToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, gint aToken) {
-  EventQueueToken *newToken = new EventQueueToken(aQueue, aToken);
-  NS_ASSERTION(newToken, "couldn't allocate token queue element");
-  if (!newToken)
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-
-  newToken->mNext = mHead;
-  mHead = newToken;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRBool EventQueueTokenQueue::PopToken(nsIEventQueue *aQueue, gint *aToken) {
-  EventQueueToken *token, *lastToken;
-  PRBool          found = PR_FALSE;
-  NS_ASSERTION(mHead, "attempt to retrieve event queue token from empty queue");
-  if (mHead)
-    NS_ASSERTION(mHead->mQueue == aQueue, "retrieving event queue from past head of queue queue");
-
-  token = mHead;
-  lastToken = 0;
-  while (token && token->mQueue != aQueue) {
-    lastToken = token;
-    token = token->mNext;
-  }
-  if (token) {
-    if (lastToken)
-      lastToken->mNext = token->mNext;
-    else
-      mHead = token->mNext;
-    found = PR_TRUE;
-    *aToken = token->mToken;
-    delete token;
-  }
-  return found;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsAppShell constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsAppShell::nsAppShell()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mDispatchListener = 0;
-  mEventQueueTokens = new EventQueueTokenQueue();
-  // throw on error would really be civilized here
-  NS_ASSERTION(mEventQueueTokens, "couldn't allocate event queue token queue");
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsAppShell destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsAppShell::~nsAppShell()
-{
-  delete mEventQueueTokens;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsISupports implementation macro
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsAppShell, nsIAppShell)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::SetDispatchListener(nsDispatchListener* aDispatchListener)
-{
-  mDispatchListener = aDispatchListener;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-static void event_processor_callback(gpointer data,
-                                     gint source,
-                                     GdkInputCondition condition)
-{
-  nsIEventQueue *eventQueue = (nsIEventQueue*)data;
-  if (eventQueue)
-    eventQueue->ProcessPendingEvents();
-}
-
-#define PREF_NCOLS "browser.ncols"
-#define PREF_INSTALLCMAP "browser.installcmap"
-
-static void
-HandleColormapPrefs( void )
-{
-	PRInt32 ivalue = 0;
-        PRBool bvalue;
-	nsresult rv;
-
-	/* The default is to do nothing. INSTALLCMAP has precedence over
-	   NCOLS. Ignore the fact we can't do this if it fails, as it is
-	   not critical */
- 
-	NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPref, prefs, kPrefServiceCID, &rv);
-	if (NS_FAILED(rv) || (!prefs)) 
-		return;
-       
-	/* first check ncols */
- 
-	rv = prefs->GetIntPref(PREF_NCOLS, &ivalue);
-	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ivalue >= 0 && ivalue <= 255 ) {
-		gdk_rgb_set_min_colors( ivalue );
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* next check installcmap */
-
-	rv = prefs->GetBoolPref(PREF_INSTALLCMAP, &bvalue);
-	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
-		if ( PR_TRUE == bvalue )
-			gdk_rgb_set_min_colors( 255 );	// force it
-		else
-			gdk_rgb_set_min_colors( 0 );
-	}
-}
-	
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the application shell
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::Create(int *bac, char **bav)
-{
-  gchar *home=nsnull;
-  gchar *path=nsnull;
-
-  int argc = bac ? *bac : 0;
-  char **argv = bav;
-#if 1
-  nsresult rv;
-
-  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsICmdLineService, cmdLineArgs, kCmdLineServiceCID, &rv);
-  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-  {
-    rv = cmdLineArgs->GetArgc(&argc);
-    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
-      argc = bac ? *bac : 0;
-
-    rv = cmdLineArgs->GetArgv(&argv);
-    if(NS_FAILED(rv))
-      argv = bav;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  gtk_set_locale ();
-
-  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-
-  // It is most convenient for us to intercept our events after
-  // they have been converted to GDK, but before GTK+ gets them
-  gdk_event_handler_set (handle_gdk_event, NULL, NULL);
-
-#ifdef MOZ_GLE
-  gle_init (&argc, &argv);
-#endif
-
-  // delete the cmdLineArgs thing?
-
-  HandleColormapPrefs();
-  gdk_rgb_init();
-
-  home = g_get_home_dir();
-  if ((char*)nsnull != home) {
-    path = g_strdup_printf("%s%c%s", home, G_DIR_SEPARATOR, ".gtkrc");
-    if ((char *)nsnull != path) {
-      gtk_rc_parse(path);
-      g_free(path);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Spinup - do any preparation necessary for running a message loop
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::Spinup()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Spindown - do any cleanup necessary for finishing a message loop
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::Spindown()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Run
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::Run()
-{
-  NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-  nsresult   rv = NS_OK;
-  nsIEventQueue * EQueue = nsnull;
-
-  // Get the event queue service 
-  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIEventQueueService, eventQService, kEventQueueServiceCID, &rv);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-    NS_ASSERTION("Could not obtain event queue service", PR_FALSE);
-    return rv;
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  printf("Got the event queue from the service\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-  //Get the event queue for the thread.
-  rv = eventQService->GetThreadEventQueue(PR_GetCurrentThread(), &EQueue);
-
-  // If a queue already present use it.
-  if (EQueue)
-    goto done;
-
-  // Create the event queue for the thread
-  rv = eventQService->CreateThreadEventQueue();
-  if (NS_OK != rv) {
-    NS_ASSERTION("Could not create the thread event queue", PR_FALSE);
-    return rv;
-  }
-  //Get the event queue for the thread
-  rv = eventQService->GetThreadEventQueue(PR_GetCurrentThread(), &EQueue);
-  if (NS_OK != rv) {
-    NS_ASSERTION("Could not obtain the thread event queue", PR_FALSE);
-    return rv;
-  }    
-
-
-done:
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  printf("Calling gdk_input_add with event queue\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-  // (has to be called explicitly for this, the primordial appshell, because
-  // of startup ordering problems.)
-  ListenToEventQueue(EQueue, PR_TRUE);
-
-  gtk_main();
-
-  NS_IF_RELEASE(EQueue);
-  Release();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Exit a message handler loop
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::Exit()
-{
-  gtk_main_quit ();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// does nothing. used by xp code with non-gtk expectations.
-// this method will be removed once xp eventloops are working.
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::GetNativeEvent(PRBool &aRealEvent, void *& aEvent)
-{
-  aRealEvent = PR_FALSE;
-  aEvent = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// simply executes one iteration of the event loop. used by xp code with
-// non-gtk expectations.
-// this method will be removed once xp eventloops are working.
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::DispatchNativeEvent(PRBool aRealEvent, void *aEvent)
-{
-  g_main_iteration(PR_TRUE);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAppShell::ListenToEventQueue(nsIEventQueue *aQueue,
-                                             PRBool aListen)
-{
-  // tell gdk to listen to the event queue or not
-
-  gint queueToken;
-  if (aListen) {
-    queueToken = our_gdk_input_add(aQueue->GetEventQueueSelectFD(),
-                                   event_processor_callback,
-                                   aQueue, G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE);
-    mEventQueueTokens->PushToken(aQueue, queueToken);
-  } else {
-    if (mEventQueueTokens->PopToken(aQueue, &queueToken))
-      gdk_input_remove(queueToken);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsAppShell.h

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: c++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsAppShell_h__
-#define nsAppShell_h__
-
-#include "nsIAppShell.h"
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Application shell wrapper
- */
-
-class  EventQueueTokenQueue;
-
-class nsAppShell : public nsIAppShell
-{
-public:
-  nsAppShell();
-  virtual ~nsAppShell();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSIAPPSHELL
-
-private:
-  nsDispatchListener   *mDispatchListener;
-  EventQueueTokenQueue *mEventQueueTokens;
-};
-
-#endif // nsAppShell_h__
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsButton.cpp

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-#include "nsButton.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsButton, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsButton, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsButton, nsIButton, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsButton constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsButton::nsButton() : nsWidget() , nsIButton()
-{
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native Button widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsButton::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-    if (!GDK_IS_SUPERWIN(parentWindow)) {
-    g_print("Damn, brother.  That's not a superwin.\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-  
-  GdkSuperWin *superwin = GDK_SUPERWIN(parentWindow);
-
-  mMozBox = gtk_mozbox_new(superwin->bin_window);
-
-#endif
-
-  mWidget = gtk_button_new_with_label("");
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsButton");
-
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-
-  // make sure that we put the scrollbar into the mozbox
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mMozBox), mWidget);
-
-#endif /* USE_SUPERWIN */
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsButton destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsButton::~nsButton()
-{
-}
-
-void nsButton::InitCallbacks(char * aName)
-{
-  InstallButtonPressSignal(mWidget);
-  InstallButtonReleaseSignal(mWidget);
-
-  InstallEnterNotifySignal(mWidget);
-  InstallLeaveNotifySignal(mWidget);
-
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mWidget,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsButton::SetLabel(const nsString& aText)
-{
-  NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(label, aText, 256);
-
-  gtk_label_set(GTK_LABEL(GTK_BIN (mWidget)->child), label);
-
-  NS_FREE_STR_BUF(label);
-  return (NS_OK);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsButton::GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer)
-{
-  char * text;
-
-  gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(GTK_BIN (mWidget)->child), &text);
-  aBuffer.SetLength(0);
-  aBuffer.Append(text);
-
-  return (NS_OK);
-
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// set font for button
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/* virtual */
-void nsButton::SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont)
-{
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_BIN (mWidget)->child->style);
-  // gtk_style_copy ups the ref count of the font
-  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
-  
-  style->font = aFont;
-  gdk_font_ref(style->font);
-  
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_BIN (mWidget)->child, style);
-  
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsButton.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsButton_h__
-#define nsButton_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsIButton.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ button wrapper
- */
-class nsButton : public nsWidget,
-                 public nsIButton
-{
-
-public:
-  nsButton();
-  virtual ~nsButton();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsIButton part
-  NS_IMETHOD     SetLabel(const nsString& aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD     GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer);
-
-  virtual void SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont);
-
-protected:
-  NS_METHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-};
-
-#endif // nsButton_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsCheckButton.cpp

@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsCheckButton.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsCheckButton, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsCheckButton, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsCheckButton, nsICheckButton, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsCheckButton constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsCheckButton::nsCheckButton() : nsWidget() , nsICheckButton()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mLabel = nsnull;
-  mCheckButton = nsnull;
-  mState = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsCheckButton destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsCheckButton::~nsCheckButton()
-{
-}
-
-void
-nsCheckButton::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mCheckButton) {
-    mCheckButton = nsnull;
-  }
-  else if (aGtkWidget == mLabel) {
-    mLabel = nsnull;
-  }
-  else {
-    nsWidget::OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native CheckButton widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD  nsCheckButton::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  mWidget = gtk_event_box_new();
-  mCheckButton = gtk_check_button_new();
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), mCheckButton);
-
-  gtk_widget_show(mCheckButton);
-
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsCheckButton");
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void nsCheckButton::InitCallbacks(char * aName)
-{
-  InstallButtonPressSignal(mCheckButton);
-  InstallButtonReleaseSignal(mCheckButton);
-
-  InstallEnterNotifySignal(mWidget);
-  InstallLeaveNotifySignal(mWidget);
-
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mWidget,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-
-  // Add in destroy callback
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mCheckButton),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-
-  InstallSignal((GtkWidget *)mCheckButton,
-                (gchar *)"toggled",
-                GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(nsCheckButton::ToggledSignal));
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsCheckButton::SetState(const PRBool aState)
-{
-  mState = aState;
-
-  if (mWidget && mCheckButton) 
-  {
-    GtkToggleButton * item = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(mCheckButton);
-
-    item->active = (gboolean) mState;
-
-    gtk_widget_queue_draw(GTK_WIDGET(item));
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsCheckButton::GetState(PRBool& aState)
-{
-  aState = mState;
-    
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this Checkbox label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsCheckButton::SetLabel(const nsString& aText)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(label, aText, 256);
-    if (mLabel) {
-      gtk_label_set(GTK_LABEL(mLabel), label);
-    } else {
-      mLabel = gtk_label_new(label);
-      gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (mLabel), 0.0, 0.5);
-      gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mCheckButton), mLabel);
-      gtk_widget_show(mLabel);
-      gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mLabel),
-                         "destroy",
-                         GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                         this);
-    }
-    NS_FREE_STR_BUF(label);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsCheckButton::GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer)
-{
-  aBuffer.SetLength(0);
-  if (mWidget) {
-    char * text;
-    if (mLabel) {
-      gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(mLabel), &text);
-      aBuffer.Append(text);
-    }
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* virtual */ void
-nsCheckButton::OnToggledSignal(const gboolean aState)
-{
-  // Untoggle the sonofabitch
-  if (mWidget && mCheckButton) 
-  {
-    GtkToggleButton * item = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(mCheckButton);
-
-    item->active = !item->active;
-
-    gtk_widget_queue_draw(GTK_WIDGET(item));
-  }
-}
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* static */ gint 
-nsCheckButton::ToggledSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                             gpointer         aData)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION( nsnull != aWidget, "widget is null");
-
-  nsCheckButton * button = (nsCheckButton *) aData;
-
-  NS_ASSERTION( nsnull != button, "instance pointer is null");
-
-  button->OnToggledSignal(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(aWidget)->active);
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// SetBackgroundColor for CheckButton
-/*virtual*/
-void nsCheckButton::SetBackgroundColorNative(GdkColor *aColorNor,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorBri,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorDark)
-{
-  // use same style copy as SetFont
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0))->style);
-  
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]=*aColorNor;
-  
-  // Mouse over button
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT]=*aColorBri;
-
-  // Button is down
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_ACTIVE]=*aColorDark;
-
-  // other states too? (GTK_STATE_ACTIVE, GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT,
-  //               GTK_STATE_SELECTED, GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0)), style);
-  // set style for eventbox too
-  gtk_widget_set_style(mWidget, style);
-
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsCheckButton.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsCheckButton_h__
-#define nsCheckButton_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsICheckButton.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Checkbox wrapper
- */
-
-
-class nsCheckButton : public nsWidget,
-                      public nsICheckButton
-{
-
-public:
-  nsCheckButton();
-  virtual                 ~nsCheckButton();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsICheckButton part
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLabel(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetLabel(nsString &aBuffer);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetState(const PRBool aState);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetState(PRBool& aState);
-
-  virtual void OnToggledSignal(const gboolean aState);
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  // Sets background for checkbutton
-  virtual void SetBackgroundColorNative(GdkColor *aColorNor,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorBri,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorDark);
-
-  GtkWidget *mLabel;
-  GtkWidget *mCheckButton;
-
-  // We need to maintain our own state to be in sync with the
-  // gecko check controlling frame.
-  PRBool     mState;
-
-private:
-
-  static gint ToggledSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                            gpointer         aData);
-};
-
-#endif // nsCheckButton_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsClipboard.cpp

@@ -1,872 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsClipboard.h"
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-
-#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
-#include "nsIClipboardOwner.h"
-#include "nsITransferable.h"   // kTextMime
-#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
-
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
-#include "nsPrimitiveHelpers.h"
-
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-
-
-// The class statics:
-GtkWidget* nsClipboard::sWidget = 0;
-
-
-#if defined(DEBUG_mcafee) || defined(DEBUG_pavlov)
-#define DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-#endif
- 
-enum {
-  TARGET_NONE,
-  TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN,
-  TARGET_TEXT_XIF,
-  TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE,
-  TARGET_TEXT_HTML,
-  TARGET_AOLMAIL,
-  TARGET_IMAGE_PNG,
-  TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG,
-  TARGET_IMAGE_GIF,
-  // compatibility types
-  TARGET_UTF8,
-  TARGET_UNKNOWN,
-  TARGET_LAST
-};
-
-static GdkAtom sSelTypes[TARGET_LAST];
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsClipboard constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsClipboard::nsClipboard() : nsBaseClipboard()
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("nsClipboard::nsClipboard()\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  //NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mIgnoreEmptyNotification = PR_FALSE;
-  mClipboardOwner = nsnull;
-  mTransferable   = nsnull;
-  mSelectionData.data = nsnull;
-  mSelectionData.length = 0;
-
-  // initialize the widget, etc we're binding to
-  Init();
-}
-
-// XXX if GTK's internal code changes this isn't going to work
-// copied from gtk code because it is a static function we can't get to it.
-// need to bug owen taylor about getting this code public.
-
-typedef struct _GtkSelectionTargetList GtkSelectionTargetList;
-
-struct _GtkSelectionTargetList {
-  GdkAtom selection;
-  GtkTargetList *list;
-};
-
-static const char *gtk_selection_handler_key = "gtk-selection-handlers";
-
-void __gtk_selection_target_list_remove (GtkWidget *widget)
-{
-  GtkSelectionTargetList *sellist;
-  GList *tmp_list;
-  GList *lists;
-  lists = (GList*)gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), gtk_selection_handler_key);
-  tmp_list = lists;
-  while (tmp_list)
-    {
-      sellist = (GtkSelectionTargetList*)tmp_list->data;
-      gtk_target_list_unref (sellist->list);
-      g_free (sellist);
-      tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
-    }
-  g_list_free (lists);
-  gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), gtk_selection_handler_key, NULL);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsClipboard destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsClipboard::~nsClipboard()
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("nsClipboard::~nsClipboard()\n");  
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // Remove all our event handlers:
-  if (sWidget &&
-      (gdk_selection_owner_get(GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY) == sWidget->window))
-    gtk_selection_remove_all(sWidget);
-
-  // free the selection data, if any
-  if (mSelectionData.data != nsnull)
-    g_free(mSelectionData.data);
-
-  nsClipboard *cb = (nsClipboard*)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "cb");
-  if (cb != nsnull)
-  {
-    NS_RELEASE(cb);
-    gtk_object_remove_data(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "cb");
-  }
-
-  if (sWidget)
-  {
-    gtk_widget_destroy(sWidget);
-    sWidget = nsnull;
-  }
-}
-
-
-// 
-// GTK Weirdness!
-// This is here in the hope of being able to call
-//  gtk_selection_add_targets(w, GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-//                            targets,
-//                            1);
-// instead of
-//   gtk_selection_add_target(sWidget, 
-//                            GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-//                            GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING,
-//                            GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING);
-// but it turns out that this changes the whole gtk selection model;
-// when calling add_targets copy uses selection_clear_event and the
-// data structure needs to be filled in in a way that we haven't
-// figured out; when using add_target copy uses selection_get and
-// the data structure is already filled in as much as it needs to be.
-// Some gtk internals wizard will need to solve this mystery before
-// we can use add_targets().
-//static GtkTargetEntry targets[] = {
-//  { "strings n stuff", GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING, GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING }
-//};
-//
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void nsClipboard::Init(void)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("nsClipboard::Init\n");
-#endif
-
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_NONE]          = GDK_NONE;
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN]    = gdk_atom_intern(kTextMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_TEXT_XIF]      = gdk_atom_intern(kXIFMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE]  = gdk_atom_intern(kUnicodeMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_UTF8]          = gdk_atom_intern("UTF8", FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_TEXT_HTML]     = gdk_atom_intern(kHTMLMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_AOLMAIL]       = gdk_atom_intern(kAOLMailMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_IMAGE_PNG]     = gdk_atom_intern(kPNGImageMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG]    = gdk_atom_intern(kJPEGImageMime, FALSE);
-  sSelTypes[TARGET_IMAGE_GIF]     = gdk_atom_intern(kGIFImageMime, FALSE);
-  // compatibility with other apps
-
-
-  // create invisible widget to use for the clipboard
-  sWidget = gtk_invisible_new();
-
-  // add the clipboard pointer to the widget so we can get it.
-  gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "cb", this);
-
-  NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-
-  // Handle selection requests if we called gtk_selection_add_target:
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "selection_get",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(nsClipboard::SelectionGetCB),
-                     nsnull);
-
-  // When someone else takes the selection away:
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "selection_clear_event",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(nsClipboard::SelectionClearCB),
-                     nsnull);
-
-  // Set up the paste handler:
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(sWidget), "selection_received",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(nsClipboard::SelectionReceivedCB),
-                     nsnull);
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsClipboard::SetNativeClipboardData()
-{
-  mIgnoreEmptyNotification = PR_TRUE;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  nsClipboard::SetNativeClipboardData()\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // make sure we have a good transferable
-  if (nsnull == mTransferable) {
-    printf("nsClipboard::SetNativeClipboardData(): no transferable!\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  // are we already the owner?
-  if (gdk_selection_owner_get(GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY) == sWidget->window)
-  {
-    // if so, clear all the targets
-    __gtk_selection_target_list_remove(sWidget);
-    //    gtk_selection_remove_all(sWidget);
-  }
-
-  // we arn't already the owner, so we will become it
-  gint have_selection = gtk_selection_owner_set(sWidget,
-                                                GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-                                                GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
-  if (have_selection == 0)
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  // get flavor list that includes all flavors that can be written (including ones 
-  // obtained through conversion)
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> flavorList;
-  nsresult errCode = mTransferable->FlavorsTransferableCanExport ( getter_AddRefs(flavorList) );
-  if ( NS_FAILED(errCode) )
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  PRUint32 cnt;
-  flavorList->Count(&cnt);
-  for ( PRUint32 i=0; i<cnt; ++i )
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericFlavor;
-    flavorList->GetElementAt ( i, getter_AddRefs(genericFlavor) );
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> currentFlavor ( do_QueryInterface(genericFlavor) );
-    if ( currentFlavor ) {
-      nsXPIDLCString flavorStr;
-      currentFlavor->ToString(getter_Copies(flavorStr));
-      gint format = GetFormat(flavorStr);
-
-      // add these types as selection targets
-      RegisterFormat(format);
-    }
-  }
-
-  mIgnoreEmptyNotification = PR_FALSE;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void nsClipboard::AddTarget(GdkAtom aAtom)
-{
-  gtk_selection_add_target(sWidget,
-                           GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-                           aAtom, aAtom);
-}
-
-gint nsClipboard::GetFormat(const char* aMimeStr)
-{
-  gint type = TARGET_NONE;
-  nsCAutoString mimeStr ( CBufDescriptor(NS_CONST_CAST(char*,aMimeStr), PR_TRUE, PL_strlen(aMimeStr)+1) );
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("  nsClipboard::GetFormat(%s)\n", aMimeStr);
-#endif
-  if (mimeStr.Equals(kTextMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals("STRING")) {
-    type = TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kXIFMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_TEXT_XIF;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kUnicodeMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kHTMLMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_TEXT_HTML;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kAOLMailMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_AOLMAIL;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kPNGImageMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_IMAGE_PNG;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kJPEGImageMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG;
-  } else if (mimeStr.Equals(kGIFImageMime)) {
-    type = TARGET_IMAGE_GIF;
-  }
-
-#ifdef WE_DO_DND
-  else if (mimeStr.Equals(kDropFilesMime)) {
-    format = CF_HDROP;
-  } else {
-    format = ::RegisterClipboardFormat(aMimeStr);
-  }
-#endif
-  return type;
-}
-
-void nsClipboard::RegisterFormat(gint format)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("  nsClipboard::RegisterFormat(%s)\n", gdk_atom_name(sSelTypes[format]));
-#endif
-
-  /* when doing the selection_add_target, each case should have the same last parameter
-     which matches the case match */
-  switch(format)
-  {
-  case TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN:
-    // text/plain (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-
-    // STRING (what X uses)
-    AddTarget(GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_XIF:
-    // text/xif (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE:
-    // text/unicode (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-
-    // UTF8 (what X uses)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[TARGET_UTF8]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_HTML:
-    // text/html (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_AOLMAIL:
-    // text/aolmail (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_PNG:
-    // image/png (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG:
-    // image/jpeg (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_GIF:
-    // image/gif (default)
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-    break;
-
-
-  default:
-    // if we don't match something above, then just add it like its something we know about...
-    AddTarget(sSelTypes[format]);
-  }
-}
-
-PRBool nsClipboard::DoRealConvert(GdkAtom type)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("    nsClipboard::DoRealConvert(%li)\n    {\n", type);
-#endif
-  int e = 0;
-  // Set a flag saying that we're blocking waiting for the callback:
-  mBlocking = PR_TRUE;
-
-  //
-  // ask X what kind of data we can get
-  //
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("     Doing real conversion of atom type '%s'\n", gdk_atom_name(type));
-#endif
-  gtk_selection_convert(sWidget,
-                        GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-                        type,
-                        GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
-
-  // Now we need to wait until the callback comes in ...
-  // i is in case we get a runaway (yuck).
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("      Waiting for the callback... mBlocking = %d\n", mBlocking);
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-  for (e=0; mBlocking == PR_TRUE && e < 1000; ++e)
-  {
-    gtk_main_iteration_do(PR_TRUE);
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("    }\n");
-#endif
-
-  if (mSelectionData.length > 0)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-/* return PR_TRUE if we have converted or PR_FALSE if we havn't and need to keep being called */
-PRBool nsClipboard::DoConvert(gint format)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("  nsClipboard::DoConvert(%s)\n", gdk_atom_name(sSelTypes[format]));
-#endif
-
-  /* when doing the selection_add_target, each case should have the same last parameter
-     which matches the case match */
-  PRBool r = PR_FALSE;
-
-  switch(format)
-  {
-  case TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    r = DoRealConvert(GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_XIF:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[TARGET_UTF8]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_TEXT_HTML:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_AOLMAIL:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_PNG:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  case TARGET_IMAGE_GIF:
-    r = DoRealConvert(sSelTypes[format]);
-    if (r) return r;
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    g_print("DoConvert called with bogus format\n");
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// The blocking Paste routine
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsClipboard::GetNativeClipboardData(nsITransferable * aTransferable)
-{
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("nsClipboard::GetNativeClipboardData()\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // make sure we have a good transferable
-  if (nsnull == aTransferable) {
-    printf("  GetNativeClipboardData: Transferable is null!\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  // get flavor list that includes all acceptable flavors (including ones obtained through
-  // conversion)
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> flavorList;
-  nsresult errCode = aTransferable->FlavorsTransferableCanImport ( getter_AddRefs(flavorList) );
-  if ( NS_FAILED(errCode) )
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  // Walk through flavors and see which flavor matches the one being pasted:
-  PRUint32 cnt;
-  flavorList->Count(&cnt);
-  nsCAutoString foundFlavor;
-  for ( PRUint32 i = 0; i < cnt; ++i ) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericFlavor;
-    flavorList->GetElementAt ( i, getter_AddRefs(genericFlavor) );
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> currentFlavor ( do_QueryInterface(genericFlavor) );
-    if ( currentFlavor ) {
-      nsXPIDLCString flavorStr;
-      currentFlavor->ToString ( getter_Copies(flavorStr) );
-      gint format = GetFormat(flavorStr);
-      if (DoConvert(format)) {
-        foundFlavor = flavorStr;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  Got the callback: '%s', %d\n",
-         mSelectionData.data, mSelectionData.length);
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // We're back from the callback, no longer blocking:
-  mBlocking = PR_FALSE;
-
-  // 
-  // Now we have data in mSelectionData.data.
-  // We just have to copy it to the transferable.
-  // 
-
-#if 0  
-// pinkerton - we have the flavor already from above, so we don't need
-// to re-derrive it.
-  nsString *name = new nsString((const char*)gdk_atom_name(mSelectionData.type));
-  int format = GetFormat(*name);
-  df->SetString((const char*)gdk_atom_name(sSelTypes[format]));
-#endif
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericDataWrapper;
-  nsPrimitiveHelpers::CreatePrimitiveForData ( foundFlavor, mSelectionData.data, mSelectionData.length, getter_AddRefs(genericDataWrapper) );
-  aTransferable->SetTransferData(foundFlavor,
-                                 genericDataWrapper,
-                                 mSelectionData.length);
-
-//delete name;
-  
-  // transferable is now copying the data, so we can free it.
-  //  g_free(mSelectionData.data);
-  mSelectionData.data = nsnull;
-  mSelectionData.length = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when the data from a paste comes in (recieved from gdk_selection_convert)
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- * @param  aTime time the selection was requested
- */
-void
-nsClipboard::SelectionReceivedCB (GtkWidget        *aWidget,
-                                  GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                  guint             aTime)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("      nsClipboard::SelectionReceivedCB\n      {\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-  nsClipboard *cb =(nsClipboard *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(aWidget),
-                                                      "cb");
-  if (!cb)
-  {
-    g_print("no clipboard found.. this is bad.\n");
-    return;
-  }
-  cb->SelectionReceiver(aWidget, aSelectionData);
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("      }\n");
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/**
- * local method (called from nsClipboard::SelectionReceivedCB)
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- */
-void
-nsClipboard::SelectionReceiver (GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                GtkSelectionData *aSD)
-{
-  gint type;
-
-  mBlocking = PR_FALSE;
-
-  if (aSD->length < 0)
-  {
-    printf("        Error retrieving selection: length was %d\n",
-           aSD->length);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  type = TARGET_NONE;
-  for (int i=0; i < TARGET_LAST; i++)
-  {
-    if (sSelTypes[i] == aSD->type)
-    {
-      type = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch (type)
-  {
-  case GDK_TARGET_STRING:
-  case TARGET_UTF8:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_XIF:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_HTML:
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-    g_print("        Copying mSelectionData pointer -- ");
-#endif
-    mSelectionData = *aSD;
-    mSelectionData.data = g_new(guchar, aSD->length + 1);
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-    g_print("        Data = %s\n    Length = %i\n", aSD->data, aSD->length);
-#endif
-    memcpy(mSelectionData.data,
-           aSD->data,
-           aSD->length);
-    // Null terminate in case anyone cares,
-    // and so we can print the string for debugging:
-    mSelectionData.data[aSD->length] = '\0';
-    mSelectionData.length = aSD->length;
-    return;
-
-  default:
-    mSelectionData = *aSD;
-    mSelectionData.data = g_new(guchar, aSD->length + 1);
-    memcpy(mSelectionData.data,
-           aSD->data,
-           aSD->length);
-    mSelectionData.length = aSD->length;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Some platforms support deferred notification for putting data on the clipboard
- * This method forces the data onto the clipboard in its various formats
- * This may be used if the application going away.
- *
- * @result NS_OK if successful.
- */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsClipboard::ForceDataToClipboard()
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  nsClipboard::ForceDataToClipboard()\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // make sure we have a good transferable
-  if (nsnull == mTransferable) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsClipboard::HasDataMatchingFlavors(nsISupportsArray* aFlavorList, PRBool * outResult)
-{
-  *outResult = PR_TRUE;  // say we always do.
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * This is the callback which is called when another app
- * requests the selection.
- *
- * @param  widget The widget
- * @param  aSelectionData Selection data
- * @param  info Value passed in from the callback init
- * @param  time Time when the selection request came in
- */
-void nsClipboard::SelectionGetCB(GtkWidget        *widget,
-                                 GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                 guint            aInfo,
-                                 guint            aTime)
-{ 
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("nsClipboard::SelectionGetCB\n"); 
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  nsClipboard *cb = (nsClipboard *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget),
-                                                       "cb");
-
-  void     *clipboardData;
-  PRUint32 dataLength;
-  nsresult rv;
-
-  // Make sure we have a transferable:
-  if (!cb->mTransferable) {
-    printf("Clipboard has no transferable!\n");
-    return;
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("  aInfo == %d -", aInfo);
-#endif
-
-  char* dataFlavor = nsnull;
-
-  // switch aInfo (atom) to our enum
-  int type = (int)aInfo;
-  for (int i=0; i < TARGET_LAST; i++)
-  {
-    if (sSelTypes[i] == aInfo)
-    {
-      type = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch(type)
-    {
-    case GDK_TARGET_STRING:
-    case TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN:
-      dataFlavor = kTextMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_TEXT_XIF:
-      dataFlavor = kXIFMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE:
-    case TARGET_UTF8:
-      dataFlavor = kUnicodeMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_TEXT_HTML:
-      dataFlavor = kHTMLMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_AOLMAIL:
-      dataFlavor = kAOLMailMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_IMAGE_PNG:
-      dataFlavor = kPNGImageMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_IMAGE_JPEG:
-      dataFlavor = kJPEGImageMime;
-      break;
-    case TARGET_IMAGE_GIF:
-      dataFlavor = kGIFImageMime;
-      break;
-    default:
-      {
-        /* handle outside things */
-      }
-    }
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  g_print("- aInfo is for %s\n", gdk_atom_name(aInfo));
-#endif
-
-  // Get data out of transferable.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericDataWrapper;
-  rv = cb->mTransferable->GetTransferData(dataFlavor, 
-                                          getter_AddRefs(genericDataWrapper),
-                                          &dataLength);
-  nsPrimitiveHelpers::CreateDataFromPrimitive ( dataFlavor, genericDataWrapper, &clipboardData, dataLength );
-  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && clipboardData && dataLength > 0) {
-    size_t size = 1;
-    // find the number of bytes in the data for the below thing
-    //    size_t size = sizeof((void*)((unsigned char)clipboardData[0]));
-    //    g_print("************  *****************      ******************* %i\n", size);
-
-    gtk_selection_data_set(aSelectionData,
-                           aInfo, size*8,
-                           (unsigned char *)clipboardData,
-                           dataLength);
-    nsCRT::free ( NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(char*, clipboardData) );
-  }
-  else
-    printf("Transferable didn't support the data flavor\n");
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Called when another app requests selection ownership
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aEvent the GdkEvent for the selection
- * @param  aData value passed in from the callback init
- */
-void nsClipboard::SelectionClearCB(GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                   GdkEventSelection *aEvent,
-                                   gpointer aData)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  nsClipboard::SelectionClearCB\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  nsClipboard *cb = (nsClipboard *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(aWidget),
-                                                       "cb");
-
-  cb->EmptyClipboard();
-}
-
-
-/**
- * The routine called when another app asks for the content of the selection
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- * @param  aData value passed in from the callback init
- */
-void
-nsClipboard::SelectionRequestCB (GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                 GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                 gpointer aData)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  nsClipboard::SelectionRequestCB\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-}
-
-/**
- * ...
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- * @param  aData value passed in from the callback init
- */
-void
-nsClipboard::SelectionNotifyCB (GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                gpointer aData)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  nsClipboard::SelectionNotifyCB\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsClipboard.h

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsClipboard_h__
-#define nsClipboard_h__
-
-#include "nsBaseClipboard.h"
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <gtk/gtkinvisible.h>
-
-class nsITransferable;
-class nsIClipboardOwner;
-class nsIWidget;
-
-/**
- * Native Gtk Clipboard wrapper
- */
-
-class nsClipboard : public nsBaseClipboard
-{
-
-public:
-  nsClipboard();
-  virtual ~nsClipboard();
-
-  // nsIClipboard  
-  NS_IMETHOD ForceDataToClipboard();
-  NS_IMETHOD HasDataMatchingFlavors(nsISupportsArray* aFlavorList, PRBool * outResult);
-
-  // invisible widget.  also used by dragndrop
-  static GtkWidget *sWidget;
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD SetNativeClipboardData();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeClipboardData(nsITransferable * aTransferable);
-
-  PRBool  mIgnoreEmptyNotification;
-
-  void AddTarget(GdkAtom aAtom);
-
-  gint GetFormat(const char* aMimeStr);
-  void RegisterFormat(gint format);
-
-
-  PRBool DoRealConvert(GdkAtom type);
-  PRBool DoConvert(gint format);
-
-  void Init(void);
-
-  // Used for communicating pasted data
-  // from the asynchronous X routines back to a blocking paste:
-  GtkSelectionData mSelectionData;
-  PRBool mBlocking;
-
-  void SelectionReceiver(GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                         GtkSelectionData *aSD);
-
-  /**
-   * This is the callback which is called when another app
-   * requests the selection.
-   *
-   * @param  widget The widget
-   * @param  aSelectionData Selection data
-   * @param  info Value passed in from the callback init
-   * @param  time Time when the selection request came in
-   */
-  static void SelectionGetCB(GtkWidget *aWidget, 
-                             GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                             guint      /*info*/,
-                             guint      /*time*/);
-
-  /**
-   * Called when another app requests selection ownership
-   *
-   * @param  aWidget the widget
-   * @param  aEvent the GdkEvent for the selection
-   * @param  aData value passed in from the callback init
-   */
-  static void SelectionClearCB(GtkWidget *aWidget, 
-                               GdkEventSelection *aEvent,
-                               gpointer aData);
-
-  /**
-   * The routine called when another app asks for the content of the selection
-   *
-   * @param  aWidget the widget
-   * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
-   * @param  aData value passed in from the callback init
-   */
-  static void SelectionRequestCB(GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                 GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                 gpointer data);
-  
-  /**
-   * Called when the data from a paste comes in
-   *
-   * @param  aWidget the widget
-   * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
-   * @param  aTime time the selection was requested
-   */
-  static void SelectionReceivedCB(GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                  GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                  guint aTime);
-
-
-  static void SelectionNotifyCB(GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                gpointer aData);
-  
-
-};
-
-#endif // nsClipboard_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsComboBox.cpp

@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsComboBox.h"
-#include "nsGUIEvent.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#define DBG 0
-
-#define INITIAL_MAX_ITEMS 128
-#define ITEMS_GROWSIZE    128
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsComboBox, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsComboBox, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE3(nsComboBox, nsIComboBox, nsIListWidget, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsComboBox constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsComboBox::nsComboBox() : nsWidget(), nsIListWidget(), nsIComboBox()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mMultiSelect = PR_FALSE;
-  mItems = nsnull;
-  mNumItems = 0;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsComboBox:: destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsComboBox::~nsComboBox()
-{
-  if (mItems) {
-    for (GList *items = mItems; items; items = (GList*) g_list_next(items)){
-      g_free(items->data);
-    }
-    g_list_free(mItems);
-  }
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mCombo);
-}
-
-void nsComboBox::InitCallbacks(char * aName)
-{
-  InstallButtonPressSignal(mWidget);
-  InstallButtonReleaseSignal(mWidget);
-
-  InstallEnterNotifySignal(mWidget);
-  InstallLeaveNotifySignal(mWidget);
-   
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mWidget,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |  
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  initializer
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::SetMultipleSelection(PRBool aMultipleSelections)
-{
-  mMultiSelect = aMultipleSelections;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  AddItemAt
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::AddItemAt(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(val, aItem, 256);
-  mItems = g_list_insert( mItems, g_strdup(val), aPosition );
-  mNumItems++;
-  if (mCombo) {
-    gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings( GTK_COMBO( mCombo ), mItems );
-  }
-  NS_FREE_STR_BUF(val);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Finds an item at a postion
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32  nsComboBox::FindItem(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aStartPos)
-{
-  NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(val, aItem, 256);
-  int i;
-  PRInt32 inx = -1;
-  GList *items = g_list_nth(mItems, aStartPos);
-  for(i=0; items != NULL; items = (GList *) g_list_next(items), i++ )
-    {
-      if(!strcmp(val, (gchar *) items->data))
-        {
-          inx = i;
-          break;
-        }
-    }
-  NS_FREE_STR_BUF(val);
-  return inx;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  CountItems - Get Item Count
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32  nsComboBox::GetItemCount()
-{
-  return (PRInt32)mNumItems;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Removes an Item at a specified location
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool  nsComboBox::RemoveItemAt(PRInt32 aPosition)
-{ 
-  if (aPosition >= 0 && aPosition < mNumItems) {
-
-    g_free(g_list_nth(mItems, aPosition)->data);
-    mItems = g_list_remove_link(mItems, g_list_nth(mItems, aPosition));
-    mNumItems--;
-    if (mCombo) {
-      gtk_combo_set_popdown_strings(GTK_COMBO( mCombo ), mItems);
-    }
-    return PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  else
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Removes an Item at a specified location
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool nsComboBox::GetItemAt(nsString& anItem, PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  if (aPosition >= 0 && aPosition < mNumItems) {
-    anItem = (gchar *) g_list_nth(mItems, aPosition)->data;
-    return PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Gets the selected of selected item
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::GetSelectedItem(nsString& aItem)
-{
-  aItem.Truncate();
-  if (mCombo) {
-    aItem = gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (GTK_COMBO(mCombo)->entry));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Gets the list of selected otems
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32 nsComboBox::GetSelectedIndex()
-{
-  nsString nsstring;
-  GetSelectedItem(nsstring);
-  return FindItem(nsstring, 0);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  SelectItem
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::SelectItem(PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  GList *pos;
-  if (!mItems)
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  pos = g_list_nth(mItems, aPosition);
-  if (!pos)
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  if (mCombo) {
-    gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(GTK_COMBO(mCombo)->entry),
-                       (gchar *) pos->data);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  GetSelectedCount
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32 nsComboBox::GetSelectedCount()
-{
-  if (!mMultiSelect) {
-    PRInt32 inx = GetSelectedIndex();
-    return (inx == -1? 0 : 1);
-  } else {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  GetSelectedIndices
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::GetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize)
-{
-  // this is an error
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Deselect
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsComboBox::Deselect()
-{
-  if (mMultiSelect) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native GtkCombo widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD  nsComboBox::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  mWidget = ::gtk_event_box_new();
-
-  ::gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsComboBox");
-  mCombo = ::gtk_combo_new();
-  gtk_widget_show(mCombo);
-
-  /* make the stuff uneditable */
-  gtk_entry_set_editable(GTK_ENTRY(GTK_COMBO(mCombo)->entry), PR_FALSE);
-
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mCombo),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(GTK_COMBO(mCombo)->popwin),
-                     "unmap",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(UnmapSignal),
-                     this);
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), mCombo);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void
-nsComboBox::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mCombo) {
-    mCombo = nsnull;
-  }
-  else {
-    nsWidget::OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  }
-}
-
-gint
-nsComboBox::UnmapSignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget, nsComboBox* aCombo)
-{
-  if (!aCombo) return PR_FALSE;
-  aCombo->OnUnmapSignal(aGtkWidget);
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-nsComboBox::OnUnmapSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget)
-{
-  if (!aWidget) return;
-
-  // Generate a NS_CONTROL_CHANGE event and send it to the frame
-  nsGUIEvent event;
-  event.eventStructType = NS_GUI_EVENT;
-  nsPoint point(0,0);
-  InitEvent(event, NS_CONTROL_CHANGE, &point);
-  DispatchWindowEvent(&event);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get handle for style
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/*virtual*/
-void nsComboBox::SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont)
-{
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0))->style);
-  // gtk_style_copy ups the ref count of the font
-  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
-  
-  style->font = aFont;
-  gdk_font_ref(style->font);
-  
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_BIN (mWidget)->child, style);
-  
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsComboBox.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsComboBox_h__
-#define nsComboBox_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsIComboBox.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Listbox wrapper
- */
-
-class nsComboBox : public nsWidget,
-                   public nsIListWidget,
-                   public nsIComboBox
-{
-
-public:
-  nsComboBox();
-  virtual ~nsComboBox();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsIComboBox interface
-  NS_IMETHOD      AddItemAt(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aPosition);
-  virtual PRInt32 FindItem(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aStartPos);
-  virtual PRInt32 GetItemCount();
-  virtual PRBool  RemoveItemAt(PRInt32 aPosition);
-  virtual PRBool  GetItemAt(nsString& anItem, PRInt32 aPosition);
-  NS_IMETHOD      GetSelectedItem(nsString& aItem);
-  virtual PRInt32 GetSelectedIndex();
-  NS_IMETHOD      SelectItem(PRInt32 aPosition);
-  NS_IMETHOD      Deselect() ;
-
-  // nsIComboBox interface
-  NS_IMETHOD      SetMultipleSelection(PRBool aMultipleSelections);
-  PRInt32         GetSelectedCount();
-  NS_IMETHOD      GetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize);
-
-  virtual void SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont);
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD  CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-  virtual void OnUnmapSignal(GtkWidget* aWidget);
-  static gint UnmapSignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget, nsComboBox* aCombo);
-
-  GtkWidget  *mCombo;  /* workaround for gtkcombo bug */
-  GList *mItems;
-  PRBool  mMultiSelect;
-  int     mNumItems;
-};
-
-#endif // nsComboBox_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsContextMenu.cpp

@@ -1,744 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsContextMenu.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsIMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuCID,             NS_MENU_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuItemCID,         NS_MENUITEM_CID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsresult nsContextMenu::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  }
-
-  *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenu::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenu*) this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)(nsIMenu*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuListener::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenuListener*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsContextMenu)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsContextMenu)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsContextMenu constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsContextMenu::nsContextMenu()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mNumMenuItems  = 0;
-  mMenu          = nsnull;
-  mParent        = nsnull;
-  mListener      = nsnull;
-  mConstructCalled = PR_FALSE;
-  
-  mDOMNode       = nsnull;
-  mWebShell      = nsnull;
-  mDOMElement    = nsnull;
-
-  mAlignment      = "topleft";
-  mAnchorAlignment = "none";
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsContextMenu destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsContextMenu::~nsContextMenu()
-{
-
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the proper widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::Create(nsISupports *aParent,
-                                const nsString& anAlignment,
-                                const nsString& anAnchorAlignment)
-{
-  if(aParent)
-  {
-    nsIWidget *parent = nsnull;
-    aParent->QueryInterface(nsIWidget::GetIID(), (void**) &parent);
-    if(parent)
-    {
-      mParent = parent;
-      NS_RELEASE(parent);
-    }
-  }
-
-  mAlignment       = anAlignment;
-  mAnchorAlignment = anAnchorAlignment;
-
-  mMenu = gtk_menu_new();
-
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mMenu), "map",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menu_map_handler),
-                      this);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mMenu), "unmap",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menu_unmap_handler),
-                      this);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::GetParent(nsISupports*& aParent)
-{
-  aParent = nsnull;
-  if (nsnull != mParent) {
-    return mParent->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,
-                                   (void**)&aParent);
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::AddItem(nsISupports * aItem)
-{
-  if(aItem)
-  {
-    nsIMenuItem * menuitem = nsnull;
-    aItem->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                          (void**)&menuitem);
-    if(menuitem)
-    {
-      AddMenuItem(menuitem); // nsMenu now owns this
-      NS_RELEASE(menuitem);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      nsIMenu * menu = nsnull;
-      aItem->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                            (void**)&menu);
-      if(menu)
-      {
-        AddMenu(menu); // nsMenu now owns this
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::AddMenuItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem)
-{
-  GtkWidget *widget;
-  void      *voidData;
-  
-  aMenuItem->GetNativeData(voidData);
-  widget = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), widget);
-
-  // XXX add aMenuItem to internal data structor list
-  // Need to be adding an nsISupports *, not nsIMenuItem *
-  nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-  aMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,
-                            (void**)&supports);
-  {
-    mMenuItemVoidArray.AppendElement(supports);
-    mNumMenuItems++;
-  }
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu)
-{
-  nsString Label;
-  GtkWidget *newmenu=nsnull;
-  char *labelStr;
-  void *voidData=NULL;
-  
-  aMenu->GetLabel(Label);
-  labelStr = Label.ToNewCString();
-
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuItemCID,
-                                                   nsnull,
-                                                   nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(supports, labelStr, PR_FALSE); //PR_TRUE); 
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);               
-    
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-          
-    void * menuitem = nsnull;
-    pnsMenuItem->GetNativeData(menuitem);
-  
-    voidData = NULL;
-    aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-    newmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-    gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), newmenu);
-  
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-  } 
-
-  nsCRT::free(labelStr);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::AddSeparator() 
-{
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(
-    kMenuItemCID, nsnull, nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    nsString tmp = "separator";
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(supports, tmp, PR_TRUE);  
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-    
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports); 
-          
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-  } 
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount)
-{
-  // this should be right.. does it need to be +1 ?
-  aCount = g_list_length(GTK_MENU_SHELL(mMenu)->children);
-  //g_print("nsMenu::GetItemCount = %i\n", aCount);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsISupports *& aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsISupports * aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::InsertSeparator(const PRUint32 aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aCount)
-{
-#if 0
-  // this may work here better than Removeall(), but i'm not sure how to test this one
-  nsISupports *item = mMenuItemVoidArray[aPos];
-  delete item;
-  mMenuItemVoidArray.RemoveElementAt(aPos);
-#endif
-  /*
-  gtk_menu_shell_remove (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), item);
-
-  nsCRT::free(labelStr);
-
-  voidData = NULL;
-
-  aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  newmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (item));
-  */
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::RemoveAll()
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenu::RemoveAll()\n");
-#undef DEBUG_pavlov
-#ifdef DEBUG_pavlov
-  // this doesn't work quite right, but this is about all that should really be needed
-  int i=0;
-  nsIMenu *menu = nsnull;
-  nsIMenuItem *menuitem = nsnull;
-  nsISupports *item = nsnull;
-
-  for (i=mMenuItemVoidArray.Count(); i>0; i--)
-  {
-    item = (nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1];
-
-    if(nsnull != item)
-    {
-      if (NS_OK == item->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), (void**)&menuitem))
-      {
-        // we do this twice because we have to do it once for QueryInterface,
-        // then we want to get rid of it.
-        // g_print("remove nsMenuItem\n");
-        NS_RELEASE(menuitem);
-        NS_RELEASE(item);
-        menuitem = nsnull;
-      } else if (NS_OK == item->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**)&menu)) {
-#ifdef NOISY_MENUS
-        g_print("remove nsMenu\n");
-#endif
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-        NS_RELEASE(item);
-        menu = nsnull;
-      }
-      // mMenuItemVoidArray.RemoveElementAt(i-1);
-    }
-  }
-  mMenuItemVoidArray.Clear();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-#else
-  for (int i = mMenuItemVoidArray.Count(); i > 0; i--) {
-    if(nsnull != mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1]) {
-      nsIMenuItem * menuitem = nsnull;
-      ((nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1])->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                                                              (void**)&menuitem);
-      if(menuitem) {
-        void *gtkmenuitem = nsnull;
-        menuitem->GetNativeData(gtkmenuitem);
-        if (gtkmenuitem) {
-          gtk_widget_ref(GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-          //gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-          g_print("%p, %p\n",
-                  GTK_WIDGET(GTK_CONTAINER(GTK_MENU_SHELL(GTK_MENU(mMenu)))),
-                  GTK_WIDGET(GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem)->parent));
-          gtk_container_remove(GTK_CONTAINER(GTK_MENU_SHELL(GTK_MENU(mMenu))),
-                               GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-        }
- 
-      } else {
- 
-        nsIMenu * menu= nsnull;
-        ((nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1])->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                                                                (void**)&menu);
-        if(menu)
-          {
-            void * gtkmenu = nsnull;
-            menu->GetNativeData(&gtkmenu);
- 
-            if(gtkmenu){
-              g_print("nsMenu::RemoveAll() trying to remove nsMenu");
- 
-              //gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (item));
-            }
-          }
- 
-      }
-    }
-  }
-//g_print("end RemoveAll\n");
-  return NS_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::GetNativeData(void ** aData)
-{
-  *aData = (void *)mMenu;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
-  mListener = aMenuListener;
-  NS_ADDREF(mListener);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
-  if (aMenuListener == mListener) {
-    NS_IF_RELEASE(mListener);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// nsIMenuListener interface
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsContextMenu::MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuSelected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-void menu_popup_position(GtkMenu *menu,
-                         gint *x,
-                         gint *y,
-                         gpointer data)
-{
-  nsContextMenu *cm = (nsContextMenu*)data;
-  *x = cm->GetX();
-  *y = cm->GetY();
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsContextMenu::MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  MenuConstruct(aMenuEvent,
-                mParent,
-                mDOMNode,
-                mWebShell);
-
-  //GtkWidget *parent = GTK_WIDGET(mParent->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WIDGET));
-  gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU(mMenu),
-                  (GtkWidget*)nsnull, (GtkWidget*)nsnull,
-                  menu_popup_position,
-                  this, 1, GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
-  /*
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuSelected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  */
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsIMenuItem * nsContextMenu::FindMenuItem(nsIContextMenu * aMenu, PRUint32 aId)
-{
-  return nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsContextMenu::MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuDeselected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsContextMenu::MenuConstruct(const nsMenuEvent &aMenuEvent,
-                                           nsIWidget         *aParentWindow, 
-                                           void              *menuNode,
-                                           void              *aWebShell)
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenu::MenuConstruct called \n");
-  if(menuNode){
-    SetDOMNode((nsIDOMNode*)menuNode);
-  }
-  
-  if(!aWebShell){
-    aWebShell = mWebShell;
-  }
-
-  // First open the menu.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(mDOMNode);
-  if (domElement)
-    domElement->SetAttribute("open", "true");
-
-   // Begin menuitem inner loop
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuitemNode;
-    ((nsIDOMNode*)mDOMNode)->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
- 
-    unsigned short menuIndex = 0;
-
-    while (menuitemNode) {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuitemElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-      if (menuitemElement) {
-        nsString menuitemNodeType;
-        nsString menuitemName;
-        menuitemElement->GetNodeName(menuitemNodeType);
-        if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuitem")) {
-          // LoadMenuItem
-          LoadMenuItem(this,
-                       menuitemElement,
-                       menuitemNode,
-                       menuIndex,
-                       (nsIWebShell*)aWebShell);
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("separator")) {
-          AddSeparator();
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menu")) {
-          // Load a submenu
-          LoadSubMenu(this, menuitemElement, menuitemNode);
-        }
-      }
-      
-      ++menuIndex;
-      
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldmenuitemNode(menuitemNode);
-      oldmenuitemNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    } // end menu item innner loop
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsContextMenu::MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  // Close the node.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(mDOMNode);
-  if (domElement)
-    domElement->RemoveAttribute("open");
-
-  //g_print("nsMenu::MenuDestruct called \n");
-  mConstructCalled = PR_FALSE;
-  RemoveAll();
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsContextMenu::LoadMenuItem(nsIMenu        *pParentMenu,
-                                 nsIDOMElement  *menuitemElement,
-                                 nsIDOMNode     *menuitemNode,
-                                 unsigned short  menuitemIndex,
-                                 nsIWebShell    *aWebShell)
-{
-  static const char* NS_STRING_TRUE = "true";
-  nsString disabled;
-  nsString menuitemName;
-  nsString menuitemCmd;
-
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("disabled"), disabled);
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("name"), menuitemName);
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("cmd"), menuitemCmd);
-      
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuItemCID,
-                                                   nsnull, 
-                                                   nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), 
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(pParentMenu, menuitemName, PR_FALSE);
-                     
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pParentMenu->AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-            
-    if(disabled == NS_STRING_TRUE) {
-      pnsMenuItem->SetEnabled(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-  
-    // Create MenuDelegate - this is the intermediator inbetween 
-    // the DOM node and the nsIMenuItem
-    // The nsWebShellWindow wacthes for Document changes and then notifies the 
-    // the appropriate nsMenuDelegate object
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-    if (!domElement) {
-      //return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-		return;
-    }
-    
-    nsAutoString cmdAtom("onclick");
-    nsString cmdName;
-
-    domElement->GetAttribute(cmdAtom, cmdName);
-
-    pnsMenuItem->SetCommand(cmdName);
-   // DO NOT use passed in webshell because of messed up windows dynamic loading
-      // code. 
-    pnsMenuItem->SetWebShell(mWebShell);
-    pnsMenuItem->SetDOMElement(domElement);
-
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-    
-  } 
-  return;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsContextMenu::LoadSubMenu(nsIMenu         *pParentMenu,
-                                nsIDOMElement   *menuElement,
-                                nsIDOMNode      *menuNode)
-{
-  nsString menuName;
-  menuElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("name"), menuName);
-  //printf("Creating Menu [%s] \n", menuName.ToNewCString()); // this leaks
-
-  // Create nsMenu
-  nsIMenu * pnsMenu = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuCID,
-                                                   nsnull,
-                                                   nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenu);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    // Call Create
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    pParentMenu->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenu->Create(supports, menuName);
-    NS_RELEASE(supports); // Balance QI
-
-    // Set nsMenu Name
-    pnsMenu->SetLabel(menuName); 
-
-    supports = nsnull;
-    pnsMenu->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pParentMenu->AddItem(supports); // parent takes ownership
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-
-    pnsMenu->SetWebShell(mWebShell);
-    pnsMenu->SetDOMNode(menuNode);
-
-    /*
-    // Begin menuitem inner loop
-    unsigned short menuIndex = 0;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuitemNode;
-    menuNode->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    while (menuitemNode) {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuitemElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-      if (menuitemElement) {
-        nsString menuitemNodeType;
-        menuitemElement->GetNodeName(menuitemNodeType);
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_saari
-        printf("Type [%s] %d\n", menuitemNodeType.ToNewCString(), menuitemNodeType.Equals("separator"));
-#endif
-
-        if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuitem")) {
-          // Load a menuitem
-          LoadMenuItem(pnsMenu, menuitemElement, menuitemNode, menuIndex, mWebShell);
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("separator")) {
-          pnsMenu->AddSeparator();
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menu")) {
-          // Add a submenu
-          LoadSubMenu(pnsMenu, menuitemElement, menuitemNode);
-        }
-      }
-	  ++menuIndex;
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldmenuitemNode(menuitemNode);
-      oldmenuitemNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    } // end menu item innner loop
-    */
-  }     
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsContextMenu::LoadMenuItem(nsIContextMenu *pParentMenu,
-                                 nsIDOMElement  *menuitemElement,
-                                 nsIDOMNode     *menuitemNode,
-                                 unsigned short  menuitemIndex,
-                                 nsIWebShell    *aWebShell)
-{
-
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsContextMenu::LoadSubMenu(nsIContextMenu  *pParentMenu,
-                                nsIDOMElement   *menuElement,
-                                nsIDOMNode      *menuNode)
-{
-
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::SetLocation(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY)
-{
-  mX = aX;
-  mY = aY;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-// local methods
-gint nsContextMenu::GetX(void)
-{
-  return mX;
-}
-
-gint nsContextMenu::GetY(void)
-{
-  return mY;
-}
-// end silly local methods
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode *aMenuNode)
-{
-  mDOMNode = aMenuNode;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement *aMenuElement)
-{
-  mDOMElement = aMenuElement;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsContextMenu::SetWebShell(nsIWebShell *aWebShell)
-{
-  mWebShell = aWebShell;
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsContextMenu.h

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsContextMenu_h__
-#define nsContextMenu_h__
-
-#include "nsIContextMenu.h"
-#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIWebShell.h"
-
-class nsIMenuListener;
-
-/**
- * Native Win32 button wrapper
- */
-
-class nsContextMenu : public nsIContextMenu, public nsIMenuListener
-{
-
-public:
-  nsContextMenu();
-  virtual ~nsContextMenu();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  
-  //nsIMenuListener interface
-  nsEventStatus MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuConstruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-                              nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-                              void              * menubarNode,
-                              void              * aWebShell);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-
-  // nsIMenu Methods
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsISupports * aParent,
-                    const nsString& anAlignment,
-                    const nsString& aAnchorAlign);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetParent(nsISupports *&aParent);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD AddItem(nsISupports * aItem);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD AddSeparator();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos, nsISupports *& aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos, nsISupports * aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aPos);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveAll();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeData(void** aData);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-
-  //
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenuItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertSeparator(const PRUint32 aCount);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode * menuNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement * menuElement);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetWebShell(nsIWebShell * aWebShell);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLocation(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY);
-
-  gint GetX(void);
-  gint GetY(void);
-
-
-protected:
-  nsIMenuBar * GetMenuBar(nsIMenu * aMenu);
-  nsIWidget *  GetParentWidget();
-  char* GetACPString(nsString& aStr);
-
-  void LoadMenuItem(nsIMenu       * pParentMenu,
-                    nsIDOMElement * menuitemElement,
-                    nsIDOMNode    * menuitemNode,
-                    unsigned short  menuitemIndex,
-                    nsIWebShell   * aWebShell);
-  
-  void LoadSubMenu(nsIMenu       * pParentMenu,
-                   nsIDOMElement * menuElement,
-                   nsIDOMNode    * menuNode);
-
-  void LoadMenuItem(nsIContextMenu * pParentMenu,
-                    nsIDOMElement  * menuitemElement,
-                    nsIDOMNode     * menuitemNode,
-                    unsigned short   menuitemIndex,
-                    nsIWebShell    * aWebShell);
-  
-  void LoadSubMenu(nsIContextMenu * pParentMenu,
-                   nsIDOMElement  * menuElement,
-                   nsIDOMNode     * menuNode);
-
-  nsIMenuItem * FindMenuItem(nsIContextMenu * aMenu, PRUint32 aId);
-
-  nsString   mLabel;
-  PRUint32   mNumMenuItems;
-  GtkWidget  *mMenu;
-  
-  nsVoidArray mMenuItemVoidArray;
-
-  nsIWidget  *mParent;
-  nsIMenuListener * mListener;
-  
-  PRBool mConstructCalled;
-  nsIDOMNode    * mDOMNode;
-  nsIWebShell   * mWebShell;
-  nsIDOMElement * mDOMElement;
-
-  nsString        mAlignment;
-  nsString        mAnchorAlignment;
-
-  PRInt32         mX;
-  PRInt32         mY;
-};
-
-#endif // nsContextMenu_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsDragService.cpp

@@ -1,592 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsDragService.h"
-
-#include "nsITransferable.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsClipboard.h"
-#include "nsIRegion.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
-#include "nsPrimitiveHelpers.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
-
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsDragService, nsBaseDragService)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsDragService, nsBaseDragService)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsDragService, nsIDragService, nsIDragSession)
-
-#define DEBUG_DRAG 1
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// DragService constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsDragService::nsDragService()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mWidget = nsnull;
-  mNumFlavors = 0;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// DragService destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsDragService::~nsDragService()
-{
-}
-
-enum {
-  TARGET_STRING,
-  TARGET_ROOTWIN
-};
-
-static GtkTargetEntry target_table[] = {
-  { "STRING",     0, TARGET_STRING },
-  { "text/plain", 0, TARGET_STRING },
-  { "application/x-rootwin-drop", 0, TARGET_ROOTWIN }
-};
-
-static guint n_targets = sizeof(target_table) / sizeof(target_table[0]);
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::StartDragSession()
-{
-  printf("nsDragService::StartDragSession()\n");
-  nsBaseDragService::StartDragSession();
-  
-  /*
-  gtk_drag_source_set(mWidget,
-                      GDK_MODIFIER_MASK,
-                      targetlist,
-                      mNumFlavors,
-                      action);
-  */
-  gtk_drag_source_set(mWidget,
-                      GDK_MODIFIER_MASK,
-                      target_table,
-                      n_targets,
-                      mActionType);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::EndDragSession()
-{
-  printf("nsDragService::EndDragSession()\n");
-  nsBaseDragService::EndDragSession();
-  
-  gtk_drag_source_unset(mWidget);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::InvokeDragSession (nsISupportsArray *aTransferableArray,
-                                                nsIScriptableRegion *aRegion,
-                                                PRUint32 aActionType)
-{
-  mWidget = gtk_get_event_widget(gtk_get_current_event());
-
-  // add the flavors from the transferables. Cache this array for the send data proc
-  GtkTargetList *targetlist = RegisterDragItemsAndFlavors(aTransferableArray);
-
-  switch (aActionType)
-  {
-    case DRAGDROP_ACTION_NONE:
-      mActionType = GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT;
-      break;
-    case DRAGDROP_ACTION_COPY:
-      mActionType = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
-      break;
-    case DRAGDROP_ACTION_MOVE:
-      mActionType = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
-      break;
-    case DRAGDROP_ACTION_LINK:
-      mActionType = GDK_ACTION_LINK;
-      break;
-  }
-
-  StartDragSession();
-
-  // XXX 3rd param ???    &                last param should be a real event...
-  gtk_drag_begin(mWidget, targetlist, mActionType, 1, gtk_get_current_event());
-
-
-
-
-#if 0  
-  // we have to synthesize the native event because we may be called from JavaScript
-  // through XPConnect. In that case, we only have a DOM event and no way to
-  // get to the native event. As a consequence, we just always fake it.
-  Point globalMouseLoc;
-  ::GetMouse(&globalMouseLoc);
-  ::LocalToGlobal(&globalMouseLoc);
-  WindowPtr theWindow = nsnull;
-  if ( ::FindWindow(globalMouseLoc, &theWindow) != inContent ) {
-    // debugging sanity check
-    #ifdef NS_DEBUG
-    DebugStr("\pAbout to start drag, but FindWindow() != inContent; g");
-    #endif
-  }  
-  EventRecord theEvent;
-  theEvent.what = mouseDown;
-  theEvent.message = reinterpret_cast<UInt32>(theWindow);
-  theEvent.when = 0;
-  theEvent.where = globalMouseLoc;
-  theEvent.modifiers = 0;
-  
-  RgnHandle theDragRgn = ::NewRgn();
-  BuildDragRegion ( aDragRgn, globalMouseLoc, theDragRgn );
-
-  // register drag send proc which will call us back when asked for the actual
-  // flavor data (instead of placing it all into the drag manager)
-  ::SetDragSendProc ( theDragRef, sDragSendDataUPP, this );
-
-  // start the drag. Be careful, mDragRef will be invalid AFTER this call (it is
-  // reset by the dragTrackingHandler).
-  ::TrackDrag ( theDragRef, &theEvent, theDragRgn );
-
-  // clean up after ourselves 
-  ::DisposeRgn ( theDragRgn );
-  result = ::DisposeDrag ( theDragRef );
-  NS_ASSERTION ( result == noErr, "Error disposing drag" );
-  mDragRef = 0L;
-  mDataItems = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-GtkTargetList *
-nsDragService::RegisterDragItemsAndFlavors(nsISupportsArray *inArray)
-{
-  unsigned int numDragItems = 0;
-  inArray->Count(&numDragItems);
-
-  GtkTargetList *targetlist;
-  targetlist = gtk_target_list_new(nsnull, numDragItems);
-
-  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < numDragItems; ++i)
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericItem;
-    inArray->GetElementAt (i, getter_AddRefs(genericItem));
-    nsCOMPtr<nsITransferable> currItem (do_QueryInterface(genericItem));
-    if (currItem)
-    {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> flavorList;
-      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(currItem->FlavorsTransferableCanExport(getter_AddRefs(flavorList))))
-      {
-        flavorList->Count (&mNumFlavors);
-        for (PRUint32 flavorIndex = 0; flavorIndex < mNumFlavors; ++flavorIndex)
-        {
-          nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericWrapper;
-          flavorList->GetElementAt ( flavorIndex, getter_AddRefs(genericWrapper) );
-          nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> currentFlavor ( do_QueryInterface(genericWrapper) );
-          if ( currentFlavor )
-          {
-            nsXPIDLCString flavorStr;
-            currentFlavor->ToString ( getter_Copies(flavorStr) );
-
-            // register native flavors
-            GdkAtom atom = gdk_atom_intern(flavorStr, PR_TRUE);
-            gtk_target_list_add(targetlist, atom, 1, atom);
-          }
-
-        } // foreach flavor in item              
-      } // if valid flavor list
-    } // if item is a transferable
-  } // foreach drag item
-
-  return targetlist;
-}
-
-
-/* return PR_TRUE if we have converted or PR_FALSE if we havn't and need to keep being called */
-PRBool nsDragService::DoConvert(GdkAtom type)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  g_print("    nsDragService::DoRealConvert(%li)\n    {\n", type);
-#endif
-  int e = 0;
-  // Set a flag saying that we're blocking waiting for the callback:
-  mBlocking = PR_TRUE;
-
-  //
-  // ask X what kind of data we can get
-  //
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  g_print("     Doing real conversion of atom type '%s'\n", gdk_atom_name(type));
-#endif
-  gtk_selection_convert(mWidget,
-                        GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY,
-                        type,
-                        GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
-
-  // Now we need to wait until the callback comes in ...
-  // i is in case we get a runaway (yuck).
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  printf("      Waiting for the callback... mBlocking = %d\n", mBlocking);
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-  for (e=0; mBlocking == PR_TRUE && e < 1000; ++e)
-  {
-    gtk_main_iteration_do(PR_TRUE);
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  g_print("    }\n");
-#endif
-
-  if (mSelectionData.length > 0)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-#if 0
-
-/**
- * Called when the data from a drag comes in (recieved from gdk_selection_convert)
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- * @param  aTime time the selection was requested
- */
-void
-nsDragService::SelectionReceivedCB (GtkWidget        *aWidget,
-                                    GdkDragContext   *aContext,
-                                    gint              aX,
-                                    gint              aY,
-                                    GtkSelectionData *aSelectionData,
-                                    guint             aInfo,
-                                    guint             aTime)
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  printf("      nsDragService::SelectionReceivedCB\n      {\n");
-#endif
-  nsDragService *ds =(nsDragSession *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(aWidget),
-                                                        "ds");
-  if (!cb)
-  {
-    g_print("no dragservice found.. this is bad.\n");
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  ds->SelectionReceiver(aWidget, aSelectionData);
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  g_print("      }\n");
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/**
- * local method (called from nsClipboard::SelectionReceivedCB)
- *
- * @param  aWidget the widget
- * @param  aSelectionData gtk selection stuff
- */
-void
-nsDragService::SelectionReceiver (GtkWidget *aWidget,
-                                GtkSelectionData *aSD)
-{
-  gint type;
-
-  mBlocking = PR_FALSE;
-
-  if (aSD->length < 0)
-  {
-    printf("        Error retrieving selection: length was %d\n",
-           aSD->length);
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  switch (type)
-  {
-  case GDK_TARGET_STRING:
-  case TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_XIF:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_UNICODE:
-  case TARGET_TEXT_HTML:
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-    g_print("        Copying mSelectionData pointer -- ");
-#endif
-    mSelectionData = *aSD;
-    mSelectionData.data = g_new(guchar, aSD->length + 1);
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-    g_print("        Data = %s\n    Length = %i\n", aSD->data, aSD->length);
-#endif
-    memcpy(mSelectionData.data,
-           aSD->data,
-           aSD->length);
-    // Null terminate in case anyone cares,
-    // and so we can print the string for debugging:
-    mSelectionData.data[aSD->length] = '\0';
-    mSelectionData.length = aSD->length;
-    return;
-
-  default:
-    mSelectionData = *aSD;
-    mSelectionData.data = g_new(guchar, aSD->length + 1);
-    memcpy(mSelectionData.data,
-           aSD->data,
-           aSD->length);
-    mSelectionData.length = aSD->length;
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::GetNumDropItems (PRUint32 * aNumItems)
-{
-  *aNumItems = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::GetData (nsITransferable * aTransferable, PRUint32 anItem)
-{
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_DRAG
-  printf("nsClipboard::GetNativeClipboardData()\n");
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // make sure we have a good transferable
-  if (!aTransferable) {
-    printf("  GetData: Transferable is null!\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  // get flavor list that includes all acceptable flavors (including ones obtained through
-  // conversion)
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> flavorList;
-  nsresult errCode = aTransferable->FlavorsTransferableCanImport ( getter_AddRefs(flavorList) );
-  if ( NS_FAILED(errCode) )
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  // Walk through flavors and see which flavor matches the one being pasted:
-  PRUint32 cnt;
-  flavorList->Count(&cnt);
-  nsCAutoString foundFlavor;
-  for ( PRUint32 i = 0; i < cnt; ++i ) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericFlavor;
-    flavorList->GetElementAt ( i, getter_AddRefs(genericFlavor) );
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsString> currentFlavor (do_QueryInterface(genericFlavor));
-    if ( currentFlavor ) {
-      nsXPIDLCString flavorStr;
-      currentFlavor->ToString(getter_Copies(flavorStr));
-      if (DoConvert(gdk_atom_intern(flavorStr, 1))) {
-        foundFlavor = flavorStr;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_CLIPBOARD
-  printf("  Got the callback: '%s', %d\n",
-         mSelectionData.data, mSelectionData.length);
-#endif /* DEBUG_CLIPBOARD */
-
-  // We're back from the callback, no longer blocking:
-  mBlocking = PR_FALSE;
-
-  // 
-  // Now we have data in mSelectionData.data.
-  // We just have to copy it to the transferable.
-  // 
-
-#if 0  
-// pinkerton - we have the flavor already from above, so we don't need
-// to re-derrive it.
-  nsString *name = new nsString((const char*)gdk_atom_name(mSelectionData.type));
-  int format = GetFormat(*name);
-  df->SetString((const char*)gdk_atom_name(sSelTypes[format]));
-#endif
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericDataWrapper;
-  nsPrimitiveHelpers::CreatePrimitiveForData ( foundFlavor, mSelectionData.data, mSelectionData.length, getter_AddRefs(genericDataWrapper) );
-  aTransferable->SetTransferData(foundFlavor,
-                                 genericDataWrapper,
-                                 mSelectionData.length);
-
-  //delete name;
-  
-  // transferable is now copying the data, so we can free it.
-  //  g_free(mSelectionData.data);
-  mSelectionData.data = nsnull;
-  mSelectionData.length = 0;
-
-  gtk_drag_source_unset(mWidget);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::IsDataFlavorSupported(const char *aDataFlavor, PRBool *_retval)
-{
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDragService::GetCurrentSession (nsIDragSession **aSession)
-{
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void  
-nsDragService::DragLeave (GtkWidget	       *widget,
-			                    GdkDragContext   *context,
-			                    guint             time)
-{
-  g_print("leave\n");
-  //gHaveDrag = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool
-nsDragService::DragMotion(GtkWidget	       *widget,
-			                    GdkDragContext   *context,
-			                    gint              x,
-			                    gint              y,
-			                    guint             time)
-{
-  g_print("drag motion\n");
-  GtkWidget *source_widget;
-
-#if 0
-  if (!gHaveDrag) {
-      gHaveDrag = PR_TRUE;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  source_widget = gtk_drag_get_source_widget (context);
-  g_print("motion, source %s\n", source_widget ?
-	          gtk_type_name (GTK_OBJECT (source_widget)->klass->type) :
-	          "unknown");
-
-  gdk_drag_status (context, context->suggested_action, time);
-  
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool
-nsDragService::DragDrop(GtkWidget	       *widget,
-			                  GdkDragContext   *context,
-			                  gint              x,
-			                  gint              y,
-			                  guint             time)
-{
-  g_print("drop\n");
-  //gHaveDrag = PR_FALSE;
-
-  if (context->targets){
-    gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, 
-			                 GPOINTER_TO_INT (context->targets->data), 
-			                 time);
-    return PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void  
-nsDragService::DragDataReceived  (GtkWidget          *widget,
-			                            GdkDragContext     *context,
-			                            gint                x,
-			                            gint                y,
-			                            GtkSelectionData   *data,
-			                            guint               info,
-			                            guint               time)
-{
-  if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8)) {
-    g_print ("Received \"%s\"\n", (gchar *)data->data);
-    gtk_drag_finish (context, PR_TRUE, PR_FALSE, time);
-    return;
-  }
-  
-  gtk_drag_finish (context, PR_FALSE, PR_FALSE, time);
-}
-  
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void  
-nsDragService::DragDataGet(GtkWidget          *widget,
-		                       GdkDragContext     *context,
-		                       GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-		                       guint               info,
-		                       guint               time,
-		                       gpointer            data)
-{
-  gtk_selection_data_set (selection_data,
-                          selection_data->target,
-                          8, (guchar *)"I'm Data!", 9);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void  
-nsDragService::DragDataDelete(GtkWidget          *widget,
-			                        GdkDragContext     *context,
-			                        gpointer            data)
-{
-  g_print ("Delete the data!\n");
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsDragService.h

@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsDragService_h__
-#define nsDragService_h__
-
-#include "nsBaseDragService.h"
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-
-/**
- * Native GTK DragService wrapper
- */
-
-class nsDragService : public nsBaseDragService
-{
-
-public:
-  nsDragService();
-  virtual ~nsDragService();
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsIDragService
-  NS_IMETHOD InvokeDragSession (nsISupportsArray * anArrayTransferables,
-                                nsIScriptableRegion * aRegion, PRUint32 aActionType);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetCurrentSession (nsIDragSession ** aSession);
-
-  // nsIDragSession
-  NS_IMETHOD GetData (nsITransferable * aTransferable, PRUint32 anItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNumDropItems (PRUint32 * aNumItems);
-  NS_IMETHOD IsDataFlavorSupported(const char *aDataFlavor, PRBool *_retval);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD StartDragSession();
-  NS_IMETHOD EndDragSession();
-    
-
-  GtkTargetList *RegisterDragItemsAndFlavors(nsISupportsArray *inArray);
-
-protected:
-
-  PRBool DoConvert(GdkAtom type);
-
-  static PRBool gHaveDrag;
-
-  static void DragLeave(GtkWidget      *widget,
-                        GdkDragContext *context,
-                        guint           time);
-
-  static PRBool DragMotion(GtkWidget      *widget,
-                           GdkDragContext *context,
-                           gint            x,
-                           gint            y,
-                           guint           time);
-
-  static PRBool DragDrop(GtkWidget   *widget,
-                         GdkDragContext *context,
-                         gint            x,
-                         gint            y,
-                         guint            time);
-
-  static void DragDataReceived(GtkWidget        *widget,
-			                         GdkDragContext   *context,
-			                         gint              x,
-			                         gint              y,
-			                         GtkSelectionData *data,
-			                         guint             info,
-			                         guint             time);
-
-  static void DragDataGet(GtkWidget          *widget,
-		                      GdkDragContext     *context,
-		                      GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-		                      guint               info,
-		                      guint               time,
-		                      gpointer            data);
-
-  static void  DragDataDelete(GtkWidget          *widget,
-			                        GdkDragContext     *context,
-			                        gpointer            data);
-
-private:
-  GdkDragAction mActionType;
-  PRUint32 mNumFlavors;
-  GtkWidget *mWidget;
-  GdkDragContext *mDragContext;
-  GtkSelectionData mSelectionData;
-  PRBool mBlocking;
-};
-
-#endif // nsDragService_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFilePicker.cpp

@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- *   Stuart Parmenter <pavlov@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsFilePicker.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsFilePicker, nsIFilePicker)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsFilePicker constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsFilePicker::nsFilePicker()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mWidget = nsnull;
-  mDisplayDirectory = nsnull;
-  mFilterMenu = nsnull;
-  mOptionMenu = nsnull;
-  mNumberOfFilters = 0;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsFilePicker destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsFilePicker::~nsFilePicker()
-{
-  if (mFilterMenu)
-  {
-    GtkWidget *menu_item;
-    GList *list = g_list_first(GTK_MENU_SHELL(mFilterMenu)->children);
-
-    for (;list; list = list->next)
-    {
-      menu_item = GTK_WIDGET(list->data);
-      gchar *data = (gchar*)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item), "filters");
-      
-      if (data)
-        nsCRT::free(data);
-    }
-  }
-
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mWidget);
-}
-
-
-static void file_ok_clicked(GtkWidget *w, PRBool *ret)
-{
-  g_print("user hit ok\n");
-  *ret = PR_TRUE;
-  gtk_main_quit();
-}
-
-static void file_cancel_clicked(GtkWidget *w, PRBool *ret)
-{
-  g_print("user hit cancel\n");
-  *ret = PR_FALSE;
-  gtk_main_quit();
-}
-
-static void filter_item_activated(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
-{
-  //  nsFilePicker *f = (nsFilePicker*)data;
-  gchar *foo = (gchar*)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(w), "filters");
-  g_print("filter_item_activated(): %s\n", foo);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Show - Display the file dialog
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::Show(PRInt16 *retval)
-{
-  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retval);
-
-  PRBool ret;
-  if (mWidget) {
-    // make things shorter
-    GtkFileSelection *fs = GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget);
-
-    if (mNumberOfFilters != 0)
-    {
-      gtk_option_menu_set_menu(GTK_OPTION_MENU(mOptionMenu), mFilterMenu);
-    }
-    else
-      gtk_widget_hide(mOptionMenu);
-
-#if 0
-    if (mDisplayDirectory)
-      gtk_file_selection_complete(fs, "/");
-#endif
-
-    //    gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(mWidget), PR_TRUE);
-    gtk_widget_show(mWidget);
-
-    // handle close, destroy, etc on the dialog
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fs->ok_button), "clicked",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(file_ok_clicked),
-                       &ret);
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fs->cancel_button), "clicked",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(file_cancel_clicked),
-                       &ret);
-    // start new loop.   ret is set in the above callbacks.
-    gtk_main();
-  }
-  else {
-    ret = PR_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  if (ret)
-    *retval = returnOK;
-  else
-    *retval = returnCancel;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the list of filters
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::SetFilterList(PRInt32 aNumberOfFilters,
-                                          const PRUnichar **aTitles,
-                                          const PRUnichar **filters)
-{
-#if 0
-  GtkWidget *menu_item;
-
-  mNumberOfFilters  = aNumberOfFilters;
-  mTitles           = aTitles;
-  mFilters          = aFilters;
-
-  mFilterMenu = gtk_menu_new();
-
-  for(unsigned int i=0; i < aNumberOfFilters; i++)
-  {
-    // we need *.{htm, html, xul, etc}
-    char *foo = aTitles[i].ToNewCString();
-    char *filters = aFilters[i].ToNewCString();
-    printf("%20s %s\n", foo, filters);
-
-    menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(nsAutoCString(aTitles[i]));
-
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item), "filters", filters);
-
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item),
-                       "activate",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(filter_item_activated),
-                       this);
-
-    gtk_menu_append(GTK_MENU(mFilterMenu), menu_item);
-    gtk_widget_show(menu_item);
-
-    nsCRT::free(foo);
-  }
-#endif
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::GetFile(nsIFileSpec **aFile)
-{
-  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(*aFile);
-  if (mWidget) {
-    gchar *fn = gtk_file_selection_get_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget));
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIFileSpec> fileSpec(do_CreateInstance("component://netscape/filespec"));
-    
-    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(fileSpec, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-
-    fileSpec->SetNativePath(fn);
-
-    *aFile = fileSpec;
-    NS_ADDREF(*aFile);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::GetSelectedFilter(PRInt32 *aType)
-{
-  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aType);
-  *aType = mSelectedType;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the file + path
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::SetDefaultString(const PRUnichar *aString)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    gtk_file_selection_set_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget),
-                                    (const gchar*)nsAutoCString(aString));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::GetDefaultString(PRUnichar **aString)
-{
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the display directory
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::SetDisplayDirectory(nsIFileSpec *aDirectory)
-{
-  mDisplayDirectory = aDirectory;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the display directory
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::GetDisplayDirectory(nsIFileSpec **aDirectory)
-{
-  *aDirectory = mDisplayDirectory;
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aDirectory);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::Create(nsIDOMWindow *aParent,
-                                   const PRUnichar *aTitle,
-                                   PRInt16 aMode)
-{
-  return nsBaseFilePicker::Create(aParent, aTitle, aMode);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFilePicker::CreateNative(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                         const PRUnichar *aTitle,
-                                         PRInt16 aMode)
-{
-  mWidget = gtk_file_selection_new((const gchar *)nsAutoCString(aTitle));
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mWidget),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-
-  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->button_area), GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD);
-
-  mOptionMenu = gtk_option_menu_new();
-
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->main_vbox), mOptionMenu, PR_FALSE, PR_FALSE, 0);
-  gtk_widget_show(mOptionMenu);
-
-  // Hide the file column for the folder case.
-  if (aMode == nsIFilePicker::modeGetFolder) {
-    gtk_widget_hide((GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->file_list)->parent);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-gint
-nsFilePicker::DestroySignal(GtkWidget *  aGtkWidget,
-                            nsFilePicker* aWidget)
-{
-  aWidget->OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-nsFilePicker::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mWidget) {
-    mWidget = nsnull;
-  }
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFilePicker.h

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- *   Stuart Parmenter <pavlov@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#ifndef nsFilePicker_h__
-#define nsFilePicker_h__
-
-#include "nsBaseFilePicker.h"
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/**
- * Native GTK FileSelector wrapper
- */
-
-class nsFilePicker : public nsBaseFilePicker
-{
-public:
-  nsFilePicker(); 
-  virtual ~nsFilePicker();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSIFILEPICKER
-
-protected:
-  /* method from nsBaseFilePicker */
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                          const PRUnichar *aTitle,
-                          PRInt16 aMode);
-
-  static gint DestroySignal(GtkWidget *  aGtkWidget,
-                            nsFilePicker* aWidget);
-
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  GtkWidget		*mWidget;
-  GtkWidget   *mOptionMenu;
-  GtkWidget   *mFilterMenu;
-
-
-  PRUint32		    mNumberOfFilters;  
-  const nsString*	mTitles;
-  const nsString*	mFilters;
-  nsString		  mDefault;
-  nsIFileSpec  *mDisplayDirectory;
-  PRInt16       mSelectedType;
-};
-
-#endif // nsFilePicker_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFileWidget.cpp

@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: c++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsFileWidget.h"
-#include "nsIToolkit.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsFileWidget, nsIFileWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsFileWidget constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsFileWidget::nsFileWidget() : nsIFileWidget()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mWidget = nsnull;
-  mDisplayDirectory = nsnull;
-  mFilterMenu = nsnull;
-  mOptionMenu = nsnull;
-  mNumberOfFilters = 0;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsFileWidget destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsFileWidget::~nsFileWidget()
-{
-  if (mFilterMenu)
-  {
-    GtkWidget *menu_item;
-    GList *list = g_list_first(GTK_MENU_SHELL(mFilterMenu)->children);
-
-    for (;list; list = list->next)
-    {
-      menu_item = GTK_WIDGET(list->data);
-      gchar *data = (gchar*)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item), "filters");
-      
-      if (data)
-        nsCRT::free(data);
-    }
-  }
-
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mWidget);
-}
-
-
-static void file_ok_clicked(GtkWidget *w, PRBool *ret)
-{
-  g_print("user hit ok\n");
-  *ret = PR_TRUE;
-  gtk_main_quit();
-}
-
-static void file_cancel_clicked(GtkWidget *w, PRBool *ret)
-{
-  g_print("user hit cancel\n");
-  *ret = PR_FALSE;
-  gtk_main_quit();
-}
-
-static void filter_item_activated(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
-{
-  //  nsFileWidget *f = (nsFileWidget*)data;
-  gchar *foo = (gchar*)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(w), "filters");
-  g_print("filter_item_activated(): %s\n", foo);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Show - Display the file dialog
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool nsFileWidget::Show()
-{
-  PRBool ret;
-  if (mWidget) {
-    // make things shorter
-    GtkFileSelection *fs = GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget);
-
-    if (mNumberOfFilters != 0)
-    {
-      gtk_option_menu_set_menu(GTK_OPTION_MENU(mOptionMenu), mFilterMenu);
-    }
-    else
-      gtk_widget_hide(mOptionMenu);
-
-#if 0
-    if (mDisplayDirectory)
-      gtk_file_selection_complete(fs, "/");
-#endif
-
-    //    gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(mWidget), PR_TRUE);
-    gtk_widget_show(mWidget);
-
-    // handle close, destroy, etc on the dialog
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fs->ok_button), "clicked",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(file_ok_clicked),
-                       &ret);
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fs->cancel_button), "clicked",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(file_cancel_clicked),
-                       &ret);
-    // start new loop.   ret is set in the above callbacks.
-    gtk_main();
-  }
-  else {
-    ret = PR_FALSE;
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the list of filters
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFileWidget::SetFilterList(PRUint32 aNumberOfFilters,
-                                          const nsString aTitles[],
-                                          const nsString aFilters[])
-{
-  GtkWidget *menu_item;
-
-  mNumberOfFilters  = aNumberOfFilters;
-  mTitles           = aTitles;
-  mFilters          = aFilters;
-
-  mFilterMenu = gtk_menu_new();
-
-  for(unsigned int i=0; i < aNumberOfFilters; i++)
-  {
-    // we need *.{htm, html, xul, etc}
-    char *foo = aTitles[i].ToNewCString();
-    char *filters = aFilters[i].ToNewCString();
-    printf("%20s %s\n", foo, filters);
-
-    menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(nsAutoCString(aTitles[i]));
-
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item), "filters", filters);
-
-    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(menu_item),
-                       "activate",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(filter_item_activated),
-                       this);
-
-    gtk_menu_append(GTK_MENU(mFilterMenu), menu_item);
-    gtk_widget_show(menu_item);
-
-    nsCRT::free(foo);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFileWidget::GetFile(nsFileSpec& aFile)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    gchar *fn = gtk_file_selection_get_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget));
-    aFile = fn; // Put the filename into the nsFileSpec instance.
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFileWidget::GetSelectedType(PRInt16& theType)
-{
-  theType = mSelectedType;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the file + path
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFileWidget::SetDefaultString(const nsString& aString)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    gtk_file_selection_set_filename(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget),
-                                    (const gchar*)nsAutoCString(aString));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the display directory
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFileWidget::SetDisplayDirectory(const nsFileSpec& aDirectory)
-{
-  mDisplayDirectory = aDirectory;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the display directory
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFileWidget::GetDisplayDirectory(nsFileSpec& aDirectory)
-{
-  aDirectory = mDisplayDirectory;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFileWidget::Create(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                   const nsString& aTitle,
-                                   nsFileDlgMode aMode,
-                                   nsIDeviceContext *aContext,
-                                   nsIAppShell *aAppShell,
-                                   nsIToolkit *aToolkit,
-                                   void *aInitData)
-{
-  mMode = aMode;
-  mTitle.SetLength(0);
-  mTitle.Append(aTitle);
-
-  mWidget = gtk_file_selection_new((const gchar *)nsAutoCString(aTitle));
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mWidget),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-
-  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->button_area), GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD);
-
-  mOptionMenu = gtk_option_menu_new();
-
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->main_vbox), mOptionMenu, PR_FALSE, PR_FALSE, 0);
-  gtk_widget_show(mOptionMenu);
-
-
-  // Hide the file column for the folder case.
-  if (aMode == eMode_getfolder) {
-    gtk_widget_hide((GTK_FILE_SELECTION(mWidget)->file_list)->parent);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-gint
-nsFileWidget::DestroySignal(GtkWidget *  aGtkWidget,
-                            nsFileWidget* aWidget)
-{
-  aWidget->OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-nsFileWidget::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mWidget) {
-    mWidget = nsnull;
-  }
-}
-
-nsFileDlgResults nsFileWidget::GetFile(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                       const nsString &promptString,
-                                       nsFileSpec &theFileSpec)
-{
-	Create(aParent, promptString, eMode_load, nsnull, nsnull);
-	if (Show() == PR_TRUE)
-	{
-		GetFile(theFileSpec);
-		return nsFileDlgResults_OK;
-	}
-
-  return nsFileDlgResults_Cancel;
-}
-
-nsFileDlgResults nsFileWidget::GetFolder(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                         const nsString &promptString,
-                                         nsFileSpec &theFileSpec)
-{
-	Create(aParent, promptString, eMode_getfolder, nsnull, nsnull);
-	if (Show() == PR_TRUE)
-	{
-		GetFile(theFileSpec);
-		return nsFileDlgResults_OK;
-	}
-
-  return nsFileDlgResults_Cancel;
-}
-
-nsFileDlgResults nsFileWidget::PutFile(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                       const nsString &promptString,
-                                       nsFileSpec &theFileSpec)
-{ 
-	Create(aParent, promptString, eMode_save, nsnull, nsnull);
-	if (Show() == PR_TRUE)
-	{
-		GetFile(theFileSpec);
-		return nsFileDlgResults_OK;
-	}
-  return nsFileDlgResults_Cancel; 
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFileWidget.h

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: c++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsFileWidget_h__
-#define nsFileWidget_h__
-
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-#include "nsIFileWidget.h"
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-class nsIToolkit;
-
-/**
- * Native GTK FileSelector wrapper
- */
-
-class nsFileWidget : public nsIFileWidget 
-{
-public:
-  nsFileWidget(); 
-  virtual ~nsFileWidget();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIWidget interface
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD		Create(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                       const nsString& aTitle,
-                       nsFileDlgMode aMode,
-                       nsIDeviceContext *aContext = nsnull,
-                       nsIAppShell *aAppShell = nsnull,
-                       nsIToolkit *aToolkit = nsnull,
-                       void *aInitData = nsnull);
-
-  // nsIFileWidget part
-  virtual PRBool	Show();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetFile(nsFileSpec& aFile);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDefaultString(const nsString& aFile);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetFilterList(PRUint32 aNumberOfFilters,
-                           const nsString aTitles[],
-                           const nsString aFilters[]);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetDisplayDirectory(nsFileSpec& aDirectory);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDisplayDirectory(const nsFileSpec& aDirectory);
-  
-  virtual nsFileDlgResults GetFile(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                   const nsString &promptString,
-                                   nsFileSpec &theFileSpec);
-  
-  virtual nsFileDlgResults GetFolder(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                     const nsString &promptString,
-                                     nsFileSpec &theFileSpec);
-
-  virtual nsFileDlgResults PutFile(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                                   const nsString &promptString,
-                                   nsFileSpec &theFileSpec);
-
-
-  NS_IMETHOD            GetSelectedType(PRInt16& theType);
-
-protected:
-  static gint DestroySignal(GtkWidget *  aGtkWidget,
-                            nsFileWidget* aWidget);
-
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  GtkWidget		*mWidget;
-  nsString		mTitle;
-  GtkWidget   *mOptionMenu;
-  GtkWidget   *mFilterMenu;
-
-
-  nsFileDlgMode   mMode;
-  PRUint32		    mNumberOfFilters;  
-  const nsString*	mTitles;
-  const nsString*	mFilters;
-  nsString		mDefault;
-  nsFileSpec    mDisplayDirectory;
-  PRInt16       mSelectedType;
-};
-
-#endif // nsFileWidget_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFontRetrieverService.cpp

@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsFontRetrieverService.h"
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <gdk/gdkx.h>
-#include "X11/Xlib.h"
-#include "X11/Xutil.h"
- 
-#include "nsFont.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-#include "nsFontSizeIterator.h"
- 
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsFontRetrieverService, nsIFontRetrieverService, nsIFontNameIterator)
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-nsFontRetrieverService::nsFontRetrieverService()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-
-  mFontList     = nsnull;
-  mSizeIter     = nsnull;
-  mNameIterInx  = 0;
-
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-nsFontRetrieverService::~nsFontRetrieverService()
-{
-  if (nsnull != mFontList) {
-    for (PRInt32 i=0;i<mFontList->Count();i++) {
-      FontInfo * font = (FontInfo *)mFontList->ElementAt(i);
-      if (font->mSizes) {
-        delete font->mSizes;
-      }
-      delete font;
-    }
-    delete mFontList;
-  }
-  NS_IF_RELEASE(mSizeIter);
-}
-
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-//-- nsIFontRetrieverService
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::CreateFontNameIterator( nsIFontNameIterator** aIterator )
-{
-  if (nsnull == aIterator) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if (nsnull == mFontList) {
-    LoadFontList();
-  }
-  *aIterator = this;
-  NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::CreateFontSizeIterator( const nsString & aFontName, 
-                                                              nsIFontSizeIterator** aIterator )
-{
-  // save value in case someone externally is using it
-  PRInt32 saveIterInx = mNameIterInx;
-
-  PRBool found = PR_FALSE;
-  Reset();
-  do {
-    nsAutoString name;
-    Get(&name);
-    if (name.Equals(aFontName)) {
-      found = PR_TRUE;
-      break;
-    }
-  } while (Advance() == NS_OK);
-
-  if (found) {
-    if (nsnull == mSizeIter) {
-      mSizeIter = new nsFontSizeIterator();
-    }
-    NS_ASSERTION( nsnull != mSizeIter, "nsFontSizeIterator instance pointer is null");
-
-    *aIterator = (nsIFontSizeIterator *)mSizeIter;
-    NS_ADDREF(mSizeIter);
-
-    FontInfo * fontInfo = (FontInfo *)mFontList->ElementAt(mNameIterInx);
-    mSizeIter->SetFontInfo(fontInfo);
-    mNameIterInx = saveIterInx;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  mNameIterInx = saveIterInx;
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-//-- nsIFontNameIterator
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::Reset()
-{
-  mNameIterInx = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::Get( nsString* aFontName )
-{
-  if (mNameIterInx < mFontList->Count()) {
-    FontInfo * fontInfo = (FontInfo *)mFontList->ElementAt(mNameIterInx);
-    *aFontName = fontInfo->mName;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::Advance()
-{
-  if (mNameIterInx < mFontList->Count()-1) {
-    mNameIterInx++;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//------------------------------
-static FontInfo * GetFontInfo(nsVoidArray * aFontList, char * aName)
-{
-  nsAutoString name(aName);
-  PRInt32 i;
-  PRInt32 cnt = aFontList->Count();
-  for (i=0;i<cnt;i++) {
-    FontInfo * fontInfo = (FontInfo *)aFontList->ElementAt(i);
-    if (fontInfo->mName.Equals(name)) {
-      return fontInfo;
-    }
-  }
-
-  FontInfo * fontInfo   = new FontInfo();
-  fontInfo->mName       = aName;
-  //printf("Adding [%s]\n", aName);fflush(stdout); 
-  fontInfo->mIsScalable = PR_FALSE; // X fonts aren't scalable right??
-  fontInfo->mSizes      = nsnull;
-  aFontList->AppendElement(fontInfo);
-  return fontInfo;
-}
-
-//------------------------------
-static void AddSizeToFontInfo(FontInfo * aFontInfo, PRInt32 aSize)
-{
-  nsVoidArray * sizes;
-  if (nsnull == aFontInfo->mSizes) {
-    sizes = new nsVoidArray();
-    aFontInfo->mSizes = sizes;
-  } else {
-    sizes = aFontInfo->mSizes;
-  }
-  PRInt32 i;
-  PRInt32 cnt = sizes->Count();
-  for (i=0;i<cnt;i++) {
-    PRInt32 size = (int)sizes->ElementAt(i);
-    if (size == aSize) {
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  sizes->AppendElement((void *)aSize);
-}
-
-//---------------------------------------------------
-// XXX - Hack - Parts of this will need to be reworked
-//
-// This method does brute force parcing for 4 different formats:
-//
-// 1) The format -*-*-*-*-*-* etc.
-//    -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--13-120-75-75-c-80-iso8859-8
-//
-// 2) Name-size format 
-//    lucidasans-10
-//
-// 3) Name-style-size
-//    lucidasans-bold-10
-//
-// 4) Name only (implicit size)
-//    6x13
-//
-//--------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::LoadFontList()
-{
-  char    * pattern = "*";
-  int nnames = 1024;
-
-  int available = nnames+1;
-  int i;
-  char **fonts;
-  XFontStruct *info;
-
-  if (nsnull == mFontList) { 
-    mFontList = new nsVoidArray(); 
-    if (nsnull == mFontList) { 
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; 
-    } 
-  } 
-
-  /* Get list of fonts matching pattern */
-  for (;;) {
-    // the following line is VERY slow to return
-    fonts = XListFontsWithInfo(GDK_DISPLAY(), pattern, nnames, 
-                               &available, &info);
-    if (fonts == NULL || available < nnames)
-      break;
-
-    XFreeFontInfo(fonts, info, available);
-    nnames = available * 2;
-  }
-
-  if (fonts == NULL) {
-    fprintf(stderr, "pattern \"%s\" unmatched\n", pattern);
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-#if 0 // debug
-  // print out all the retrieved fonts
-  printf("-----------------------------\n");
-  for (i=0; i<available; i++) {
-    printf("[%s]i\n", fonts[i]);
-  }
-  printf("-----------------------------\n");
-#endif
-
-  // this code assumes all like fonts are grouped together
-  // currentName is the current name of the font we are gathering
-  // sizes for, when the name changes we create a new FontInfo object
-  // but it also takes into account fonts of similar names when it 
-  // goes to add then and disregards duplicates
-  char buffer[1024];
-  char currentName[1024];
-  FontInfo * font = nsnull;
-
-  currentName[0]  = 0;
-  for (i=0; i<available; i++) {
-
-    // This is kind of lame, but it will have to do for now
-    strcpy(buffer, fonts[i]);
-
-    // Start by checking to see if the name begins with a dash
-    char * ptr  = buffer;
-    if (buffer[0] == '-') { //Format #1
-      
-      PRInt32 cnt = 0;
-      // skip first two '-'
-      do {
-        if (*ptr == '-') cnt++;
-        ptr++;
-      } while (cnt < 2);
-      
-      // find the dash at the end of the name
-      char * end = strchr(ptr, '-');
-      if (end) {
-        *end = 0;
-        
-        // Check to see if we need to create a new FontInfo obj
-        // and set the currentName var to this guys font name
-        if (strcmp(currentName, ptr) || NULL == font) {
-          font = GetFontInfo(mFontList, ptr);
-          strcpy(currentName, ptr);
-        }
-        if (nsnull == font->mSizes) {
-          font->mSizes = new nsVoidArray();
-        }
-        ptr = end+1; // skip past the dash that was set to zero
-        
-        cnt = 0;
-        // now skip ahead 4 dashes
-        do {
-          if (*ptr == '-') cnt++;
-          ptr++;
-        } while (cnt < 4);
-        
-        // find the dash after the size
-        end = strchr(ptr, '-');
-        
-        if (end) {
-	  *end = 0;
-          PRInt32 size;
-          sscanf(ptr, "%d", &size);
-	  AddSizeToFontInfo(font, size);
-        }
-      }
-    } else { // formats 2,3,4
-      
-      // no leading dash means the start of the 
-      // buffer is the start of the name
-      // this checks for a dash at the end of the font name
-      // which means there is a size at the end
-      char * end = strchr(buffer, '-');
-      if (end) { // Format 2,3
-        *end = 0;
-        // Check to see if we need to create a new FontInfo obj
-        // and set the currentName var to this guys font name
-        if (strcmp(currentName, buffer) || NULL == font) { 
-          font = GetFontInfo(mFontList, buffer);
-          strcpy(currentName, buffer);
-        }
-        end++; // advance past the dash
-	// check to see if we have a number
-	ptr = end;
-	if (isalpha(*ptr)) {  // Format 3
-	  // skip until next dash
-	  end = strchr(ptr, '-');
-	  if (end) {
-            *end = 0;
-	    ptr = end+1;
-	  }
-	}
-        PRInt32 size;
-        // yes, it has a dash at the end so it must have the size
-        // check to see if the size is terminated by a dash
-        // it shouldn't be
-        char * end2 = strchr(ptr, '-');
-        if (end2) *end2 = 0; // put terminator at the dash
-        sscanf(end, "%d", &size);
-	AddSizeToFontInfo(font, size);
-
-      } else { // Format #4
-        // The font has an implicit size, 
-        // so there is nothing to parse for size
-        // so we can't really do much here
-        // Check to see if we need to create a new FontInfo obj
-        // and set the currentName var to this guys font name
-        if (strcmp(currentName, buffer) || NULL == font) {
-          font = GetFontInfo(mFontList, buffer);
-          strcpy(currentName, buffer);
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-
-  }
-
-  XFreeFontInfo(fonts, info, available);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------- 
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontRetrieverService::IsFontScalable(const nsString & aFontName,
-                                                     PRBool* aResult ) 
-{ 
-  // save value in case someone externally is using it
-  PRInt32 saveIterInx = mNameIterInx;
-   
-  PRBool found = PR_FALSE; 
-  Reset(); 
-  do { 
-    nsAutoString name; 
-    Get(&name); 
-    if (name.Equals(aFontName)) { 
-      found = PR_TRUE; 
-      break; 
-    } 
-  } while (Advance() == NS_OK); 
-
-  if (found) { 
-    FontInfo * fontInfo = (FontInfo *)mFontList->ElementAt(mNameIterInx); 
-    *aResult = fontInfo->mIsScalable; 
-    mNameIterInx = saveIterInx;
-    return NS_OK; 
-  } 
-
-  mNameIterInx = saveIterInx;
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; 
-} 

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFontRetrieverService.h

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsFontRetrieverService
-#define __nsFontRetrieverService
-
-#include "nsIFontRetrieverService.h"
-#include "nsIFontNameIterator.h"
-
-class nsVoidArray;
-class nsFontSizeIterator;
-
-class nsFontRetrieverService: public nsIFontRetrieverService, 
-                              public nsIFontNameIterator
-{
-public:
-  nsFontRetrieverService();
-  virtual ~nsFontRetrieverService();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIFontRetrieverService
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateFontNameIterator( nsIFontNameIterator** aIterator );
-
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateFontSizeIterator( const nsString & aFontName, nsIFontSizeIterator** aIterator );
-  NS_IMETHOD IsFontScalable( const nsString & aFontName, PRBool* aResult );
-
-  // nsIFontNameIterator
-
-  NS_IMETHOD Reset();
-  NS_IMETHOD Get( nsString* aFontName );
-  NS_IMETHOD Advance();
-
-
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD LoadFontList();
-
-  nsVoidArray * mFontList;
-
-  PRInt32 mNameIterInx;
-
-  nsFontSizeIterator * mSizeIter;
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFontSizeIterator.cpp

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsFontSizeIterator.h"
-
-#include "nsFont.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
- 
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsFontSizeIterator)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsFontSizeIterator)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE(nsFontSizeIterator, nsIFontSizeIterator::GetIID())
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-nsFontSizeIterator::nsFontSizeIterator() 
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mFontInfo     = nsnull;
-  mSizeIterInx  = 0;
-
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-nsFontSizeIterator::~nsFontSizeIterator()
-{
-}
-
-///----------------------------------------------------------
-//-- nsIFontNameIterator
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontSizeIterator::Reset()
-{
-  mSizeIterInx = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontSizeIterator::Get( double* aFontSize  )
-{
-  if (nsnull != mFontInfo->mSizes && 
-      mFontInfo->mSizes->Count() > 0 && 
-      mSizeIterInx < mFontInfo->mSizes->Count()) {
-    PRUint32 size = (PRUint32)mFontInfo->mSizes->ElementAt(mSizeIterInx);
-    *aFontSize = (double)size;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontSizeIterator::Advance()
-{
-  if (nsnull != mFontInfo->mSizes && 
-      mFontInfo->mSizes->Count() > 0 &&
-      mSizeIterInx < mFontInfo->mSizes->Count()-2) {
-    mSizeIterInx++;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsFontSizeIterator::SetFontInfo( FontInfo * aFontInfo )
-{
-  mFontInfo = aFontInfo;
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsFontSizeIterator.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsFontSizeIterator
-#define __nsFontSizeIterator
-
-#include "nsIFontSizeIterator.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-class nsVoidArray;
-
-typedef struct {
-  nsString      mName;
-  PRBool        mIsScalable;
-  nsVoidArray * mSizes;
-} FontInfo;
-
-
-class nsFontSizeIterator: public nsIFontSizeIterator {
-public:
-  nsFontSizeIterator();
-  virtual ~nsFontSizeIterator();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIFontSizeIterator
-	NS_IMETHOD Reset();
-	NS_IMETHOD Get( double* aFontSize );
-	NS_IMETHOD Advance();
-
-  // Native impl
-	NS_IMETHOD SetFontInfo( FontInfo * aFontInfo );
-
-protected:
-
-  FontInfo * mFontInfo;      
-  PRInt32  mSizeIterInx;   // current index of iter
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsGtkEventHandler.cpp

@@ -1,967 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsWindow.h"
-
-#include "nsScrollbar.h"
-#include "nsIFileWidget.h"
-#include "nsGUIEvent.h"
-#include "nsIMenu.h"
-#include "nsIMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-
-#include "nsTextWidget.h"
-
-#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
-#include "nsIPlatformCharset.h"
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCharsetConverterManagerCID, NS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID);
-
-#include "stdio.h"
-#include "ctype.h"
-
-#include "gtk/gtk.h"
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-#include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/Xutil.h>
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_pavlov
-//#define DEBUG_EVENTS 1
-#endif
-
-struct EventInfo {
-  nsWidget *widget;  // the widget
-  nsRect   *rect;    // the rect
-};
-
-//==============================================================
-void InitAllocationEvent(GtkAllocation *aAlloc,
-                         gpointer   p,
-                         nsSizeEvent &anEvent,
-                         PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-  anEvent.message = aEventType;
-  anEvent.widget  = (nsWidget *) p;
-
-  anEvent.eventStructType = NS_SIZE_EVENT;
-
-  if (aAlloc != nsnull) {
-    // HACK
-    //    nsRect *foo = new nsRect(aAlloc->x, aAlloc->y, aAlloc->width, aAlloc->height);
-    nsRect *foo = new nsRect(0, 0, aAlloc->width, aAlloc->height);
-    anEvent.windowSize = foo;
-    //    anEvent.point.x = aAlloc->x;
-    //    anEvent.point.y = aAlloc->y;
-    // HACK
-    anEvent.point.x = 0;
-    anEvent.point.y = 0;
-    anEvent.mWinWidth = aAlloc->width;
-    anEvent.mWinHeight = aAlloc->height;
-  }
-
-  anEvent.time = PR_IntervalNow();
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void InitConfigureEvent(GdkEventConfigure *aConf,
-                            gpointer   p,
-                            nsSizeEvent &anEvent,
-                            PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-  anEvent.message = aEventType;
-  anEvent.widget  = (nsWidget *) p;
-
-  anEvent.eventStructType = NS_SIZE_EVENT;
-
-  if (aConf != nsnull) {
-  /* do we accually need to alloc a new rect, or can we just set the
-     current one */
-    nsRect *foo = new nsRect(aConf->x, aConf->y, aConf->width, aConf->height);
-    anEvent.windowSize = foo;
-    anEvent.point.x = aConf->x;
-    anEvent.point.y = aConf->y;
-    anEvent.mWinWidth = aConf->width;
-    anEvent.mWinHeight = aConf->height;
-  }
-// this usually returns 0
-  anEvent.time = 0;
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void InitExposeEvent(GdkEventExpose *aGEE,
-                     gpointer   p,
-                     nsPaintEvent &anEvent,
-                     PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-  anEvent.message = aEventType;
-  anEvent.widget  = (nsWidget *) p;
-
-  anEvent.eventStructType = NS_PAINT_EVENT;
-
-  if (aGEE != nsnull)
-  {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
-    g_print("expose event: x = %i , y = %i , w = %i , h = %i\n",
-            aGEE->area.x, aGEE->area.y,
-            aGEE->area.width, aGEE->area.height);
-#endif
-    anEvent.point.x = aGEE->area.x;
-    anEvent.point.y = aGEE->area.y;
-
-    nsRect *rect = new nsRect(aGEE->area.x, aGEE->area.y,
-                              aGEE->area.width, aGEE->area.height);
-    anEvent.rect = rect;
-    anEvent.time = gdk_event_get_time((GdkEvent*)aGEE);
-  }
-}
-
-//=============================================================
-void UninitExposeEvent(GdkEventExpose *aGEE,
-                       gpointer   p,
-                       nsPaintEvent &anEvent,
-                       PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-  if (aGEE != nsnull) {
-    delete anEvent.rect;
-  }
-}
-
-struct nsKeyConverter {
-  int vkCode; // Platform independent key code
-  int keysym; // GDK keysym key code
-};
-
-//
-// Netscape keycodes are defined in widget/public/nsGUIEvent.h
-// GTK keycodes are defined in <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
-//
-struct nsKeyConverter nsKeycodes[] = {
-  { NS_VK_CANCEL,     GDK_Cancel },
-  { NS_VK_BACK,       GDK_BackSpace },
-  { NS_VK_TAB,        GDK_Tab },
-  { NS_VK_TAB,        GDK_ISO_Left_Tab },
-  { NS_VK_CLEAR,      GDK_Clear },
-  { NS_VK_RETURN,     GDK_Return },
-  { NS_VK_SHIFT,      GDK_Shift_L },
-  { NS_VK_SHIFT,      GDK_Shift_R },
-  { NS_VK_CONTROL,    GDK_Control_L },
-  { NS_VK_CONTROL,    GDK_Control_R },
-  { NS_VK_ALT,        GDK_Alt_L },
-  { NS_VK_ALT,        GDK_Alt_R },
-  { NS_VK_PAUSE,      GDK_Pause },
-  { NS_VK_CAPS_LOCK,  GDK_Caps_Lock },
-  { NS_VK_ESCAPE,     GDK_Escape },
-  { NS_VK_SPACE,      GDK_space },
-  { NS_VK_PAGE_UP,    GDK_Page_Up },
-  { NS_VK_PAGE_DOWN,  GDK_Page_Down },
-  { NS_VK_END,        GDK_End },
-  { NS_VK_HOME,       GDK_Home },
-  { NS_VK_LEFT,       GDK_Left },
-  { NS_VK_UP,         GDK_Up },
-  { NS_VK_RIGHT,      GDK_Right },
-  { NS_VK_DOWN,       GDK_Down },
-  { NS_VK_PRINTSCREEN, GDK_Print },
-  { NS_VK_INSERT,     GDK_Insert },
-  { NS_VK_DELETE,     GDK_Delete },
-
-  { NS_VK_MULTIPLY,   GDK_KP_Multiply },
-  { NS_VK_ADD,        GDK_KP_Add },
-  { NS_VK_SEPARATOR,  GDK_KP_Separator },
-  { NS_VK_SUBTRACT,   GDK_KP_Subtract },
-  { NS_VK_DECIMAL,    GDK_KP_Decimal },
-  { NS_VK_DIVIDE,     GDK_KP_Divide },
-  { NS_VK_RETURN,     GDK_KP_Enter },
-
-  // NS doesn't have dash or equals distinct from the numeric keypad ones,
-  // so we'll use those for now.  See bug 17008:
-  { NS_VK_SUBTRACT, GDK_minus },
-  { NS_VK_EQUALS, GDK_equal },
-  // and we don't have a single-quote symbol either:
-  { NS_VK_QUOTE, GDK_apostrophe },
-
-  { NS_VK_COMMA,      GDK_comma },
-  { NS_VK_PERIOD,     GDK_period },
-  { NS_VK_SLASH,      GDK_slash },
-  { NS_VK_BACK_SLASH, GDK_backslash },
-  { NS_VK_BACK_QUOTE, GDK_grave },
-  { NS_VK_OPEN_BRACKET, GDK_bracketleft },
-  { NS_VK_CLOSE_BRACKET, GDK_bracketright },
-  { NS_VK_QUOTE, GDK_quotedbl },
-
-  // Some shifted keys, see bug 15463.
-  // These should be subject to different keyboard mappings;
-  // how do we do that in gtk?
-  { NS_VK_SEMICOLON, GDK_colon },
-  { NS_VK_BACK_QUOTE, GDK_asciitilde },
-  { NS_VK_COMMA, GDK_less },
-  { NS_VK_PERIOD, GDK_greater },
-  { NS_VK_SLASH,      GDK_question },
-  { NS_VK_1, GDK_exclam },
-  { NS_VK_2, GDK_at },
-  { NS_VK_3, GDK_numbersign },
-  { NS_VK_4, GDK_dollar },
-  { NS_VK_5, GDK_percent },
-  { NS_VK_6, GDK_asciicircum },
-  { NS_VK_7, GDK_ampersand },
-  { NS_VK_8, GDK_asterisk },
-  { NS_VK_9, GDK_parenleft },
-  { NS_VK_0, GDK_parenright },
-  { NS_VK_SUBTRACT, GDK_underscore },
-  { NS_VK_EQUALS, GDK_plus }
-};
-
-void nsGtkWidget_InitNSKeyEvent(int aEventType, nsKeyEvent& aKeyEvent,
-                                GtkWidget *w, gpointer p, GdkEventKey * event);
-
-//==============================================================
-
-// Input keysym is in gtk format; output is in NS_VK format
-int nsPlatformToDOMKeyCode(GdkEventKey *aGEK)
-{
-  int i;
-  int length = sizeof(nsKeycodes) / sizeof(struct nsKeyConverter);
-
-  int keysym = aGEK->keyval;
-
-  // First, try to handle alphanumeric input, not listed in nsKeycodes:
-  // most likely, more letters will be getting typed in than things in
-  // the key list, so we will look through these first.
-
-  // since X has different key symbols for upper and lowercase letters and
-  // mozilla does not, convert gdk's to mozilla's
-  if (keysym >= GDK_a && keysym <= GDK_z)
-    return keysym - GDK_a + NS_VK_A;
-  if (keysym >= GDK_A && keysym <= GDK_Z)
-    return keysym - GDK_A + NS_VK_A;
-
-  // numbers
-  if (keysym >= GDK_0 && keysym <= GDK_9)
-    return keysym - GDK_0 + NS_VK_0;
-
-  // keypad numbers
-  if (keysym >= GDK_KP_0 && keysym <= GDK_KP_9)
-    return keysym - GDK_KP_0 + NS_VK_NUMPAD0;
-
-  // misc other things
-  for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
-    if (nsKeycodes[i].keysym == keysym)
-      return(nsKeycodes[i].vkCode);
-  }
-
-  // function keys
-  if (keysym >= GDK_F1 && keysym <= GDK_F24)
-    return keysym - GDK_F1 + NS_VK_F1;
-
-#if defined(DEBUG_akkana) || defined(DEBUG_ftang)
-  printf("No match in nsPlatformToDOMKeyCode: keysym is 0x%x, string is %s\n", keysym, aGEK->string);
-#endif
-
-  return((int)0);
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-
-PRUint32 nsConvertCharCodeToUnicode(GdkEventKey* aGEK)
-{
-  // For control chars, GDK sets string to be the actual ascii value.
-  // Map that to what nsKeyEvent wants, which currently --
-  // TEMPORARILY (the spec has changed and will be switched over
-  // when the tree opens for M11) --
-  // is the ascii for the actual event (e.g. 1 for control-a).
-  // This is only true for control chars; for alt chars, send the
-  // ascii for the key, i.e. a for alt-a.
-  if (aGEK->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
-  {
-    if (aGEK->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)
-      return aGEK->string[0] + 'A' - 1;
-    else
-      return aGEK->string[0] + 'a' - 1;
-  }
-
-  // For now (obviously this will need to change for IME),
-  // only set a char code if the result is printable:
-  if (!isprint(aGEK->string[0]))
-    return 0;
-
-  // ALT keys in gdk give the upper case character in string,
-  // but we want the lower case char in char code
-  // unless shift was also pressed.
-  if (((aGEK->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK))
-      && !(aGEK->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)
-      && isupper(aGEK->string[0]))
-    return tolower(aGEK->string[0]);
-
-  //
-  // placeholder for something a little more interesting and correct
-  //
-  return aGEK->string[0];
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void InitKeyEvent(GdkEventKey *aGEK,
-                            gpointer   p,
-                            nsKeyEvent &anEvent,
-                            PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-  anEvent.message = aEventType;
-  anEvent.widget  = (nsWidget *) p;
-
-  anEvent.eventStructType = NS_KEY_EVENT;
-
-  if (aGEK != nsnull) {
-    anEvent.keyCode = nsPlatformToDOMKeyCode(aGEK);
-    anEvent.charCode = 0;
-    anEvent.time = aGEK->time;
-    anEvent.isShift = (aGEK->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    anEvent.isControl = (aGEK->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    anEvent.isAlt = (aGEK->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    // XXX
-    anEvent.isMeta = PR_FALSE; //(aGEK->state & GDK_MOD2_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    anEvent.point.x = 0;
-    anEvent.point.y = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-void InitKeyPressEvent(GdkEventKey *aGEK,
-                       gpointer p,
-                       nsKeyEvent &anEvent)
-{
-  //
-  // init the basic event fields
-  //
-  anEvent.eventStructType = NS_KEY_EVENT;
-  anEvent.message = NS_KEY_PRESS;
-  anEvent.widget = (nsWidget*)p;
-
-  if (aGEK!=nsnull)
-  {
-    anEvent.isShift = (aGEK->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    anEvent.isControl = (aGEK->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    anEvent.isAlt = (aGEK->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-    // XXX
-    anEvent.isMeta = PR_FALSE; //(aGEK->state & GDK_MOD2_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-
-    if(aGEK->length)
-       anEvent.charCode = nsConvertCharCodeToUnicode(aGEK);
-    else 
-       anEvent.charCode = 0;
-
-    if (anEvent.charCode) {
-      anEvent.keyCode = 0;
-      anEvent.isShift = PR_FALSE;
-    } else
-      anEvent.keyCode = nsPlatformToDOMKeyCode(aGEK);
-
-#if defined(DEBUG_akkana) || defined(DEBUG_pavlov) || defined (DEBUG_ftang)
-    printf("Key Press event: keyCode = 0x%x, char code = '%c'",
-           anEvent.keyCode, anEvent.charCode);
-    if (anEvent.isShift)
-      printf(" [shift]");
-    if (anEvent.isControl)
-      printf(" [ctrl]");
-    if (anEvent.isAlt)
-      printf(" [alt]");
-    if (anEvent.isMeta)
-      printf(" [meta]");
-    printf("\n");
-#endif
-
-    anEvent.time = aGEK->time;
-    anEvent.point.x = 0;
-    anEvent.point.y = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-//=============================================================
-void UninitKeyEvent(GdkEventKey *aGEK,
-                              gpointer   p,
-                              nsKeyEvent &anEvent,
-                              PRUint32   aEventType)
-{
-}
-
-/*==============================================================
-  ==============================================================
-  =============================================================
-  ==============================================================*/
-
-void handle_size_allocate(GtkWidget *w, GtkAllocation *alloc, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsWindow *widget = (nsWindow *)p;
-  nsSizeEvent event;
-
-  InitAllocationEvent(alloc, p, event, NS_SIZE);
-  NS_ADDREF(widget);
-  widget->OnResize(event);
-  NS_RELEASE(widget);
-
-  delete event.windowSize;
-}
-
-gint handle_expose_event(GtkWidget *w, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer p)
-{
-  if (event->type == GDK_NO_EXPOSE)
-    return PR_FALSE;
-
-  nsPaintEvent pevent;
-  InitExposeEvent(event, p, pevent, NS_PAINT);
-
-  nsWindow *win = (nsWindow *)p;
-  win->AddRef();
-  win->OnExpose(pevent);
-  win->Release();
-
-  UninitExposeEvent(event, p, pevent, NS_PAINT);
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void menu_item_activate_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p)
-{
-  // g_print("menu_item_activate_handler\n");
-
-  nsIMenuListener *menuListener = nsnull;
-  nsIMenuItem *menuItem = (nsIMenuItem *)p;
-  if (menuItem != nsnull) {
-    nsMenuEvent mevent;
-    mevent.message = NS_MENU_SELECTED;
-    mevent.eventStructType = NS_MENU_EVENT;
-    mevent.point.x = 0;
-    mevent.point.y = 0;
-    // mevent.widget = menuItem;
-    mevent.widget = nsnull;
-    menuItem->GetCommand(mevent.mCommand);
-
-    mevent.mMenuItem = menuItem;
-    mevent.time = PR_IntervalNow();
-
-    // FIXME - THIS SHOULD WORK.  FIX EVENTS FOR XP CODE!!!!! (pav)
-    //    nsEventStatus status;
-    //    mevent.widget->DispatchEvent((nsGUIEvent *)&mevent, status);
-
-    menuItem->QueryInterface(nsIMenuListener::GetIID(), (void**)&menuListener);
-    if(menuListener) {
-      menuListener->MenuItemSelected(mevent);
-      NS_IF_RELEASE(menuListener);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void menu_map_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p)
-{ 
-  nsIMenuListener *menuListener = nsnull;
-  nsIMenu *menu = (nsIMenu *)p;
-  if (menu != nsnull) {
-    nsMenuEvent mevent;
-    mevent.message = NS_MENU_SELECTED;
-    mevent.eventStructType = NS_MENU_EVENT;
-    mevent.point.x = 0;
-    mevent.point.y = 0;
-    mevent.widget = nsnull;
-
-    mevent.time = PR_IntervalNow();
-
-    menu->QueryInterface(nsIMenuListener::GetIID(), (void**)&menuListener);
-
-    if(menuListener) {
-      menuListener->MenuConstruct(
-        mevent,
-      	nsnull,   //parent window
-        nsnull,   //menuNode
-        nsnull ); // webshell
-      NS_IF_RELEASE(menuListener);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void menu_unmap_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsIMenuListener *menuListener = nsnull;
-  nsIMenu *menu = (nsIMenu *)p;
-  if (menu != nsnull) {
-    nsMenuEvent mevent;
-    mevent.message = NS_MENU_SELECTED;
-    mevent.eventStructType = NS_MENU_EVENT;
-    mevent.point.x = 0;
-    mevent.point.y = 0;
-    mevent.widget = nsnull;
-
-    mevent.time = PR_IntervalNow();
-
-    menu->QueryInterface(nsIMenuListener::GetIID(), (void**)&menuListener);
-    if(menuListener) {
-      menuListener->MenuDestruct(mevent);
-      NS_IF_RELEASE(menuListener);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-//==============================================================
-void handle_scrollbar_value_changed(GtkAdjustment *adj, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsScrollbar *widget = (nsScrollbar*) p;
-  nsScrollbarEvent sevent;
-
-  sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_POS;
-  sevent.widget  = (nsWidget *) p;
-  sevent.eventStructType = NS_SCROLLBAR_EVENT;
-
-  GdkWindow *win = (GdkWindow *)widget->GetNativeData(NS_NATIVE_WINDOW);
-  gdk_window_get_pointer(win, &sevent.point.x, &sevent.point.y, nsnull);
-
-  widget->AddRef();
-  widget->OnScroll(sevent, adj->value);
-  widget->Release();
-
-/* FIXME we need to set point.* from the event stuff. */
-#if 0
-  nsWindow * widgetWindow = (nsWindow *) p ;
-  XmScrollBarCallbackStruct * cbs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct*) call_data;
-  sevent.widget  = (nsWindow *) p;
-  if (cbs->event != nsnull) {
-    sevent.point.x = cbs->event->xbutton.x;
-    sevent.point.y = cbs->event->xbutton.y;
-  } else {
-    sevent.point.x = 0;
-    sevent.point.y = 0;
-  }
-  sevent.time    = 0; //XXX Implement this
-
-  switch (cbs->reason) {
-
-    case XmCR_INCREMENT:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_LINE_NEXT;
-      break;
-
-    case XmCR_DECREMENT:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_LINE_PREV;
-      break;
-
-    case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_PAGE_NEXT;
-      break;
-
-    case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_PAGE_PREV;
-      break;
-
-    case XmCR_DRAG:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_POS;
-      break;
-
-    case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED:
-      sevent.message = NS_SCROLLBAR_POS;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-static gint composition_start(GdkEventKey *aEvent, nsWindow *aWin,
-                              nsEventStatus *aStatus) {
-  nsCompositionEvent compEvent;
-
-  compEvent.widget = (nsWidget*)aWin;
-  compEvent.point.x = 0;
-  compEvent.point.y = 0;
-  compEvent.time = aEvent->time;
-  compEvent.message = NS_COMPOSITION_START;
-  compEvent.eventStructType = NS_COMPOSITION_START;
-  compEvent.compositionMessage = NS_COMPOSITION_START;
-  aWin->DispatchEvent(&compEvent, *aStatus);
-
-  // set SpotLocation
-  aWin->SetXICSpotLocation(compEvent.theReply.mCursorPosition);
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-static gint composition_draw(GdkEventKey *aEvent, nsWindow *aWin,
-                             nsIUnicodeDecoder *aDecoder,
-                             nsEventStatus *aStatus) {
-  if (!aWin->mIMECompositionUniString) {
-    aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize = 128;
-    aWin->mIMECompositionUniString =
-      new PRUnichar[aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize];
-  }
-  PRUnichar *uniChar;
-  PRInt32 uniCharSize;
-  PRInt32 srcLen = aEvent->length;
-  for (;;) {
-    uniChar = aWin->mIMECompositionUniString;
-    uniCharSize = aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize - 1;
-    aDecoder->Convert((char*)aEvent->string, &srcLen, uniChar, &uniCharSize);
-    if (srcLen == aEvent->length &&
-        uniCharSize < aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize - 1) {
-      break;
-    }
-    aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize += 32;
-    aWin->mIMECompositionUniString =
-      new PRUnichar[aWin->mIMECompositionUniStringSize];
-  }
-  aWin->mIMECompositionUniString[uniCharSize] = 0;
-
-  nsTextEvent textEvent;
-  textEvent.message = NS_TEXT_EVENT;
-  textEvent.widget = (nsWidget*)aWin;
-  textEvent.time = aEvent->time;
-  textEvent.point.x = 0;
-  textEvent.point.y = 0;
-  textEvent.theText = aWin->mIMECompositionUniString;
-  textEvent.rangeCount = 0;
-  textEvent.rangeArray = nsnull;
-  textEvent.isShift = (aEvent->state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-  textEvent.isControl = (aEvent->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-  textEvent.isAlt = (aEvent->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-  // XXX
-  textEvent.isMeta = PR_FALSE; //(aEvent->state & GDK_MOD2_MASK) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
-  textEvent.eventStructType = NS_TEXT_EVENT;
-  aWin->DispatchEvent(&textEvent, *aStatus);
-
-  aWin->SetXICSpotLocation(textEvent.theReply.mCursorPosition);
-  return True;
-}
-
-static gint composition_end(GdkEventKey *aEvent, nsWindow *aWin,
-                            nsEventStatus *aStatus) {
-  nsCompositionEvent compEvent;
-
-  compEvent.widget = (nsWidget*)aWin;
-  compEvent.point.x = 0;
-  compEvent.point.y = 0;
-  compEvent.time = aEvent->time;
-  compEvent.message = NS_COMPOSITION_END;
-  compEvent.eventStructType = NS_COMPOSITION_END;
-  compEvent.compositionMessage = NS_COMPOSITION_END;
-  aWin->DispatchEvent(&compEvent, *aStatus);
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-static nsIUnicodeDecoder*
-open_unicode_decoder(void) {
-  nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  nsIUnicodeDecoder *decoder = nsnull;
-  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPlatformCharset, platform, NS_PLATFORMCHARSET_PROGID,
-                  &result);
-  if (platform && NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-    nsAutoString charset("");
-    result = platform->GetCharset(kPlatformCharsetSel_Menu, charset);
-    if (NS_FAILED(result) || (charset.Length() == 0)) {
-      charset = "ISO-8859-1";   // default
-    }
-    nsICharsetConverterManager* manager = nsnull;
-    nsresult res = nsServiceManager::
-      GetService(kCharsetConverterManagerCID,
-                 nsCOMTypeInfo<nsICharsetConverterManager>::GetIID(),
-                 (nsISupports**)&manager);
-    if (manager && NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
-      manager->GetUnicodeDecoder(&charset, &decoder);
-      nsServiceManager::ReleaseService(kCharsetConverterManagerCID, manager);
-    }
-  }
-  return decoder;
-}
-
-// GTK's text widget already does XIM, so we don't want to do this again
-gint handle_key_press_event_for_text(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event,
-                                     gpointer p)
-{
-  nsKeyEvent kevent;
-  nsTextWidget* win = (nsTextWidget*)p;
-
-  // work around for annoying things.
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Tab)
-    if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
-      if (event->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
-        return PR_FALSE;
-
-  // Don't pass shift, control and alt as key press events
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Shift_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Shift_R
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_R)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  win->AddRef();
-  InitKeyEvent(event, p, kevent, NS_KEY_DOWN);
-  win->OnKey(kevent);
-
-  //
-  // Second, dispatch the Key event as a key press event w/ a Unicode
-  //  character code.  Note we have to check for modifier keys, since
-  // gtk returns a character value for them
-  //
-  InitKeyPressEvent(event,p, kevent);
-  win->OnKey(kevent);
-
-  win->Release();
-  if (w)
-  {
-    gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT(w), "key_press_event");
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-// GTK's text widget already does XIM, so we don't want to do this again
-gint handle_key_release_event_for_text(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event,
-                                       gpointer p)
-{
-  nsKeyEvent kevent;
-  nsTextWidget* win = (nsTextWidget*)p;
-
-  // Don't pass shift, control and alt as key release events
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Shift_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Shift_R
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_R)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  InitKeyEvent(event, p, kevent, NS_KEY_UP);
-  win->AddRef();
-  win->OnKey(kevent);
-  win->Release();
-  
-  if (w)
-  {
-    gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT(w), "key_release_event");
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//==============================================================
-gint handle_key_press_event(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsKeyEvent kevent;
-  nsWindow* win = (nsWindow*)p;
-
-  // work around for annoying things.
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Tab)
-    if (event->state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
-      if (event->state & GDK_MOD1_MASK)
-        return PR_FALSE;
-
-  // Don't pass shift, control and alt as key press events
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Shift_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Shift_R
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_R)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  win->AddRef();
-  //
-  // First, dispatch the Key event as a virtual key down event
-  //
-  InitKeyEvent(event, p, kevent, NS_KEY_DOWN);
-  win->OnKey(kevent);
- 
-
-
-  //
-  // Second, dispatch the Key event as a key press event w/ a Unicode
-  //  character code.  Note we have to check for modifier keys, since
-  // gtk returns a character value for them
-  //
-  if (event->length) {
-    static nsIUnicodeDecoder *decoder = nsnull;
-    if (!decoder) {
-      decoder = open_unicode_decoder();
-    }
-    if (decoder && (!kevent.keyCode)) {
-      nsEventStatus status;
-      composition_start(event, win, &status);
-      composition_draw(event, win, decoder, &status);
-      composition_end(event, win, &status);
-    } else {
-      InitKeyPressEvent(event,p, kevent);
-      win->OnKey(kevent);
-      nsEventStatus status;
-      composition_start(event, win, &status);
-      composition_end(event, win, &status);
-    }
-  } else { // for Home/End/Up/Down/Left/Right/PageUp/PageDown key
-    InitKeyPressEvent(event,p, kevent);
-    win->OnKey(kevent);
-  }
-
-  win->Release();
-  if (w)
-  {
-    gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT(w), "key_press_event");
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-gint handle_key_release_event(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p)
-{
-  // Don't pass shift, control and alt as key release events
-  if (event->keyval == GDK_Shift_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Shift_R
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_L
-      || event->keyval == GDK_Control_R)
-    return PR_TRUE;
-
-  nsKeyEvent kevent;
-  InitKeyEvent(event, p, kevent, NS_KEY_UP);
-
-  nsWindow * win = (nsWindow *) p;
-  win->AddRef();
-  win->OnKey(kevent);
-  win->Release();
-
-  if (w)
-  {
-    gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (GTK_OBJECT(w), "key_release_event");
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void 
-handle_gdk_event (GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
-{
-  GtkObject *object = nsnull;
-
-  if (event->any.window)
-    gdk_window_get_user_data (event->any.window, (void **)&object);
-
-  if (object != nsnull &&
-      GDK_IS_SUPERWIN (object))
-    {
-      // It was an event on one of our superwindows
-
-      nsWindow *window = (nsWindow *)gtk_object_get_data (object, "nsWindow");
-      
-      if (gtk_grab_get_current () != nsnull)
-        {
-          // A GTK+ grab is in effect. Rewrite the event to point to
-          // our toplevel, and pass it through.
-          // XXX: We should actually translate the coordinates
-
-          gdk_window_unref (event->any.window);
-          event->any.window = GTK_WIDGET (window->GetMozArea())->window;
-          gdk_window_ref (event->any.window);
-        }
-      else
-        {
-          // Handle it ourselves.
-
-          switch (event->type)
-            {
-            case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
-              handle_key_press_event (NULL, &event->key, window);
-              break;
-            case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
-              handle_key_release_event (NULL, &event->key, window);
-              break;
-            default:
-              window->HandleEvent (event);
-            }
-          return;
-        }
-    }
-
-  gtk_main_do_event (event);
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void
-handle_xlib_shell_event(GdkSuperWin *superwin, XEvent *event, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsWindow *window = (nsWindow *)p;
-  switch(event->xany.type) {
-  case ConfigureNotify:
-    window->HandleXlibConfigureNotifyEvent(event);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-void
-handle_xlib_bin_event(GdkSuperWin *superwin, XEvent *event, gpointer p)
-{
-  nsWindow *window = (nsWindow *)p;
-
-  switch(event->xany.type) {
-  case Expose:
-    window->HandleXlibExposeEvent(event);
-    break;
-  case ButtonPress:
-  case ButtonRelease:
-    window->HandleXlibButtonEvent((XButtonEvent *)event);
-    break;
-  case MotionNotify:
-    window->HandleXlibMotionNotifyEvent((XMotionEvent *) event);
-    break;
-  case EnterNotify:
-  case LeaveNotify:
-    window->HandleXlibCrossingEvent((XCrossingEvent *) event);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-gint nsGtkWidget_FSBCancel_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p)
-{
-#if 0
-  nsWindow *widgetWindow = (nsWindow*)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(w));
-  nsFileWidget * widgetWindow = (nsFileWidget *) p ;
-  if (p != nsnull) {
-    widgetWindow->OnCancel();
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//==============================================================
-gint nsGtkWidget_FSBOk_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p)
-{
-#if 0
-  nsWindow *widgetWindow = (nsWindow*)gtk_object_get_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(w));
-  nsFileWidget * widgetWindow = (nsFileWidget *) p;
-  if (p != nsnull) {
-    widgetWindow->OnOk();
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsGtkEventHandler.h

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsGtkEventHandler_h
-#define __nsGtkEventHandler_h
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <gdk/gdkx.h>
-#include "gdksuperwin.h"
-
-class nsIWidget;
-class nsIMenuItem;
-class nsIMenu;
-
-gint handle_configure_event(GtkWidget *w, GdkEventConfigure *conf, gpointer p);
-void handle_size_allocate(GtkWidget *w, GtkAllocation *alloc, gpointer p);
-gint handle_expose_event(GtkWidget *w, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer p);
-
-
-gint handle_key_release_event_for_text(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p);
-gint handle_key_press_event_for_text(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p);
-
-gint handle_key_release_event(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p);
-gint handle_key_press_event(GtkObject *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p);
-
-void handle_scrollbar_value_changed(GtkAdjustment *adjustment, gpointer p);
-
-void menu_item_activate_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-void menu_map_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-void menu_unmap_handler(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-//----------------------------------------------------
-
-gint nsGtkWidget_FSBCancel_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-gint nsGtkWidget_FSBOk_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-//----------------------------------------------------
-gint CheckButton_Toggle_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-gint nsGtkWidget_RadioButton_ArmCallback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-gint nsGtkWidget_RadioButton_DisArmCallback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-gint nsGtkWidget_Text_Callback(GtkWidget *w, GdkEventKey* event, gpointer p);
-gint nsGtkWidget_Expose_Callback(GtkWidget *w, gpointer p);
-
-gint nsGtkWidget_Refresh_Callback(gpointer call_data);
-
-void handle_xlib_shell_event(GdkSuperWin *superwin, XEvent *event, gpointer p);
-void handle_xlib_bin_event(GdkSuperWin *superwin, XEvent *event, gpointer p);
-void handle_gdk_event (GdkEvent *event, gpointer data);
-
-#endif  // __nsGtkEventHandler.h

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsGtkUtils.cpp

@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "nsGtkUtils.h"
-
-#include <gdk/gdkx.h>
-#include <gdk/gdkprivate.h>
-
-#if defined(__osf__) && !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-/*
-** DEC's compiler requires _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED to be defined in
-** order for it to see the prototype for usleep in unistd.h, but if
-** we define that the build breaks long before getting here.  So
-** put the prototype here explicitly.
-*/
-int usleep(useconds_t);
-#endif
-#if defined(__QNX__)
-#define usleep(s)	sleep(s)
-#endif
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#if 0
-/* staitc */ gint
-nsGtkUtils::gdk_query_pointer(GdkWindow * window,
-							  gint *      x_out,
-							  gint *      y_out)
-{
-  g_return_val_if_fail(NULL != window, FALSE);
-  g_return_val_if_fail(NULL != x_out, FALSE);
-  g_return_val_if_fail(NULL != y_out, FALSE);
-
-  Window root;
-  Window child;
-  int rootx, rooty;
-  int winx = 0;
-  int winy = 0;
-  unsigned int xmask = 0;
-  gint result = FALSE;
-  
-  *x_out = -1;
-  *y_out = -1;
-  
-  result = XQueryPointer(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(window),
-                         GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(window),
-                         &root, 
-                         &child,
-                         &rootx,
-                         &rooty,
-                         &winx,
-                         &winy,
-                         &xmask);
-  
-  if (result)
-  {
-    *x_out = rootx;
-    *y_out = rooty;
-  }
-
-  return result;
-}
-#endif
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/* static */ void 
-nsGtkUtils::gtk_widget_set_color(GtkWidget *  widget,
-								 GtkRcFlags   flags,
-								 GtkStateType state,
-								 GdkColor *   color)
-{
-  GtkRcStyle * rc_style;
-
-  g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
-  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
-  g_return_if_fail (color != NULL);
-  g_return_if_fail (flags == 0);
-
-  rc_style = (GtkRcStyle *) gtk_object_get_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), 
-												 "modify-style");
-
-  if (!rc_style)
-  {
-	rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
-
-	gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
-
-	gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "modify-style", rc_style);
-  }
-
-  if (flags & GTK_RC_FG)
-  {
-    rc_style->color_flags[state] = GtkRcFlags(rc_style->color_flags[state] | GTK_RC_FG);
-    rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
-  }
-
-  if (flags & GTK_RC_BG)
-  {
-    rc_style->color_flags[state] = GtkRcFlags(rc_style->color_flags[state] | GTK_RC_BG);
-    rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
-  }
-
-  if (flags & GTK_RC_TEXT)
-  {
-    rc_style->color_flags[state] = GtkRcFlags(rc_style->color_flags[state] | GTK_RC_TEXT);
-    rc_style->text[state] = *color;
-  }
-
-  if (flags & GTK_RC_BASE)
-  {
-    rc_style->color_flags[state] = GtkRcFlags(rc_style->color_flags[state] | GTK_RC_BASE);
-    rc_style->base[state] = *color;
-  }
-}
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/* static */ GdkModifierType
-nsGtkUtils::gdk_keyboard_get_modifiers()
-{
-  GdkModifierType m = (GdkModifierType) 0;
-
-  gdk_window_get_pointer(NULL,NULL,NULL,&m);
-
-  return m;
-}
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-/* static */ void
-nsGtkUtils::gdk_window_flash(GdkWindow *    aGdkWindow,
-                             unsigned int   aTimes,
-                             unsigned long  aInterval,
-                             GdkRectangle * aArea)
-{
-  gint         x;
-  gint         y;
-  gint         width;
-  gint         height;
-  guint        i;
-  GdkGC *      gc = 0;
-  GdkColor     white;
-
-  gdk_window_get_geometry(aGdkWindow,
-                          NULL,
-                          NULL,
-                          &width,
-                          &height,
-                          NULL);
-
-  gdk_window_get_origin (aGdkWindow,
-                         &x,
-                         &y);
-
-  gc = gdk_gc_new(GDK_ROOT_PARENT());
-
-  white.pixel = WhitePixel(gdk_display,DefaultScreen(gdk_display));
-
-  gdk_gc_set_foreground(gc,&white);
-  gdk_gc_set_function(gc,GDK_XOR);
-  gdk_gc_set_subwindow(gc,GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS);
-  
-  /* 
-   * If an area is given, use that.  Notice how out of whack coordinates
-   * and dimentsions are not checked!!!
-   */
-  if (aArea)
-  {
-    x += aArea->x;
-    y += aArea->y;
-    
-    width = aArea->width;
-    height = aArea->height;
-  }
-
-  /*
-   * Need to do this twice so that the XOR effect can replace 
-   * the original window contents.
-   */
-  for (i = 0; i < aTimes * 2; i++)
-  {
-    gdk_draw_rectangle(GDK_ROOT_PARENT(),
-                       gc,
-                       TRUE,
-                       x,
-                       y,
-                       width,
-                       height);
-
-    gdk_flush();
-    
-    usleep(aInterval);
-  }
-
-  gdk_gc_destroy(gc);
-}
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsGtkUtils.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsGtkUtils_h
-#define __nsGtkUtils_h
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-struct nsGtkUtils
-{
-  //
-  // Wrapper for XQueryPointer
-  //
-#if 0
-  static gint gdk_query_pointer(GdkWindow * window,
-                                gint *      x_out,
-                                gint *      y_out);
-#endif
-
-  //
-  // Change a widget's background
-  //
-  // flags isa bit mask of the following bits:
-  //
-  //   GTK_RC_FG
-  //   GTK_RC_BG
-  //   GTK_RC_TEXT
-  //   GTK_RC_BASE
-  //
-  // state is an enum:
-  //
-  //   GTK_STATE_NORMAL,
-  //   GTK_STATE_ACTIVE,
-  //   GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT,
-  //   GTK_STATE_SELECTED,
-  //   GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE
-  //
-  static void gtk_widget_set_color(GtkWidget *  widget,
-                                   GtkRcFlags   flags,
-                                   GtkStateType state,
-                                   GdkColor *   color);
-
-  /**
-   * Return the current keyboard modifier state.
-   *
-   * @return the current keyboard modifier state.
-   *
-   */
-  static GdkModifierType gdk_keyboard_get_modifiers();
-
-  /**
-   * Flash an area within a GDK window (or the whole window)
-   *
-   * @param aGdkWindow   The GDK window to flash.
-   * @param aTimes       Number of times to flash the area.
-   * @param aInterval    Interval between flashes in milliseconds.
-   * @param aArea        The area to flash.  The whole window if NULL.
-   *
-   */
-  static void gdk_window_flash(GdkWindow *     aGdkWindow,
-                               unsigned int    aTimes,
-                               unsigned long   aInterval,
-                               GdkRectangle *  aArea);
-};
-
-#endif  // __nsGtkEventHandler.h

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsLabel.cpp

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsLabel.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsLabel, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsLabel, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsLabel, nsILabel, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsLabel constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsLabel::nsLabel() : nsWidget(), nsILabel()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mAlignment = eAlign_Left;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsLabel destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsLabel::~nsLabel()
-{
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the nativeLabel widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsLabel::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  unsigned char alignment = GetNativeAlignment();
-
-  mWidget = gtk_label_new("");
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsLabel");
-  gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(mWidget), 0.0, alignment);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLabel::PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData)
-{
-  if (nsnull != aInitData) {
-    nsLabelInitData* data = (nsLabelInitData *) aInitData;
-    mAlignment = data->mAlignment;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set alignment
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLabel::SetAlignment(nsLabelAlignment aAlignment)
-{
-  GtkJustification align;
-
-  mAlignment = aAlignment;
-
-  align = GetNativeAlignment();
-  gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(mWidget), 0.0, align);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-GtkJustification nsLabel::GetNativeAlignment()
-{
-  switch (mAlignment) {
-    case eAlign_Right : return GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT;
-    case eAlign_Left  : return GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-    case eAlign_Center: return GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER;
-    default :
-      return GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-  }
-  return GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsLabel::SetLabel(const nsString& aText)
-{
-  NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(label, aText, 256);
-  gtk_label_set(GTK_LABEL(mWidget), label);
-  NS_FREE_STR_BUF(label);
-  return NS_OK;
-
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsLabel::GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer)
-{
-  char * text;
-  gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(mWidget), &text);
-  aBuffer.SetLength(0);
-  aBuffer.Append(text);
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsLabel.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsLabel_h__
-#define nsLabel_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsILabel.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Label wrapper
- */
-class nsLabel :  public nsWidget,
-                 public nsILabel
-{
-
-public:
-
-  nsLabel();
-  virtual ~nsLabel();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsILabel part
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLabel(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetLabel(nsString &aBuffer);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetAlignment(nsLabelAlignment aAlignment);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData);
-
-  virtual PRBool OnMove(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY) { return PR_FALSE; }
-  virtual PRBool OnResize(nsRect &aRect) { return PR_FALSE; }
-
-
-protected:
-  NS_METHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  GtkJustification GetNativeAlignment();
-
-  nsLabelAlignment mAlignment;
-
-};
-
-#endif // nsLabel_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsListBox.cpp

@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsListBox.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsListBox, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsListBox, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE3(nsListBox, nsIListBox, nsIListWidget, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsListBox constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsListBox::nsListBox() : nsWidget(), nsIListWidget(), nsIListBox()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mMultiSelect = PR_FALSE;
-  mCList = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsListBox:: destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsListBox::~nsListBox()
-{
-}
-
-void nsListBox::InitCallbacks(char * aName)
-{
-  InstallButtonPressSignal(mCList);
-  InstallButtonReleaseSignal(mCList);
-
-  InstallEnterNotifySignal(mCList);
-  InstallLeaveNotifySignal(mCList);
-
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mCList,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  initializer
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::SetMultipleSelection(PRBool aMultipleSelections)
-{
-  mMultiSelect = aMultipleSelections;
-  if (mCList) {
-    if (mMultiSelect)
-      gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(GTK_CLIST(mCList), GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE);
-    else
-      gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(GTK_CLIST(mCList), GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  AddItemAt
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::AddItemAt(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    gchar *text[2];
-    const nsAutoCString tempStr(aItem);
-    text[0] = (gchar*)(const char *)tempStr;
-    text[1] = (gchar*)NULL;
-    gtk_clist_insert(GTK_CLIST(mCList), (int)aPosition, text);
-
-    // XXX Im not sure using the string address is the right thing to 
-    // store in the row data.
-    gtk_clist_set_row_data(GTK_CLIST(mCList), aPosition, (gpointer)&aItem);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Finds an item at a postion
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32  nsListBox::FindItem(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aStartPos)
-{
-  int i = -1;
-  if (mCList) {
-    i = gtk_clist_find_row_from_data(GTK_CLIST(mCList), (gpointer)&aItem);
-    if (i < aStartPos) {
-      i = -1;
-    }
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  CountItems - Get Item Count
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32  nsListBox::GetItemCount()
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    return GTK_CLIST(mCList)->rows;
-  }
-  else {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Removes an Item at a specified location
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool  nsListBox::RemoveItemAt(PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    gtk_clist_remove(GTK_CLIST(mCList), aPosition);
-  }
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool nsListBox::GetItemAt(nsString& anItem, PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  PRBool result = PR_FALSE;
-  anItem.Truncate();
-  if (mCList) {
-    char *text = nsnull;
-    gtk_clist_get_text(GTK_CLIST(mCList),aPosition,0,&text);
-    if (text) {
-      anItem.Append(text);
-      result = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  return result;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Gets the selected of selected item
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::GetSelectedItem(nsString& aItem)
-{
-  aItem.Truncate();
-  if (mCList) {
-    PRInt32 i=0, idx=-1;
-    GtkCList *clist = GTK_CLIST(mCList);
-    GList *list = clist->row_list;
-
-    for (i=0; i < clist->rows && idx == -1; i++, list = list->next) {
-      if (GTK_CLIST_ROW (list)->state == GTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
-        char *text = nsnull;
-        gtk_clist_get_text(GTK_CLIST(mCList),i,0,&text);
-        if (text) {
-          aItem.Append(text);
-        }
-        return NS_OK;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Gets the list of selected otems
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32 nsListBox::GetSelectedIndex()
-{
-  PRInt32 i=0, idx=-1;
-  if (mCList) {
-    if (!mMultiSelect) {
-      GtkCList *clist = GTK_CLIST(mCList);
-      GList *list = clist->row_list;
-
-      for (i=0; i < clist->rows && idx == -1; i++, list = list->next) {
-        if (GTK_CLIST_ROW (list)->state == GTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
-          idx = i;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "Multi selection list box does not support GetSelectedIndex()");
-    }
-  }
-  return idx;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  SelectItem
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::SelectItem(PRInt32 aPosition)
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    gtk_clist_select_row(GTK_CLIST(mCList), aPosition, 0);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  GetSelectedCount
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRInt32 nsListBox::GetSelectedCount()
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    if (!GTK_CLIST(mCList)->selection)
-      return 0;
-    else
-      return (PRInt32)g_list_length(GTK_CLIST(mCList)->selection);
-  }
-  else {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  GetSelectedIndices
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::GetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize)
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    PRInt32 i=0, num = 0;
-    GtkCList *clist = GTK_CLIST(mCList);
-    GList *list = clist->row_list;
-
-    for (i=0; i < clist->rows && num < aSize; i++, list = list->next) {
-      if (GTK_CLIST_ROW (list)->state == GTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
-        aIndices[num] = i;
-        num++;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    PRInt32 i = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < aSize; i++) aIndices[i] = 0;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  SetSelectedIndices
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::SetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize)
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    gtk_clist_unselect_all(GTK_CLIST(mCList));
-    int i;
-    for (i=0;i<aSize;i++) {
-      SelectItem(aIndices[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//  Deselect
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::Deselect()
-{
-  if (mCList) {
-    gtk_clist_unselect_all(GTK_CLIST(mCList));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set initial parameters
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData)
-{
-  if (nsnull != aInitData) {
-    nsListBoxInitData* data = (nsListBoxInitData *) aInitData;
-    mMultiSelect = data->mMultiSelect;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListBox::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  // to handle scrolling
-  mWidget = gtk_scrolled_window_new (nsnull, nsnull);
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsListBox");
-  gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), 0);
-  gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (mWidget),
-                                  GTK_POLICY_NEVER,
-                                  GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC);
-
-  mCList = ::gtk_clist_new(1);
-  gtk_clist_column_titles_hide(GTK_CLIST(mCList));
-  // Default (it may be changed)
-  gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(GTK_CLIST(mCList), GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE);
-  SetMultipleSelection(mMultiSelect);
-  gtk_widget_show(mCList);
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mCList),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget), mCList);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void
-nsListBox::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mCList) {
-    mCList = nsnull;
-  }
-  else {
-    nsWidget::OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// set font for listbox
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/*virtual*/
-void nsListBox::SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont)
-{
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0))->style);
-  // gtk_style_copy ups the ref count of the font
-  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
-  
-  style->font = aFont;
-  gdk_font_ref(style->font);
-  
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0)), style);
-  
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsListBox.h

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsListBox_h__
-#define nsListBox_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsIListBox.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Listbox wrapper
- */
-class nsListBox :   public nsWidget,
-                    public nsIListWidget,
-                    public nsIListBox
-{
-
-public:
-  nsListBox();
-  virtual ~nsListBox();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsIListBox interface
-  NS_IMETHOD PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetMultipleSelection(PRBool aMultipleSelections);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddItemAt(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aPosition);
-  PRInt32    FindItem(nsString &aItem, PRInt32 aStartPos);
-  PRInt32    GetItemCount();
-  PRBool     RemoveItemAt(PRInt32 aPosition);
-  PRBool     GetItemAt(nsString& anItem, PRInt32 aPosition);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetSelectedItem(nsString& aItem);
-  PRInt32    GetSelectedIndex();
-  PRInt32    GetSelectedCount();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetSelectedIndices(PRInt32 aIndices[], PRInt32 aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD SelectItem(PRInt32 aPosition);
-  NS_IMETHOD Deselect() ;
-
-  virtual void SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont);
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  GtkWidget *mCList;
-  PRBool  mMultiSelect;
-};
-
-#endif // nsListBox_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsLookAndFeel.cpp

@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsLookAndFeel.h"
-#include <gtk/gtkinvisible.h>
-
-#define GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(c) \
-    ((nscolor) NS_RGB(c.red, c.green, c.blue))
-
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsLookAndFeel, nsILookAndFeel)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Query interface implementation
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsLookAndFeel::nsLookAndFeel()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mWidget = gtk_invisible_new();
-  gtk_widget_ensure_style(mWidget);
-  mStyle = gtk_widget_get_style(mWidget);
-}
-
-nsLookAndFeel::~nsLookAndFeel()
-{
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mWidget);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLookAndFeel::GetColor(const nsColorID aID, nscolor &aColor)
-{
-  nsresult res = NS_OK;
-  aColor = 0; // default color black
-
-  switch (aID) {
-  case eColor_WindowBackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_WindowForeground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_WidgetBackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_WidgetForeground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_WidgetSelectBackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_WidgetSelectForeground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_Widget3DHighlight:
-    aColor = NS_RGB(0xa0,0xa0,0xa0);
-    break;
-  case eColor_Widget3DShadow:
-    aColor = NS_RGB(0x40,0x40,0x40);
-    break;
-  case eColor_TextBackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_TextForeground: 
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_TextSelectBackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_TextSelectForeground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->text[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-
-    // css2  http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/ui.html#system-colors
-  case eColor_activeborder:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_activecaption:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_appworkspace:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_background:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_captiontext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_graytext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_highlight:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_highlighttext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_inactiveborder:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_inactivecaption:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_inactivecaptiontext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_infobackground:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_infotext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_menu:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_menutext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-  case eColor_scrollbar:
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_threedface:
-  case eColor_buttonface:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_buttonhighlight:  // ?
-  case eColor_threedhighlight:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_ACTIVE]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_buttontext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_buttonshadow:
-  case eColor_threeddarkshadow:
-  case eColor_threedshadow: // i think these should be the same
-    aColor = NS_DarkenColor(NS_DarkenColor(NS_DarkenColor(NS_DarkenColor(NS_DarkenColor(GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->light[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]))))));
-    //    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->dark[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);   // dark style gives me bright green?!
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_threedlightshadow:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->light[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_window:
-  case eColor_windowframe:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  case eColor_windowtext:
-    aColor = GDK_COLOR_TO_NS_RGB(mStyle->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]);
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    /* default color is BLACK */
-    aColor = 0;
-    res    = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  //  printf("%i, %i, %i\n", NS_GET_R(aColor), NS_GET_B(aColor), NS_GET_G(aColor));
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLookAndFeel::GetMetric(const nsMetricID aID, PRInt32 & aMetric)
-{
-  nsresult res = NS_OK;
-  switch (aID) {
-  case eMetric_WindowTitleHeight:
-    aMetric = 0;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_WindowBorderWidth:
-    //    aMetric = mStyle->klass->xthickness;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_WindowBorderHeight:
-    //    aMetric = mStyle->klass->ythickness;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_Widget3DBorder:
-    //    aMetric = 4;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextFieldHeight:
-    {
-      GtkRequisition req;
-      GtkWidget *text = gtk_entry_new();
-      // needed to avoid memory leak
-      gtk_widget_ref(text);
-      gtk_object_sink(GTK_OBJECT(text));
-      gtk_widget_size_request(text,&req);
-      aMetric = req.height;
-      gtk_widget_destroy(text);
-      gtk_widget_unref(text);
-    }
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextFieldBorder:
-    aMetric = 2;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextShouldUseVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextHorizontalInsideMinimumPadding:
-    aMetric = 15;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_TextShouldUseHorizontalInsideMinimumPadding:
-    aMetric = 1;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ButtonHorizontalInsidePaddingNavQuirks:
-    aMetric = 10;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ButtonHorizontalInsidePaddingOffsetNavQuirks:
-    aMetric = 8;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_CheckboxSize:
-    aMetric = 15;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_RadioboxSize:
-    aMetric = 15;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ListShouldUseHorizontalInsideMinimumPadding:
-    aMetric = 15;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ListHorizontalInsideMinimumPadding:
-    aMetric = 15;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ListShouldUseVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 1;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_ListVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 1;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_CaretBlinkTime:
-    aMetric = 500;
-    break;
-  case eMetric_CaretWidthTwips:
-    aMetric = 20;
-    break;
-  default:
-    aMetric = 0;
-    res     = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  return res;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLookAndFeel::GetMetric(const nsMetricFloatID aID, float & aMetric)
-{
-  nsresult res = NS_OK;
-  switch (aID) {
-  case eMetricFloat_TextFieldVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.25f;
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_TextFieldHorizontalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.95f; // large number on purpose so minimum padding is used
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_TextAreaVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.40f;    
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_TextAreaHorizontalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.40f; // large number on purpose so minimum padding is used
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_ListVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.10f;
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_ListHorizontalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.40f;
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_ButtonVerticalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.25f;
-    break;
-  case eMetricFloat_ButtonHorizontalInsidePadding:
-    aMetric = 0.25f;
-    break;
-  default:
-    aMetric = -1.0;
-    res = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-  return res;
-}
-
-#ifdef NS_DEBUG
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLookAndFeel::GetNavSize(const nsMetricNavWidgetID aWidgetID,
-                                        const nsMetricNavFontID   aFontID, 
-                                        const PRInt32             aFontSize, 
-                                        nsSize &aSize)
-{
-  aSize.width  = 0;
-  aSize.height = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-#endif

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsLookAndFeel.h

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsLookAndFeel
-#define __nsLookAndFeel
-#include "nsILookAndFeel.h"
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-class nsLookAndFeel: public nsILookAndFeel {
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-public:
-  nsLookAndFeel();
-  virtual ~nsLookAndFeel();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetColor(const nsColorID aID, nscolor &aColor);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetMetric(const nsMetricID aID, PRInt32 & aMetric);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetMetric(const nsMetricFloatID aID, float & aMetric);
-
-#ifdef NS_DEBUG
-  // This method returns the actual (or nearest estimate) 
-  // of the Navigator size for a given form control for a given font
-  // and font size. This is used in NavQuirks mode to see how closely
-  // we match its size
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNavSize(const nsMetricNavWidgetID aWidgetID,
-                        const nsMetricNavFontID   aFontID, 
-                        const PRInt32             aFontSize, 
-                        nsSize &aSize);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-  GtkStyle *mStyle;
-  GtkWidget *mWidget;
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenu.cpp

@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsMenu.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsIMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuCID,             NS_MENU_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuItemCID,         NS_MENUITEM_CID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-
-nsresult nsMenu::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  }
-
-  *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenu::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenu*) this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)(nsIMenu*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuListener::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenuListener*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMenu)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMenu)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenu constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenu::nsMenu() : nsIMenu()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mNumMenuItems  = 0;
-  mMenu          = nsnull;
-  mMenuParent    = nsnull;
-  mMenuBarParent = nsnull;
-  mListener      = nsnull;
-  mConstructCalled = PR_FALSE;
-  
-  mDOMNode       = nsnull;
-  mWebShell      = nsnull;
-  mDOMElement    = nsnull;
-  mAccessKey     = "_";
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenu destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenu::~nsMenu()
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenu::~nsMenu() called\n");
-  NS_IF_RELEASE(mListener);
-  // Free our menu items
-  RemoveAll();
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mMenu);
-  mMenu = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the proper widget
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::Create(nsISupports *aParent, const nsString &aLabel)
-{
-  if(aParent)
-  {
-    nsIMenuBar * menubar = nsnull;
-    aParent->QueryInterface(nsIMenuBar::GetIID(), (void**) &menubar);
-    if(menubar)
-    {
-      mMenuBarParent = menubar;
-      NS_RELEASE(menubar);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      nsIMenu * menu = nsnull;
-      aParent->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**) &menu);
-      if(menu)
-      {
-        mMenuParent = menu;
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  mLabel = aLabel;
-  mMenu = gtk_menu_new();
-
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mMenu), "map",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menu_map_handler),
-                      this);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mMenu), "unmap",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menu_unmap_handler),
-                      this);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetParent(nsISupports*& aParent)
-{
-  aParent = nsnull;
-  if (nsnull != mMenuParent) {
-    return mMenuParent->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,
-                                       (void**)&aParent);
-  } else if (nsnull != mMenuBarParent) {
-    return mMenuBarParent->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,
-                                          (void**)&aParent);
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetLabel(nsString &aText)
-{
-  aText = mLabel;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetLabel(const nsString &aText)
-{
-  /* we Do GetLabel() when we are adding the menu...
-   *  but we might want to redo this.
-   */
-  mLabel = aText;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetAccessKey(nsString &aText)
-{
-  aText = mAccessKey;
-  char *foo = mAccessKey.ToNewCString();
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_pavlov
-  g_print("GetAccessKey returns \"%s\"\n", foo);
-#endif
-
-  nsCRT::free(foo);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetAccessKey(const nsString &aText)
-{
-  mAccessKey = aText;
-  char *foo = mAccessKey.ToNewCString();
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_pavlov
-  g_print("SetAccessKey setting to \"%s\"\n", foo);
-#endif
-
-  nsCRT::free(foo);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Set enabled state
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetEnabled(PRBool aIsEnabled)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Get enabled state
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetEnabled(PRBool* aIsEnabled)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Query if this is the help menu
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::IsHelpMenu(PRBool* aIsHelpMenu)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::AddItem(nsISupports * aItem)
-{
-  if(aItem)
-  {
-    nsIMenuItem * menuitem = nsnull;
-    aItem->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                          (void**)&menuitem);
-    if(menuitem)
-    {
-      AddMenuItem(menuitem); // nsMenu now owns this
-      NS_RELEASE(menuitem);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      nsIMenu * menu = nsnull;
-      aItem->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                            (void**)&menu);
-      if(menu)
-      {
-        AddMenu(menu); // nsMenu now owns this
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// local method used by nsMenu::AddItem
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::AddMenuItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem)
-{
-  GtkWidget *widget;
-  void      *voidData;
-  
-  aMenuItem->GetNativeData(voidData);
-  widget = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), widget);
-
-  // XXX add aMenuItem to internal data structor list
-  // Need to be adding an nsISupports *, not nsIMenuItem *
-  nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-  aMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,
-                            (void**)&supports);
-  {
-    mMenuItemVoidArray.AppendElement(supports);
-    mNumMenuItems++;
-  }
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// local method used by nsMenu::AddItem
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu)
-{
-  nsString Label;
-  GtkWidget *newmenu=nsnull;
-  void *voidData=NULL;
-  
-  aMenu->GetLabel(Label);
-
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuItemCID,
-                                                   nsnull,
-                                                   nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(supports, Label, PR_FALSE); //PR_TRUE); 
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);               
-    
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-          
-    void * menuitem = nsnull;
-    pnsMenuItem->GetNativeData(menuitem);
-  
-    voidData = NULL;
-    aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-    newmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-    gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem), newmenu);
-  
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-  } 
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::AddSeparator() 
-{
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(
-    kMenuItemCID, nsnull, nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    nsString tmp = "menuseparator";
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(supports, tmp, PR_TRUE);  
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-    
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports); 
-          
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-  } 
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount)
-{
-  // this should be right.. does it need to be +1 ?
-  aCount = g_list_length(GTK_MENU_SHELL(mMenu)->children);
-  //g_print("nsMenu::GetItemCount = %i\n", aCount);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos,
-                            nsISupports *&aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos,
-                               nsISupports *aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aPos)
-{
-#if 0
-  // this may work here better than Removeall(), but i'm not sure how to test this one
-  nsISupports *item = mMenuItemVoidArray[aPos];
-  delete item;
-  mMenuItemVoidArray.RemoveElementAt(aPos);
-#endif
-  /*
-  gtk_menu_shell_remove (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), item);
-
-  nsCRT::free(labelStr);
-
-  voidData = NULL;
-
-  aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  newmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (item));
-  */
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::RemoveAll()
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenu::RemoveAll()\n");
-#if 0
-  // this doesn't work quite right, but this is about all that should really be needed
-  int i=0;
-  nsIMenu *menu = nsnull;
-  nsIMenuItem *menuitem = nsnull;
-  nsISupports *item = nsnull;
-
-  for (i=mMenuItemVoidArray.Count(); i>0; i--)
-  {
-    item = (nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1];
-
-    if(nsnull != item)
-    {
-      if (NS_OK == item->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), (void**)&menuitem)) {
-        // we do this twice because we have to do it once for QueryInterface,
-        // then we want to get rid of it.
-        // g_print("remove nsMenuItem\n");
-        NS_RELEASE(menuitem);
-        NS_RELEASE(item);
-        menuitem = nsnull;
-      } else if (NS_OK == item->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**)&menu)) {
-        // g_print("remove nsMenu\n");
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-        NS_RELEASE(item);
-        menu = nsnull;
-      }
-      // mMenuItemVoidArray.RemoveElementAt(i-1);
-    }
-  }
-  mMenuItemVoidArray.Clear();
-#else
-  for (int i = mMenuItemVoidArray.Count(); i > 0; i--) {
-    if(nsnull != mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1]) {
-      nsIMenuItem * menuitem = nsnull;
-      ((nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1])->QueryInterface(nsIMenuItem::GetIID(),
-                                                              (void**)&menuitem);
-      if(menuitem) {
-        void *gtkmenuitem = nsnull;
-        menuitem->GetNativeData(gtkmenuitem);
-        if (gtkmenuitem) {
-          //          gtk_widget_ref(GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-          //gtk_widget_destroy(GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-           gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (mMenu), GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenuitem));
-        }
- 
-      } else {
- 
-        nsIMenu * menu= nsnull;
-        ((nsISupports*)mMenuItemVoidArray[i-1])->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                                                                (void**)&menu);
-        if(menu)
-          {
-            void * gtkmenu = nsnull;
-            menu->GetNativeData(&gtkmenu);
- 
-            if(gtkmenu){
-              //g_print("gtkmenu removed");
- 
-              //gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (item));
-            }
-          }
- 
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-//g_print("end RemoveAll\n");
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::GetNativeData(void ** aData)
-{
-  *aData = (void *)mMenu;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetNativeData(void * aData)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-GtkWidget *nsMenu::GetNativeParent()
-{
-  void * voidData; 
-  if (nsnull != mMenuParent) {
-    mMenuParent->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  } else if (nsnull != mMenuBarParent) {
-    mMenuBarParent->GetNativeData(voidData);
-  } else {
-    return nsnull;
-  }
-  return GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
-  mListener = aMenuListener;
-  NS_ADDREF(mListener);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
-  if (aMenuListener == mListener) {
-    NS_IF_RELEASE(mListener);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// nsIMenuListener interface
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenu::MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuSelected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsMenu::MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuSelected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenu::MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if (nsnull != mListener) {
-    mListener->MenuDeselected(aMenuEvent);
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenu::MenuConstruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-                                    nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-                                    void              * menuNode,
-                                    void              * aWebShell)
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenu::MenuConstruct called \n");
-  if(menuNode){
-    SetDOMNode((nsIDOMNode*)menuNode);
-  }
-  
-  if(!aWebShell){
-    aWebShell = mWebShell;
-  }
-
-  // First open the menu.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(mDOMNode);
-  if (domElement)
-    domElement->SetAttribute("open", "true");
-
-   /// Now get the kids. Retrieve our menupopup child.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuPopupNode;
-  mDOMNode->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuPopupNode));
-  while (menuPopupNode) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuPopupElement(do_QueryInterface(menuPopupNode));
-    if (menuPopupElement) {
-      nsString menuPopupNodeType;
-      menuPopupElement->GetNodeName(menuPopupNodeType);
-      if (menuPopupNodeType.Equals("menupopup"))
-        break;
-    }
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldMenuPopupNode(menuPopupNode);
-    oldMenuPopupNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuPopupNode));
-  }
-
-  if (!menuPopupNode)
-    return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuitemNode;
-  menuPopupNode->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-
-    unsigned short menuIndex = 0;
-
-    while (menuitemNode) {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuitemElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-      if (menuitemElement) {
-        nsString menuitemNodeType;
-        nsString menuitemName;
-        menuitemElement->GetNodeName(menuitemNodeType);
-        if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuitem")) {
-          // LoadMenuItem
-          LoadMenuItem(this,
-                       menuitemElement,
-                       menuitemNode,
-                       menuIndex,
-                       (nsIWebShell*)aWebShell);
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuseparator")) {
-          AddSeparator();
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menu")) {
-          // Load a submenu
-          LoadSubMenu(this, menuitemElement, menuitemNode);
-        }
-      }
-      
-      ++menuIndex;
-      
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldmenuitemNode(menuitemNode);
-      oldmenuitemNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    } // end menu item innner loop
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenu::MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  // Close the node.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement = do_QueryInterface(mDOMNode);
-  if (domElement)
-    domElement->RemoveAttribute("open");
-
-  //g_print("nsMenu::MenuDestruct called \n");
-  mConstructCalled = PR_FALSE;
-  RemoveAll();
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Set DOMNode
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode * aMenuNode)
-{
-  mDOMNode = aMenuNode;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Set DOMElement
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement * aMenuElement)
-{
-  mDOMElement = aMenuElement;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-    
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
-* Set WebShell
-*
-*/
-NS_METHOD nsMenu::SetWebShell(nsIWebShell * aWebShell)
-{
-  mWebShell = aWebShell;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsMenu::LoadMenuItem(nsIMenu *       pParentMenu,
-                          nsIDOMElement * menuitemElement,
-                          nsIDOMNode *    menuitemNode,
-                          unsigned short  menuitemIndex,
-                          nsIWebShell *   aWebShell)
-{
-  static const char* NS_STRING_TRUE = "true";
-  nsString disabled;
-  nsString menuitemName;
-  nsString menuitemCmd;
-
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("disabled"), disabled);
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("value"), menuitemName);
-  menuitemElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("cmd"), menuitemCmd);
-      
-  // Create nsMenuItem
-  nsIMenuItem * pnsMenuItem = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuItemCID,
-                                                   nsnull, 
-                                                   nsIMenuItem::GetIID(), 
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenuItem);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    pnsMenuItem->Create(pParentMenu, menuitemName, PR_FALSE);
-                     
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    pnsMenuItem->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pParentMenu->AddItem(supports); // Parent should now own menu item
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-            
-    if(disabled == NS_STRING_TRUE ) {
-      pnsMenuItem->SetEnabled(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-  
-    // Create MenuDelegate - this is the intermediator inbetween 
-    // the DOM node and the nsIMenuItem
-    // The nsWebShellWindow wacthes for Document changes and then notifies the 
-    // the appropriate nsMenuDelegate object
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> domElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-    if (!domElement) {
-      //return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-		return;
-    }
-    
-    nsAutoString cmdAtom("oncommand");
-    nsString cmdName;
-
-    domElement->GetAttribute(cmdAtom, cmdName);
-
-    pnsMenuItem->SetCommand(cmdName);
-   // DO NOT use passed in webshell because of messed up windows dynamic loading
-   // code. 
-    pnsMenuItem->SetWebShell(mWebShell);
-    pnsMenuItem->SetDOMElement(domElement);
-
-    NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuItem);
-    
-  } 
-  return;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------
-void nsMenu::LoadSubMenu(nsIMenu *       pParentMenu,
-                         nsIDOMElement * menuElement,
-                         nsIDOMNode *    menuNode)
-{
-  nsString menuName;
-  menuElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("value"), menuName);
-  //printf("Creating Menu [%s] \n", menuName.ToNewCString()); // this leaks
-
-  // Create nsMenu
-  nsIMenu * pnsMenu = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuCID,
-                                                   nsnull,
-                                                   nsIMenu::GetIID(),
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenu);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    // Call Create
-    nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-    pParentMenu->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pnsMenu->Create(supports, menuName);
-    NS_RELEASE(supports); // Balance QI
-
-    // Set nsMenu Name
-    pnsMenu->SetLabel(menuName); 
-
-    supports = nsnull;
-    pnsMenu->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-    pParentMenu->AddItem(supports); // parent takes ownership
-    NS_RELEASE(supports);
-
-    pnsMenu->SetWebShell(mWebShell);
-    pnsMenu->SetDOMNode(menuNode);
-
-    /*
-    // Begin menuitem inner loop
-    unsigned short menuIndex = 0;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuitemNode;
-    menuNode->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    while (menuitemNode) {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuitemElement(do_QueryInterface(menuitemNode));
-      if (menuitemElement) {
-        nsString menuitemNodeType;
-        menuitemElement->GetNodeName(menuitemNodeType);
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_saari
-        printf("Type [%s] %d\n", menuitemNodeType.ToNewCString(), menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuseparator"));
-#endif
-
-        if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuitem")) {
-          // Load a menuitem
-          LoadMenuItem(pnsMenu, menuitemElement, menuitemNode, menuIndex, mWebShell);
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menuseparator")) {
-          pnsMenu->AddSeparator();
-        } else if (menuitemNodeType.Equals("menu")) {
-          // Add a submenu
-          LoadSubMenu(pnsMenu, menuitemElement, menuitemNode);
-        }
-      }
-	  ++menuIndex;
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldmenuitemNode(menuitemNode);
-      oldmenuitemNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuitemNode));
-    } // end menu item innner loop
-    */
-  }     
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenu.h

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsMenu_h__
-#define nsMenu_h__
-
-#include "nsIMenu.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-
-class nsIDOMElement;
-class nsIDOMNode;
-class nsIMenuBar;
-class nsIWebShell;
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Menu wrapper
- */
-
-class nsMenu : public nsIMenu, public nsIMenuListener
-{
-
-public:
-  nsMenu();
-  virtual ~nsMenu();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  
-  // nsIMenuListener methods
-  nsEventStatus MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent); 
-  nsEventStatus MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent); 
-  nsEventStatus MenuConstruct(
-    const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-    nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-    void              * menuNode,
-	void              * aWebShell);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent); 
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsISupports * aParent, const nsString &aLabel);
-
-  // nsIMenu Methods
-  NS_IMETHOD GetParent(nsISupports *&aParent);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetLabel(nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLabel(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccessKey(nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetAccessKey(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddItem(nsISupports * aItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenuItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddSeparator();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos, nsISupports *& aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aPos, nsISupports * aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aPos);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveAll();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeData(void** aData);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetNativeData(void* aData);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetEnabled(PRBool aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetEnabled(PRBool* aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD IsHelpMenu(PRBool* aIsHelp);
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode * aMenuNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement * aMenuElement);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetWebShell(nsIWebShell * aWebShell);
-  
-protected:
-  void LoadMenuItem(
-    nsIMenu       * pParentMenu,
-    nsIDOMElement * menuitemElement,
-    nsIDOMNode    * menuitemNode,
-    unsigned short  menuitemIndex,
-    nsIWebShell   * aWebShell);
-  
-  void LoadSubMenu(
-    nsIMenu       * pParentMenu,
-    nsIDOMElement * menuElement,
-    nsIDOMNode    * menuNode);
-    
-  GtkWidget  *GetNativeParent();
-
-  nsString   mLabel;
-  nsString   mAccessKey;
-  PRUint32   mNumMenuItems;
-  GtkWidget  *mMenu;
-  
-  nsVoidArray mMenuItemVoidArray;
-
-  nsIMenu    *mMenuParent;
-  nsIMenuBar *mMenuBarParent;
-  nsIMenuListener * mListener;
-  
-  PRBool mConstructCalled;
-  nsIDOMNode    * mDOMNode;
-  nsIWebShell   * mWebShell;
-  nsIDOMElement * mDOMElement;
-};
-
-#endif // nsMenu_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenuBar.cpp

@@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIMenu.h"
-#include "nsIWebShell.h"
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuBarCID, NS_MENUBAR_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMenuCID, NS_MENU_CID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-
-nsresult nsMenuBar::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  }
-
-  *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuBar::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIMenuBar*) this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsISupports*)(nsIMenuBar*) this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuListener::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIMenuListener*)this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMenuBar)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMenuBar)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenuBar constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenuBar::nsMenuBar() : nsIMenuBar(), nsIMenuListener()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mNumMenus = 0;
-  mMenuBar  = nsnull;
-  mParent   = nsnull;
-  mIsMenuBarAdded = PR_FALSE;
-  mWebShell = nsnull;
-  mDOMNode  = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenuBar destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenuBar::~nsMenuBar()
-{
-  // Release the menus
-  RemoveAll();
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the proper widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::Create(nsIWidget *aParent)
-{
-  SetParent(aParent);
-  mMenuBar = gtk_menu_bar_new();
-  
-  gtk_widget_show(mMenuBar);
-  mParent->SetMenuBar(this);
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::GetParent(nsIWidget *&aParent)
-{
-  aParent = mParent;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::SetParent(nsIWidget *aParent)
-{
-  mParent = aParent;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu)
-{
-  nsString Label;
-  GtkWidget *widget, *nmenu;
-  void *voidData;
-
-  nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-  aMenu->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**)&supports);
-  if (supports) {
-    mMenusVoidArray.AppendElement(aMenu);
-    mNumMenus++;
-  }
-  
-  aMenu->GetLabel(Label);
-
-  // get access key
-  nsString accessKey = " ";
-  aMenu->GetAccessKey(accessKey);
-  if(accessKey != " ")
-  {
-    // munge acess key into name
-    PRInt32 offset = Label.Find(accessKey);
-    if(offset != -1)
-      Label.Insert("_", offset);
-  }
-
-  char *foo = Label.ToNewCString();
-  g_print("%s\n", foo);
-  nsCRT::free(foo);
-
-  widget = nsMenuItem::CreateLocalized(Label);
-  gtk_widget_show(widget);
-  gtk_menu_bar_append (GTK_MENU_BAR (mMenuBar), widget);
-
-  aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  nmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (widget), nmenu);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::GetMenuCount(PRUint32 &aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::GetMenuAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenu *& aMenu)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::InsertMenuAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenu *& aMenu)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::RemoveMenu(const PRUint32 aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::RemoveAll()
-{
-  for (int i = mMenusVoidArray.Count(); i > 0; i--) {
-    if(nsnull != mMenusVoidArray[i-1]) {
-      nsIMenu * menu = nsnull;
-      ((nsISupports*)mMenusVoidArray[i-1])->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**)&menu);
-      if(menu) {
-        //void * gtkmenu= nsnull;
-        //menu->GetNativeData(&gtkmenu);
-        //if(gtkmenu){
-        //  gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (mMenuBar), GTK_WIDGET(gtkmenu) );
-        //}
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-	
-        g_print("menu release \n");
-        int num =((nsISupports*)mMenusVoidArray[i-1])->Release();
-        while(num) {
-          g_print("menu release again!\n");
-          num = ((nsISupports*)mMenusVoidArray[i-1])->Release();
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::GetNativeData(void *& aData)
-{
-  aData = (void *)mMenuBar;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::SetNativeData(void * aData)
-{
-  // Temporary hack for MacOS. Will go away when nsMenuBar handles it's own
-  // construction
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuBar::Paint()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenuListener interface
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuBar::MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsMenuBar::MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsMenuBar::MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsMenuBar::MenuConstruct(
-    const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-    nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-    void              * menubarNode,
-    void              * aWebShell)
-{
-  mWebShell = (nsIWebShell*) aWebShell;
-  mDOMNode  = (nsIDOMNode*)menubarNode;
-  
-  nsIMenuBar * pnsMenuBar = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuBarCID,
-                                                   nsnull,
-                                                   nsIMenuBar::GetIID(),
-                                                   (void**)&pnsMenuBar);
-  if (NS_OK == rv) {
-    if (nsnull != pnsMenuBar) {
-      pnsMenuBar->Create(aParentWindow);
-
-      // set pnsMenuBar as a nsMenuListener on aParentWindow
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIMenuListener> menuListener;
-      pnsMenuBar->QueryInterface(nsIMenuListener::GetIID(), getter_AddRefs(menuListener));
-      aParentWindow->AddMenuListener(menuListener);
-
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> menuNode;
-      ((nsIDOMNode*)menubarNode)->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(menuNode));
-      while (menuNode) {
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> menuElement(do_QueryInterface(menuNode));
-        if (menuElement) {
-          nsString menuNodeType;
-          nsString menuName;
-          nsString menuAccessKey = " ";
-          menuElement->GetNodeName(menuNodeType);
-          if (menuNodeType.Equals("menu")) {
-            menuElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("value"), menuName);
-            menuElement->GetAttribute(nsAutoString("accesskey"), menuAccessKey);
-            // Don't create the menu yet, just add in the top level names
-
-            // Create nsMenu
-            nsIMenu * pnsMenu = nsnull;
-            rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMenuCID, nsnull, nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**)&pnsMenu);
-            if (NS_OK == rv) {
-              // Call Create
-              nsISupports * supports = nsnull;
-              pnsMenuBar->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID, (void**) &supports);
-              pnsMenu->Create(supports, menuName);
-              NS_RELEASE(supports);
-
-              pnsMenu->SetLabel(menuName);
-              pnsMenu->SetAccessKey(menuAccessKey);
-              pnsMenu->SetDOMNode(menuNode);
-              pnsMenu->SetDOMElement(menuElement);
-              pnsMenu->SetWebShell(mWebShell);
-
-              // Make nsMenu a child of nsMenuBar
-              // nsMenuBar takes ownership of the nsMenu
-              pnsMenuBar->AddMenu(pnsMenu); 
-
-              // Release the menu now that the menubar owns it
-              NS_RELEASE(pnsMenu);
-            }
-          } 
-
-        }
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> oldmenuNode(menuNode);  
-        oldmenuNode->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(menuNode));
-      } // end while (nsnull != menuNode)
-
-      // Give the aParentWindow this nsMenuBar to hold onto.
-      // The parent window should take ownership at this point
-      aParentWindow->SetMenuBar(pnsMenuBar);
-
-      // HACK: force a paint for now
-      pnsMenuBar->Paint();
-
-      NS_RELEASE(pnsMenuBar);
-    } // end if ( nsnull != pnsMenuBar )
-  }
-
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-nsEventStatus nsMenuBar::MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenuBar.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsMenuBar_h__
-#define nsMenuBar_h__
-
-#include "nsIMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsVoidArray.h"
-
-class nsIDOMNode;
-class nsIWebShell;
-class nsIWidget;
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ MenuBar wrapper
- */
-
-class nsMenuBar : public nsIMenuBar, public nsIMenuListener
-{
-
-public:
-  nsMenuBar();
-  virtual ~nsMenuBar();
-
-  // nsIMenuListener interface
-  nsEventStatus MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuConstruct(
-    const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-    nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-    void              * menuNode,
-	void              * aWebShell);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIWidget * aParent);
-
-  // nsIMenuBar Methods
-  NS_IMETHOD GetParent(nsIWidget *&aParent);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetParent(nsIWidget * aParent);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetMenuCount(PRUint32 &aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetMenuAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenu *& aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertMenuAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenu *& aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveMenu(const PRUint32 aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveAll();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeData(void*& aData);
-  NS_IMETHOD Paint();
-  NS_IMETHOD SetNativeData(void* aData);
-protected:
-  GtkWidget * mMenuBar;
-  nsIWidget * mParent;
-  PRBool      mIsMenuBarAdded;
-  
-  nsIWebShell * mWebShell;
-  nsIDOMNode  * mDOMNode;
-  
-  nsVoidArray mMenusVoidArray;
-  PRUint32    mNumMenus;
-};
-
-#endif // nsMenuBar_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenuItem.cpp

@@ -1,539 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsIMenu.h"
-#include "nsIMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-#include "nsIPopUpMenu.h"
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIDocumentViewer.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIWebShell.h"
-#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
-#include "nsIPlatformCharset.h"
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-
-nsresult nsMenuItem::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  }
-
-  *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuItem::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenuItem*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)(nsIMenuItem*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIMenuListener::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsIMenuListener*)this;
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMenuItem)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMenuItem)
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenuItem constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenuItem::nsMenuItem() : nsIMenuItem()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mMenuItem    = nsnull;
-  mMenuParent  = nsnull;
-  mPopUpParent = nsnull;
-  mTarget      = nsnull;
-  mXULCommandListener = nsnull;
-  mIsSeparator = PR_FALSE;
-  mWebShell    = nsnull;
-  mDOMElement  = nsnull;
-  mIsSubMenu   = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsMenuItem destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsMenuItem::~nsMenuItem()
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenuItem::~nsMenuItem called\n");
-  //NS_IF_RELEASE(mTarget);
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mMenuItem);
-  mMenuItem = nsnull;
-  //g_print("end nsMenuItem::~nsMenuItem\n");
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-GtkWidget *nsMenuItem::GetNativeParent()
-{
-  void * voidData;
-  if (nsnull != mMenuParent) {
-    mMenuParent->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  } else if (nsnull != mPopUpParent) {
-    mPopUpParent->GetNativeData(voidData);
-  } else {
-    return nsnull;
-  }
-  return GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsIWidget * nsMenuItem::GetMenuBarParent(nsISupports * aParent)
-{
-  nsIWidget    * widget  = nsnull; // MenuBar's Parent
-  nsIMenu      * menu    = nsnull;
-  nsIMenuBar   * menuBar = nsnull;
-  nsIPopUpMenu * popup   = nsnull;
-  nsISupports  * parent  = aParent;
-  
-  while(1) {
-    if (NS_OK == parent->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(),(void**)&menu)) {
-      NS_RELEASE(parent);
-      if (NS_OK != menu->GetParent(parent)) {
-        NS_RELEASE(menu);
-        return nsnull;
-      }
-      NS_RELEASE(menu);
-
-    } else if (NS_OK == parent->QueryInterface(nsIPopUpMenu::GetIID(),(void**)&popup)) {
-      if (NS_OK != popup->GetParent(widget)) {
-        widget =  nsnull;
-      } 
-      NS_RELEASE(popup);
-      NS_RELEASE(parent);
-      return widget;
-
-    } else if (NS_OK == parent->QueryInterface(nsIMenuBar::GetIID(),(void**)&menuBar)) {
-      if (NS_OK != menuBar->GetParent(widget)) {
-        widget =  nsnull;
-      } 
-      NS_RELEASE(menuBar);
-      NS_RELEASE(parent);
-      return widget;
-    } else {
-      NS_RELEASE(parent);
-      return nsnull;
-    }
-  }
-  return nsnull;
-}
-
-GtkWidget*
-nsMenuItem::CreateLocalized(const nsString& aLabel)
-{
-  nsresult result;
-  static nsIUnicodeEncoder* converter = nsnull;
-  static int isLatin1 = 0;
-  static int initialized = 0;
-  if (!initialized) {
-    initialized = 1;
-    result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPlatformCharset, platform, NS_PLATFORMCHARSET_PROGID,
-      &result);
-    if (platform && NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-      nsAutoString charset("");
-      result = platform->GetCharset(kPlatformCharsetSel_Menu, charset);
-      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (charset.Length() > 0)) {
-        if (!charset.Compare("iso-8859-1", PR_TRUE)) {
-	  isLatin1 = 1;
-	}
-	NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsICharsetConverterManager, manager,
-	  NS_CHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_PROGID, &result);
-	if (manager && NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-	  result = manager->GetUnicodeEncoder(&charset, &converter);
-	  if (NS_FAILED(result) && converter) {
-	    NS_RELEASE(converter);
-	    converter = nsnull;
-	  }
-	  else if (converter) {
-	    result = converter->SetOutputErrorBehavior(
-	      nsIUnicodeEncoder::kOnError_Replace, nsnull, '?');
-	  }
-	}
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  GtkWidget* menuItem = nsnull;
-
-  if (converter) {
-    char labelStr[128];
-    labelStr[0] = 0;
-    PRInt32 srcLen = aLabel.Length() + 1;
-    PRInt32 destLen = sizeof(labelStr);
-    result = converter->Convert(aLabel.GetUnicode(), &srcLen, labelStr,
-      &destLen);
-    if (labelStr[0] && NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-      menuItem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(labelStr);
-      if (menuItem && (!isLatin1)) {
-        GtkWidget* label = GTK_BIN(menuItem)->child;
-        gtk_widget_ensure_style(label);
-        GtkStyle* style = gtk_style_copy(label->style);
-        gdk_font_unref(style->font);
-        style->font = gdk_fontset_load("*");
-        gtk_widget_set_style(label, style);
-        gtk_style_unref(style);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    char labelStr[128];
-    aLabel.ToCString(labelStr, sizeof(labelStr));
-    menuItem = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(labelStr);
-  }
-
-  return menuItem;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::Create(nsISupports *aParent, 
-                             const nsString &aLabel, 
-                             PRBool aIsSeparator)
-                            
-{
-  if (nsnull == aParent) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if(aParent) {
-    nsIMenu * menu;
-    aParent->QueryInterface(nsIMenu::GetIID(), (void**) &menu);
-    mMenuParent = menu;
-    NS_RELEASE(menu);
-  }
-
-  nsIWidget   *widget = nsnull; // MenuBar's Parent
-  nsISupports *sups;
-  if (NS_OK == aParent->QueryInterface(kISupportsIID,(void**)&sups)) {
-    widget = GetMenuBarParent(sups);
-    // GetMenuBarParent will call release for us
-    // NS_RELEASE(sups);
-    mTarget = widget;
-  }
-
-  mIsSeparator = aIsSeparator;
-  mLabel = aLabel;
-
-  // create the native menu item
-
-  if(mIsSeparator) {
-    mMenuItem = gtk_menu_item_new();
-  } else {
-    mMenuItem = CreateLocalized(aLabel);
-  }
-  
-  gtk_widget_show(mMenuItem);
- 
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mMenuItem), "activate",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menu_item_activate_handler),
-                     this);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetLabel(nsString &aText)
-{
-  aText = mLabel;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetLabel(nsString &aText)
-{
-  mLabel = aText;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetEnabled(PRBool aIsEnabled)
-{
-  gtk_widget_set_sensitive(GTK_WIDGET(mMenuItem), aIsEnabled);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetEnabled(PRBool *aIsEnabled)
-{
-  *aIsEnabled = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE(mMenuItem);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetChecked(PRBool aIsEnabled)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetChecked(PRBool *aIsEnabled)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetCheckboxType(PRBool aIsCheckbox)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetCheckboxType(PRBool *aIsCheckbox)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetCommand(PRUint32 & aCommand)
-{
-  aCommand = mCommand;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetTarget(nsIWidget *& aTarget)
-{
-  aTarget = mTarget;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetNativeData(void *& aData)
-{
-  aData = (void *)mMenuItem;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
- 
-  NS_IF_RELEASE(mXULCommandListener);
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(aMenuListener);
-  mXULCommandListener = aMenuListener;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::IsSeparator(PRBool & aIsSep)
-{
-  aIsSep = mIsSeparator;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// nsIMenuListener interface
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuItem::MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if(!mIsSeparator) {
-    //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuItemSelected\n");
-    DoCommand();
-  }else{
-    //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuItemSelected is separator\n");
-  }
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuItem::MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent)
-{
-  if(mXULCommandListener)
-    return mXULCommandListener->MenuSelected(aMenuEvent);
-
-  //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuSelected\n");
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuItem::MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent &aMenuEvent)
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuDeselected\n");
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuItem::MenuConstruct(const nsMenuEvent &aMenuEvent,
-                                        nsIWidget *aParentWindow, 
-                                        void *menuNode,
-                                        void *aWebShell)
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuConstruct\n");
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsEventStatus nsMenuItem::MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent &aMenuEvent)
-{
-  //g_print("nsMenuItem::MenuDestruct\n");
-  return nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
- * Sets the JavaScript Command to be invoked when a "gui" event
- * occurs on a source widget
- * @param aStrCmd the JS command to be cached for later execution
- * @return NS_OK 
- */
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetCommand(const nsString &aStrCmd)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
- * Executes the "cached" JavaScript Command 
- * @return NS_OK if the command was executed properly, otherwise an error code
- */
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::DoCommand()
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
- 
-  if(!mWebShell || !mDOMElement)
-    return rv;
-    
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> contentViewer;
-  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(mWebShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(contentViewer)),
-   NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentViewer> docViewer;
-  docViewer = do_QueryInterface(contentViewer);
-  if (!docViewer) {
-    NS_ERROR("Document viewer interface not supported by the content viewer.");
-    //g_print("Document viewer interface not supported by the content viewer.");
-    return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> presContext;
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv = docViewer->GetPresContext(*getter_AddRefs(presContext)))) {
-    NS_ERROR("Unable to retrieve the doc viewer's presentation context.");
-    //g_print("Unable to retrieve the doc viewer's presentation context.");
-    return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsEventStatus status = nsEventStatus_eIgnore;
-  nsMouseEvent event;
-  event.eventStructType = NS_MOUSE_EVENT;
-  event.message = NS_MENU_ACTION;
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> contentNode;
-  contentNode = do_QueryInterface(mDOMElement);
-  if (!contentNode) {
-    NS_ERROR("DOM Node doesn't support the nsIContent interface required to handle DOM events.");
-    //g_print("DOM Node doesn't support the nsIContent interface required to handle DOM events.");
-    return rv;
-  }
-
-  rv = contentNode->HandleDOMEvent(*presContext, &event, nsnull, NS_EVENT_FLAG_INIT, status);
-  //g_print("HandleDOMEvent called");
-  return rv;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode * aDOMNode)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-    
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode ** aDOMNode)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement * aDOMElement)
-{
-  mDOMElement = aDOMElement;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-    
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::GetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement ** aDOMElement)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-    
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsMenuItem::SetWebShell(nsIWebShell * aWebShell)
-{
-  mWebShell = aWebShell;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMenuItem::SetShortcutChar(const nsString &aText)
-{
-  mKeyEquivalent = aText;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMenuItem::GetShortcutChar(nsString &aText)
-{
-  aText = mKeyEquivalent;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMenuItem::SetModifiers(PRUint8 aModifiers)
-{
-  mModifiers = aModifiers;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMenuItem::GetModifiers(PRUint8 * aModifiers)
-{
-  *aModifiers = mModifiers; 
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsMenuItem.h

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsMenuItem_h__
-#define nsMenuItem_h__
-
-#include "nsIMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIMenuListener.h"
-
-class nsIDOMNode;
-class nsIDOMElement;
-class nsIMenu;
-class nsIPopUpMenu;
-class nsIWebShell;
-class nsIWidget;
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ MenuItem wrapper
- */
-
-class nsMenuItem : public nsIMenuItem, public nsIMenuListener
-{
-
-public:
-  nsMenuItem();
-  virtual ~nsMenuItem();
-
-  // nsISupports
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIMenuItem Methods
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsISupports    *aParent, 
-                    const nsString &aLabel,  
-                    PRBool          aIsSeparator);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetLabel(nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLabel(nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetEnabled(PRBool aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetEnabled(PRBool *aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetChecked(PRBool aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetChecked(PRBool *aIsEnabled);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetCheckboxType(PRBool aIsCheckbox);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetCheckboxType(PRBool *aIsCheckbox);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetCommand(PRUint32 & aCommand);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetTarget(nsIWidget *& aTarget);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeData(void*& aData);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveMenuListener(nsIMenuListener * aMenuListener);
-  NS_IMETHOD IsSeparator(PRBool & aIsSep);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetCommand(const nsString & aStrCmd);
-  NS_IMETHOD DoCommand();
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode * aDOMNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetDOMNode(nsIDOMNode ** aDOMNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement * aDOMElement);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetDOMElement(nsIDOMElement ** aDOMElement);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetWebShell(nsIWebShell * aWebShell);
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD SetShortcutChar(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetShortcutChar(nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetModifiers(PRUint8 aModifiers);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetModifiers(PRUint8 * aModifiers);
-  
-  // nsIMenuListener interface
-  nsEventStatus MenuItemSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuSelected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDeselected(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-  nsEventStatus MenuConstruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent,
-                              nsIWidget         * aParentWindow, 
-                              void              * menuNode,
-                              void              * aWebShell);
-  nsEventStatus MenuDestruct(const nsMenuEvent & aMenuEvent);
-
-  static GtkWidget* CreateLocalized(const nsString& aLabel);
- 
-protected:
-  nsIWidget    *GetMenuBarParent(nsISupports * aParentSupports);
-  GtkWidget    *GetNativeParent();
-
-  nsIMenuListener	*mXULCommandListener;
-  nsString     mLabel;
-  nsString     mKeyEquivalent;
-  PRUint8      mModifiers;
-  PRUint32     mCommand;
-  nsIMenu      *mMenuParent;
-  nsIPopUpMenu *mPopUpParent;
-  nsIWidget    *mTarget;
-
-  GtkWidget    *mMenuItem; // native cascade widget
-  PRBool        mIsSeparator;
-  PRBool        mIsSubMenu;
-
-  nsIWebShell   * mWebShell;
-  nsIDOMElement * mDOMElement;
-};
-
-#endif // nsMenuItem_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsPopUpMenu.cpp

@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-#include "nsPopUpMenu.h"
-#include "nsIMenu.h"
-#include "nsIWidget.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h" // XXX: For nsAutoCString
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsPopUpMenu, nsIPopUpMenu::GetIID())
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsPopUpMenu constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsPopUpMenu::nsPopUpMenu() : nsIPopUpMenu()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mNumMenuItems = 0;
-  mParent       = nsnull;
-  mMenu         = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsPopUpMenu destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsPopUpMenu::~nsPopUpMenu()
-{
-  NS_IF_RELEASE(mParent);
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the proper widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::Create(nsIWidget *aParent)
-{
-
-  mParent = aParent;
-  NS_ADDREF(mParent);
-
-  mMenu = gtk_menu_new();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::AddItem(const nsString &aText)
-{
-  GtkWidget *widget;
-
-  widget = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ((const char*)nsAutoCString(mLabel));
-  gtk_widget_show(widget);
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), widget);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::AddItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem)
-{
-  GtkWidget *widget;
-  void *voidData;
-  
-  aMenuItem->GetNativeData(voidData);
-  widget = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), widget);
-
-  // XXX add aMenuItem to internal data structor list
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu)
-{
-  nsString Label;
-  GtkWidget *item=NULL, *parentmenu=NULL, *newmenu=NULL;
-  void *voidData=NULL;
-  
-  aMenu->GetLabel(Label);
-
-  GetNativeData(voidData);
-  parentmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ((const char*)nsAutoCString(Label));
-  gtk_widget_show(item);
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (parentmenu), item);
-
-  voidData = NULL;
-
-  aMenu->GetNativeData(&voidData);
-  newmenu = GTK_WIDGET(voidData);
-
-  gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (item), newmenu);
-
-  // XXX add aMenu to internal data structor list
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::AddSeparator() 
-{
-  GtkWidget *widget;
-  widget = gtk_menu_item_new ();
-  gtk_widget_show(widget);
-  gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (mMenu), widget);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenuItem *& aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenuItem *& aMenuItem)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, const nsString & aMenuItemName)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::InsertSeparator(const PRUint32 aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aCount)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::RemoveAll()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void nsPopUpMenu::GetXY(GtkMenu *menu, gint *x, gint *y, gpointer user_data)
-{
-  *x = ((nsPopUpMenu *)(user_data))->mX;
-  *y = ((nsPopUpMenu *)(user_data))->mY;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::ShowMenu(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY)
-{
-  mX = aX;
-  mY = aY;
-
-  gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU(mMenu),
-		  NULL,
-		  NULL,
-                  GetXY,
-		  this,
-		  0,
-		  GDK_CURRENT_TIME);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::GetNativeData(void *& aData)
-{
-  aData = (void *)mMenu;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsPopUpMenu::GetParent(nsIWidget *& aParent)
-{
-  aParent = mParent;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsPopUpMenu.h

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsPopUpMenu_h__
-#define nsPopUpMenu_h__
-
-#include "nsIPopUpMenu.h"
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-class nsIWidget;
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ PopUp wrapper
- */
-
-class nsPopUpMenu : public nsIPopUpMenu
-{
-
-public:
-  nsPopUpMenu();
-  virtual ~nsPopUpMenu();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIWidget * aParent);
-
-  // nsIPopUpMenu Methods
-  NS_IMETHOD AddItem(const nsString &aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddItem(nsIMenuItem * aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddMenu(nsIMenu * aMenu);
-  NS_IMETHOD AddSeparator();
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemCount(PRUint32 &aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenuItem *& aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, nsIMenuItem *& aMenuItem);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertItemAt(const PRUint32 aCount, const nsString & aMenuItemName);
-  NS_IMETHOD InsertSeparator(const PRUint32 aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveItem(const PRUint32 aCount);
-  NS_IMETHOD RemoveAll();
-  static void GetXY(GtkMenu *menu, gint *x, gint *y, gpointer user_data);
-  NS_IMETHOD ShowMenu(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetNativeData(void*& aData);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetParent(nsIWidget*& aParent);
-
-protected:
-
-  nsString   mLabel;
-
-  PRUint32   mNumMenuItems;
-  nsIWidget  *mParent;
-  GtkWidget  *mMenu;
-
-  gint       mX;
-  gint       mY;
-};
-
-#endif // nsPopUpMenu_h__
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsRadioButton.cpp

@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsRadioButton.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsRadioButton, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsRadioButton, nsWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsRadioButton constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsRadioButton::nsRadioButton() : nsWidget(), nsIRadioButton()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mLabel = nsnull;
-  mRadioButton = nsnull;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsRadioButton destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsRadioButton::~nsRadioButton()
-{
-#if 0
-  if (mLabel)
-    gtk_widget_destroy(mLabel);
-#endif
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Query interface implementation
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsresult nsRadioButton::QueryInterface(const nsIID& aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  nsresult result = nsWidget::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
-
-  if (result == NS_NOINTERFACE && aIID.Equals(nsIRadioButton::GetIID())) {
-      *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIRadioButton*)this);
-      AddRef();
-      result = NS_OK;
-  }
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native RadioButton widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD  nsRadioButton::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  mWidget = gtk_event_box_new();
-  mRadioButton = gtk_radio_button_new(nsnull);
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), mRadioButton);
-
-  gtk_widget_show(mRadioButton);
-
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsRadioButton");
-
-  gtk_radio_button_set_group(GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(mRadioButton), nsnull);
-
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mRadioButton),
-                     "destroy",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                     this);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void
-nsRadioButton::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if (aGtkWidget == mLabel) {
-    mLabel = nsnull;
-  }
-  else if (aGtkWidget == mRadioButton) {
-    mRadioButton = nsnull;
-  }
-  else {
-    nsWidget::OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  }
-}
-
-void nsRadioButton::InitCallbacks(char * aName)
-{
-  InstallButtonPressSignal(mRadioButton);
-  InstallButtonReleaseSignal(mRadioButton);
-
-  InstallEnterNotifySignal(mWidget);
-  InstallLeaveNotifySignal(mWidget);
-
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mWidget,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsRadioButton::SetState(const PRBool aState)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    GtkToggleButton * item = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(mRadioButton);
-    item->active = (gboolean) aState;
-    gtk_widget_queue_draw(GTK_WIDGET(item));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button state
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsRadioButton::GetState(PRBool& aState)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    aState = (PRBool) GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(mRadioButton)->active;
-  }
-  else {
-    aState = PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsRadioButton::SetLabel(const nsString& aText)
-{
-  if (mWidget) {
-    NS_ALLOC_STR_BUF(label, aText, 256);
-    g_print("nsRadioButton::SetLabel(%s)\n",label);
-    if (mLabel) {
-      gtk_label_set(GTK_LABEL(mLabel), label);
-    } else {
-      mLabel = gtk_label_new(label);
-      gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (mLabel), 0.0, 0.5);
-      gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mRadioButton), mLabel);
-      gtk_widget_show(mLabel); /* XXX */
-      gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mLabel),
-                         "destroy",
-                         GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(DestroySignal),
-                         this);
-    }
-    NS_FREE_STR_BUF(label);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get this button label
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsRadioButton::GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer)
-{
-  aBuffer.Truncate();
-  if (mWidget) {
-    if (mLabel) {
-      char* text;
-      gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(mLabel), &text);
-      aBuffer.Append(text);
-    }
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// SetBackgroundColor for RadioButton
-/*virtual*/
-void nsRadioButton::SetBackgroundColorNative(GdkColor *aColorNor,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorBri,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorDark)
-{
-  // use same style copy as SetFont
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0))->style);
-  
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]=*aColorNor;
-  
-  // Mouse over button
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT]=*aColorBri;
-
-  // Button is down
-  style->bg[GTK_STATE_ACTIVE]=*aColorDark;
-
-  // other states too? (GTK_STATE_ACTIVE, GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT,
-  //               GTK_STATE_SELECTED, GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0)), style);
-  // set style for eventbox too
-  gtk_widget_set_style(mWidget, style);
-
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsRadioButton.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsRadioButton_h__
-#define nsRadioButton_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsIRadioButton.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ Radiobutton wrapper
- */
-class nsRadioButton : public nsWidget,
-                      public nsIRadioButton
-{
-
-public:
-  nsRadioButton();
-  virtual                 ~nsRadioButton();
-
-  // nsISupports
-  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef();
-  NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release();
-  NS_IMETHOD QueryInterface(const nsIID& aIID, void** aInstancePtr);
-
-  // nsIRadioButton part
-  NS_IMETHOD              SetLabel(const nsString& aText);
-  NS_IMETHOD              GetLabel(nsString& aBuffer);
-  NS_IMETHOD              SetState(const PRBool aState);
-  NS_IMETHOD              GetState(PRBool& aState);
-
-
-  virtual PRBool OnMove(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY) { return PR_FALSE; }
-  virtual PRBool OnPaint(nsPaintEvent & aEvent) { return PR_FALSE; }
-  virtual PRBool OnResize(nsRect &aRect) { return PR_FALSE; }
-
-  // These are needed to Override the auto check behavior
-  void Armed();
-  void DisArmed();
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD  CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  // Sets background for checkbutton
-  virtual void SetBackgroundColorNative(GdkColor *aColorNor,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorBri,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorDark);
-
-  GtkWidget *mLabel;
-  GtkWidget *mRadioButton;
-
-};
-
-#endif // nsRadioButton_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsScrollbar.cpp

@@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
-
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsScrollbar.h"
-#include "nsGUIEvent.h"
-
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsScrollbar, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsScrollbar, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsScrollbar, nsIScrollbar, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsScrollbar constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsScrollbar::nsScrollbar (PRBool aIsVertical):nsWidget (), nsIScrollbar ()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT ();
-
-  mOrientation = (aIsVertical) ?
-    GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsScrollbar destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsScrollbar::~nsScrollbar ()
-{
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native scrollbar widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::CreateNative (GtkObject * parentWindow)
-{
-  // Create scrollbar, random default values
-  mAdjustment = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_adjustment_new (0, 0, 100, 1, 25, 25));
-  
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-
-  if (!GDK_IS_SUPERWIN(parentWindow)) {
-    g_print("Damn, brother.  That's not a superwin.\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-  
-  GdkSuperWin *superwin = GDK_SUPERWIN(parentWindow);
-
-  mMozBox = gtk_mozbox_new(superwin->bin_window);
-
-#endif /* USE_SUPERWIN */
-
-  switch (mOrientation)
-  {
-    case GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL:
-      mWidget = gtk_hscrollbar_new (mAdjustment);
-      break;
-    case GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL:
-      mWidget = gtk_vscrollbar_new (mAdjustment);
-      break;
-  }
-
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-
-  // make sure that we put the scrollbar into the mozbox
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mMozBox), mWidget);
-
-#endif /* USE_SUPERWIN */
-
-  gtk_widget_set_name (mWidget, "nsScrollbar");
-
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mAdjustment),
-                      "value_changed",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (handle_scrollbar_value_changed),
-                      this);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (mAdjustment),
-                      "destroy",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (DestroySignal),
-                      this);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-void
-nsScrollbar::OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget)
-{
-  if ((void*)aGtkWidget == (void*)mAdjustment) {
-    mAdjustment = nsnull;
-  }
-  else {
-    nsWidget::OnDestroySignal(aGtkWidget);
-  }
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Define the range settings
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::SetMaxRange (PRUint32 aEndRange)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment) {
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->upper = (float) aEndRange;
-    gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (mAdjustment), "changed");
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Return the range settings
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::GetMaxRange (PRUint32 & aMaxRange)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment)
-    aMaxRange = (PRUint32) GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->upper;
-  else
-    aMaxRange = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the thumb position
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::SetPosition (PRUint32 aPos)
-{
-//   if (mAdjustment)
-//     gtk_adjustment_set_value (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment), (float) aPos);
-
-  if (mAdjustment && mWidget)
-  {
-    //
-    // The following bit of code borrowed from gtkrange.c,
-    // gtk_range_adjustment_value_changed():
-    //
-    // Ok, so, like, the problem is that the view manager expects
-    // SetPosition() to simply do that - set the position of the 
-    // scroll bar.  Nothing else!
-    //
-    // Unfortunately, calling gtk_adjustment_set_value() causes
-    // the adjustment object (mAdjustment) to emit a 
-    // "value_changed" signal which in turn causes the
-    // scrollbar widget (mWidget) to scroll to the given position.
-    //
-    // The net result of this is that the content is scrolled
-    // twice, once by the view manager and once by the 
-    // scrollbar - and things get messed up from then onwards.
-    //
-    // The following bit of code does the equivalent of 
-    // gtk_adjustment_set_value(), except no signal is emitted.
-    //
-    GtkRange * range = GTK_RANGE(mWidget);
-    GtkAdjustment * adjustment = GTK_ADJUSTMENT(mAdjustment);
-      
-    adjustment->value = (float) aPos;
-      
-    if (range->old_value != adjustment->value)
-    {
-      gtk_range_slider_update (range);
-      gtk_range_clear_background (range);
-      
-      range->old_value = adjustment->value;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the current thumb position.
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::GetPosition (PRUint32 & aPos)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment)
-    aPos = (PRUint32) GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->value;
-  else
-    aPos = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the thumb size
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::SetThumbSize (PRUint32 aSize)
-{
-  if (aSize > 0)
-    {
-      if (mAdjustment) {
-        GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->page_increment = (float) aSize;
-        GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->page_size = (float) aSize;
-        gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (mAdjustment), "changed");
-      }
-    }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the thumb size
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::GetThumbSize (PRUint32 & aThumbSize)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment)
-    aThumbSize = (PRUint32) GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->page_size;
-  else
-    aThumbSize = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set the line increment for this scrollbar
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::SetLineIncrement (PRUint32 aLineIncrement)
-{
-  if (aLineIncrement > 0)
-    {
-      if (mAdjustment) {
-        GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->step_increment = (float) aLineIncrement;
-        gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (mAdjustment), "changed");
-      }
-    }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Get the line increment for this scrollbar
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::GetLineIncrement (PRUint32 & aLineInc)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment) {
-    aLineInc = (PRUint32) GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->step_increment;
-  }
-  else
-    aLineInc = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set all scrolling parameters
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsScrollbar::SetParameters (PRUint32 aMaxRange, PRUint32 aThumbSize,
-	       PRUint32 aPosition, PRUint32 aLineIncrement)
-{
-  if (mAdjustment) {
-    int thumbSize = (((int) aThumbSize) > 0 ? aThumbSize : 1);
-    int maxRange = (((int) aMaxRange) > 0 ? aMaxRange : 10);
-    int mLineIncrement = (((int) aLineIncrement) > 0 ? aLineIncrement : 1);
-
-    int maxPos = maxRange - thumbSize;
-    int pos = ((int) aPosition) > maxPos ? maxPos - 1 : ((int) aPosition);
-
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->lower = 0;
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->upper = maxRange;
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->page_size = thumbSize;
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->page_increment = thumbSize;
-    GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->step_increment = mLineIncrement;
-    // this will emit the changed signal for us
-    gtk_adjustment_set_value (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment), pos);
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-int nsScrollbar::AdjustScrollBarPosition (int aPosition)
-{
-  return 0;			/* XXX */
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Deal with scrollbar messages (actually implemented only in nsScrollbar)
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PRBool nsScrollbar::OnScroll (nsScrollbarEvent & aEvent, PRUint32 cPos)
-{
-  PRBool result = PR_TRUE;
-  float newPosition;
-
-  switch (aEvent.message)
-    {
-
-      // scroll one line right or down
-    case NS_SCROLLBAR_LINE_NEXT:
-      {
-        newPosition = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->value;
-        // newPosition += mLineIncrement;
-        newPosition += 10;
-        PRUint32 thumbSize;
-        PRUint32 maxRange;
-        GetThumbSize (thumbSize);
-        GetMaxRange (maxRange);
-        PRUint32 max = maxRange - thumbSize;
-        if (newPosition > (int) max)
-          newPosition = (int) max;
-
-        // if an event callback is registered, give it the chance
-        // to change the increment
-        if (mEventCallback)
-          {
-            aEvent.position = (PRUint32) newPosition;
-            result = ConvertStatus ((*mEventCallback) (&aEvent));
-            newPosition = aEvent.position;
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-
-
-      // scroll one line left or up
-    case NS_SCROLLBAR_LINE_PREV:
-      {
-        newPosition = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->value;
-
-        // newPosition -= mLineIncrement;
-        newPosition -= 10;
-        if (newPosition < 0)
-          newPosition = 0;
-
-        // if an event callback is registered, give it the chance
-        // to change the decrement
-        if (mEventCallback)
-          {
-            aEvent.position = (PRUint32) newPosition;
-            aEvent.widget = (nsWidget *) this;
-            result = ConvertStatus ((*mEventCallback) (&aEvent));
-            newPosition = aEvent.position;
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-
-      // Scrolls one page right or down
-    case NS_SCROLLBAR_PAGE_NEXT:
-      {
-        newPosition = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->value;
-        PRUint32 thumbSize;
-        GetThumbSize (thumbSize);
-        PRUint32 maxRange;
-        GetThumbSize (thumbSize);
-        GetMaxRange (maxRange);
-        PRUint32 max = maxRange - thumbSize;
-        if (newPosition > (int) max)
-          newPosition = (int) max;
-
-        // if an event callback is registered, give it the chance
-        // to change the increment
-        if (mEventCallback)
-          {
-            aEvent.position = (PRUint32) newPosition;
-            result = ConvertStatus ((*mEventCallback) (&aEvent));
-            newPosition = aEvent.position;
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-
-      // Scrolls one page left or up.
-    case NS_SCROLLBAR_PAGE_PREV:
-      {
-        newPosition = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (mAdjustment)->value;
-        if (newPosition < 0)
-          newPosition = 0;
-
-        // if an event callback is registered, give it the chance
-        // to change the increment
-        if (mEventCallback)
-          {
-            aEvent.position = (PRUint32) newPosition;
-            result = ConvertStatus ((*mEventCallback) (&aEvent));
-            newPosition = aEvent.position;
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-
-
-      // Scrolls to the absolute position. The current position is specified by
-      // the cPos parameter.
-    case NS_SCROLLBAR_POS:
-      {
-        newPosition = cPos;
-
-        // if an event callback is registered, give it the chance
-        // to change the increment
-        if (mEventCallback)
-          {
-            aEvent.position = (PRUint32) newPosition;
-            result = ConvertStatus ((*mEventCallback) (&aEvent));
-            newPosition = aEvent.position;
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  /*
-     GTK_ADJUSTMENT(mAdjustment)->value = newPosition;
-     gtk_signal_emit_by_name(GTK_OBJECT(mAdjustment), "value_changed");
-   */
-  /*
-     if (mEventCallback) {
-     aEvent.position = cPos;
-     result = ConvertStatus((*mEventCallback)(&aEvent));
-     newPosition = aEvent.position;
-     }
-   */
-  return result;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsScrollbar.h

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsScrollbar_h__
-#define nsScrollbar_h__
-
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-#include "nsIScrollbar.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ scrollbar wrapper.
- */
-class nsScrollbar : public nsWidget,
-                    public nsIScrollbar
-{
-
-public:
-  nsScrollbar(PRBool aIsVertical);
-  virtual                 ~nsScrollbar();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  // nsIScrollBar implementation
-  NS_IMETHOD SetMaxRange(PRUint32 aEndRange);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetMaxRange(PRUint32& aMaxRange);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetPosition(PRUint32 aPos);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetPosition(PRUint32& aPos);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetThumbSize(PRUint32 aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetThumbSize(PRUint32& aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetLineIncrement(PRUint32 aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetLineIncrement(PRUint32& aSize);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetParameters(PRUint32 aMaxRange, PRUint32 aThumbSize,
-                           PRUint32 aPosition, PRUint32 aLineIncrement);
-  virtual PRBool OnScroll (nsScrollbarEvent & aEvent, PRUint32 cPos);
-
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-private:
-  int             mOrientation;
-  GtkAdjustment   *mAdjustment;
-
-  int AdjustScrollBarPosition(int aPosition);
-};
-
-#endif /* nsScrollbar_h__ */

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsSound.cpp

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIAllocator.h"
-#include "plstr.h"
-#include "stdio.h"
-
-#include "prlink.h"
-
-#include "nsSound.h"
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-/* used with esd_open_sound */
-//static int esdref = -1;
-static PRLibrary *lib = nsnull;
-
-//typedef int (PR_CALLBACK *EsdOpenSoundType)(const char *host);
-//typedef int (PR_CALLBACK *EsdCloseType)(int);
-
-/* used to play the sounds from the find symbol call */
-typedef int (PR_CALLBACK *EsdPlayFileType)(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsSound, nsISound);
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-nsSound::nsSound()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-
-  /* we don't need to do esd_open_sound if we are only going to play files
-     but we will if we want to do things like streams, etc
-  */
-  //  EsdOpenSoundType EsdOpenSound;
-
-  lib = PR_LoadLibrary("libesd.so");
-
-  /*
-    if (!lib)
-    return;
-    EsdOpenSound = (EsdOpenSoundType) PR_FindSymbol(lib, "esd_open_sound");
-    esdref = (*EsdOpenSound)("localhost");
-  */
-}
-
-nsSound::~nsSound()
-{
-  /* see above comment */
-  /*
-    if (esdref != -1)
-    {
-    EsdCloseType EsdClose = (EsdCloseType) PR_FindSymbol(lib, "esd_close");
-    (*EsdClose)(esdref);
-    esdref = -1;
-    }
-  */
-}
-
-nsresult NS_NewSound(nsISound** aSound)
-{
-  NS_PRECONDITION(aSound != nsnull, "null ptr");
-  if (! aSound)
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  
-  *aSound = new nsSound();
-  if (! *aSound)
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-  
-  NS_ADDREF(*aSound);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_METHOD nsSound::Init(void)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_METHOD nsSound::Beep()
-{
-	::gdk_beep();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_METHOD nsSound::Play(nsIFileSpec *filespec)
-{
-  if (lib)
-  {
-    char *filename;
-    filespec->GetNativePath(&filename);
-
-    g_print("there are some issues with playing sound right now, but this should work\n");
-    EsdPlayFileType EsdPlayFile = (EsdPlayFileType) PR_FindSymbol(lib, "esd_play_file");
-    (*EsdPlayFile)("mozilla", filename, 1);
-
-    nsCRT::free(filename);
-
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsSound.h

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsSound_h__
-#define __nsSound_h__
-
-#include "nsISound.h"
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-class nsSound : public nsISound {
- public: 
-
-  nsSound();
-  virtual ~nsSound();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSISOUND
-
-};
-
-#endif /* __nsSound_h__ */

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextAreaWidget.cpp

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsTextAreaWidget.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsTextAreaWidget, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsTextAreaWidget, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsTextAreaWidget, nsITextAreaWidget, nsIWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextAreaWidget constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsTextAreaWidget::nsTextAreaWidget()
-{
-  mBackground = NS_RGB(124, 124, 124);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextAreaWidget destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsTextAreaWidget::~nsTextAreaWidget()
-{
-  gtk_widget_destroy(mTextWidget);
-  mTextWidget = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native Text widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD nsTextAreaWidget::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  PRBool oldIsReadOnly;
-  mWidget = gtk_scrolled_window_new(nsnull, nsnull);
-  gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), 0);
-  gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(mWidget),
-                                 GTK_POLICY_NEVER,
-                                 GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS);
-  
-  mTextWidget = gtk_text_new(nsnull, nsnull);
-  gtk_text_set_word_wrap(GTK_TEXT(mTextWidget), PR_TRUE);
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mTextWidget, "nsTextAreaWidget");
-  gtk_widget_show(mTextWidget);
-  SetPassword(mIsPassword);
-  SetReadOnly(mIsReadOnly, oldIsReadOnly);
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mWidget), mTextWidget);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// set font for textarea
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/* virtual */
-void nsTextAreaWidget::SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont)
-{
-  GtkStyle *style = gtk_style_copy(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0))->style);
-  // gtk_style_copy ups the ref count of the font
-  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
-  
-  style->font = aFont;
-  gdk_font_ref(style->font);
-  
-  gtk_widget_set_style(GTK_WIDGET (g_list_nth_data(gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER (mWidget)),0)), style);
-  
-  gtk_style_unref(style);
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextAreaWidget.h

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsTextAreaWidget_h__
-#define nsTextAreaWidget_h__
-
-#include "nsTextHelper.h"
-#include "nsITextAreaWidget.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ multi-line edit control wrapper.
- */
-
-class nsTextAreaWidget : public nsTextHelper
-{
-
-public:
-  nsTextAreaWidget();
-  virtual ~nsTextAreaWidget();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  virtual void SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont);
-
-protected:
-  NS_METHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-};
-
-
-#endif // nsTextAreaWidget_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextHelper.cpp

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsTextHelper.h"
-#include "nsTextWidget.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsTextHelper, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsTextHelper, nsWidget)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextHelper constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-nsTextHelper::nsTextHelper() : nsWidget(), nsITextAreaWidget(), nsITextWidget()
-{
-  mIsReadOnly = PR_FALSE;
-  mIsPassword = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextHelper destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsTextHelper::~nsTextHelper()
-{
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Set initial parameters
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextHelper::PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData)
-{
-  if (nsnull != aInitData) {
-    nsTextWidgetInitData* data = (nsTextWidgetInitData *) aInitData;
-    mIsPassword = data->mIsPassword;
-    mIsReadOnly = data->mIsReadOnly;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextHelper::SetMaxTextLength(PRUint32 aChars)
-{
-  // This is a normal entry only thing, not a text box
-  gtk_entry_set_max_length(GTK_ENTRY(mTextWidget), (int)aChars);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::GetText(nsString& aTextBuffer, PRUint32 aBufferSize, PRUint32& aActualSize)
-{
-  char *str = nsnull;
-  if (GTK_IS_ENTRY(mTextWidget))
-    {
-      str = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(mTextWidget));
-    }
-  else if (GTK_IS_TEXT(mTextWidget))
-    {
-      str = gtk_editable_get_chars (GTK_EDITABLE (mTextWidget), 0,
-                                    gtk_text_get_length (GTK_TEXT (mTextWidget)));
-    }
-  aTextBuffer.SetLength(0);
-  aTextBuffer.Append(str);
-  PRUint32 len = (PRUint32)strlen(str);
-  aActualSize = len;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::SetText(const nsString& aText, PRUint32& aActualSize)
-{
-  if (GTK_IS_ENTRY(mTextWidget)) {
-    gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(mTextWidget),
-                       (const gchar *)nsAutoCString(aText));
-  } else if (GTK_IS_TEXT(mTextWidget)) {
-    gtk_editable_delete_text(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget), 0,
-                             gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT (mTextWidget)));
-    gtk_text_insert(GTK_TEXT(mTextWidget),
-                    nsnull, nsnull, nsnull,
-                    (const char *)nsAutoCString(aText),
-                    aText.Length());
-  }
-
-  aActualSize = aText.Length();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::InsertText(const nsString &aText,
-                                    PRUint32 aStartPos,
-                                    PRUint32 aEndPos,
-                                    PRUint32& aActualSize)
-{
-  gtk_editable_insert_text(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget),
-                           (const gchar *)nsAutoCString(aText),
-                           (gint)aText.Length(), (gint*)&aStartPos);
-
-  aActualSize = aText.Length();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::RemoveText()
-{
-  if (GTK_IS_ENTRY(mTextWidget)) {
-    gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(mTextWidget), "");
-  } else if (GTK_IS_TEXT(mTextWidget)) {
-    gtk_editable_delete_text(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget), 0,
-                             gtk_text_get_length(GTK_TEXT (mTextWidget)));
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::SetPassword(PRBool aIsPassword)
-{
-  mIsPassword = aIsPassword?PR_FALSE:PR_TRUE;
-  if (GTK_IS_ENTRY(mTextWidget)) {
-    gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(mTextWidget), mIsPassword);
-  }
-  // this won't work for gtk_texts
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::SetReadOnly(PRBool aReadOnlyFlag, PRBool& aOldReadOnlyFlag)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(nsnull != mTextWidget,
-               "SetReadOnly - Widget is NULL, Create may not have been called!");
-  aOldReadOnlyFlag = mIsReadOnly;
-  mIsReadOnly = aReadOnlyFlag?PR_FALSE:PR_TRUE;
-  gtk_editable_set_editable(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget), mIsReadOnly);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextHelper::SelectAll()
-{
-  nsString text;
-  PRUint32 actualSize = 0;
-  PRUint32 numChars = GetText(text, 0, actualSize);
-  SetSelection(0, numChars);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextHelper::SetSelection(PRUint32 aStartSel, PRUint32 aEndSel)
-{
-  gtk_editable_select_region(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget), aStartSel, aEndSel);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextHelper::GetSelection(PRUint32 *aStartSel, PRUint32 *aEndSel)
-{
-#if 0
-  XmTextPosition left;
-  XmTextPosition right;
-
-  if (XmTextGetSelectionPosition(mTextWidget, &left, &right)) {
-    *aStartSel = (PRUint32)left;
-    *aEndSel   = (PRUint32)right;
-  } else {
-    printf("nsTextHelper::GetSelection Error getting positions\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-#endif
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::SetCaretPosition(PRUint32 aPosition)
-{
-  gtk_editable_set_position(GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget), aPosition);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP  nsTextHelper::GetCaretPosition(PRUint32& aPosition)
-{
-  aPosition = (PRUint32)GTK_EDITABLE(mTextWidget)->current_pos;
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextHelper.h

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-#ifndef nsTextHelper_h__
-#define nsTextHelper_h__
-
-#include "nsITextWidget.h"
-#include "nsITextAreaWidget.h"
-#include "nsWidget.h"
-
-/**
- * Base class for nsTextAreaWidget and nsTextWidget
- */
-class nsTextHelper : public nsWidget,
-                     public nsITextAreaWidget,
-                     public nsITextWidget
-{
-
-public:
-    nsTextHelper();
-    virtual ~nsTextHelper();
-
-    // nsISupports
-    NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef();
-    NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release();
-
-    NS_IMETHOD        SelectAll();
-    NS_IMETHOD        PreCreateWidget(nsWidgetInitData *aInitData);
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetMaxTextLength(PRUint32 aChars);
-    NS_IMETHOD        GetText(nsString& aTextBuffer, PRUint32 aBufferSize, PRUint32& aActualSize);
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetText(const nsString &aText, PRUint32& aActualSize);
-    NS_IMETHOD        InsertText(const nsString &aText, PRUint32 aStartPos, PRUint32 aEndPos, PRUint32& aActualSize);
-    NS_IMETHOD        RemoveText();
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetPassword(PRBool aIsPassword);
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetReadOnly(PRBool aNewReadOnlyFlag, PRBool& aOldReadOnlyFlag);
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetSelection(PRUint32 aStartSel, PRUint32 aEndSel);
-    NS_IMETHOD        GetSelection(PRUint32 *aStartSel, PRUint32 *aEndSel);
-    NS_IMETHOD        SetCaretPosition(PRUint32 aPosition);
-    NS_IMETHOD        GetCaretPosition(PRUint32& aPosition);
-
-protected:
-    GtkWidget *mTextWidget;
-    PRBool  mIsPassword;
-    PRBool  mIsReadOnly;
-
-};
-
-#endif // nsTextHelper_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextWidget.cpp

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include "nsTextWidget.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsGtkEventHandler.h"
-
-extern int mIsPasswordCallBacksInstalled;
-
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsTextWidget, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsTextWidget, nsWidget)
-NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2(nsTextWidget, nsITextWidget, nsIWidget)
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextWidget constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsTextWidget::nsTextWidget() : nsTextHelper()
-{
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsTextWidget destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsTextWidget::~nsTextWidget()
-{
-  // avoid freeing this twice in other destructors
-  mTextWidget = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Create the native Entry widget
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsTextWidget::CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow)
-{
-  PRBool oldIsReadOnly;
-  mWidget = gtk_entry_new();
-
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-
-  if (!GDK_IS_SUPERWIN(parentWindow)) {
-    g_print("Damn, brother.  That's not a superwin.\n");
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-  
-  GdkSuperWin *superwin = GDK_SUPERWIN(parentWindow);
-
-  mMozBox = gtk_mozbox_new(superwin->bin_window);
-
-#endif /* USE_SUPERWIN */
-
-  // used by nsTextHelper because nsTextArea needs a scrolled_window
-  mTextWidget = mWidget;
-
-  gtk_widget_set_name(mWidget, "nsTextWidget");
-
-  /*
-   * GTK's text widget does XIM for us, so we don't want to use the default key handler
-   * which does XIM, so we connect to a non-XIM key event for the text widget
-   */
-  gtk_signal_connect_after(GTK_OBJECT(mWidget),
-                     "key_press_event",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(handle_key_press_event_for_text),
-                     this);
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(mWidget),
-                     "key_release_event",
-                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(handle_key_release_event_for_text),
-                     this);
-  SetPassword(mIsPassword);
-  SetReadOnly(mIsReadOnly, oldIsReadOnly);
-  gtk_widget_show(mWidget);
-
-  // These are needed so that the events will go to us and not our parent.
-  AddToEventMask(mWidget,
-                 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK |
-                 GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK |
-                 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK |
-                 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
-                 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK);
-
-#ifdef USE_SUPERWIN
-
-  // make sure that we put the scrollbar into the mozbox
-
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(mMozBox), mWidget);
-
-#endif /* USE_SUPERWIN */
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRBool nsTextWidget::OnKey(nsKeyEvent &aEvent)
-{
-  if (mEventCallback) {
-    return DispatchWindowEvent(&aEvent);
-  }
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsTextWidget.h

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsTextWidget_h__
-#define nsTextWidget_h__
-
-#include "nsTextHelper.h"
-
-#include "nsITextWidget.h"
-
-/**
- * Native GTK+ single line edit control wrapper.
- */
-
-class nsTextWidget : public nsTextHelper
-{
-
-public:
-  nsTextWidget();
-  virtual ~nsTextWidget();
-
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  PRBool   OnKey(nsKeyEvent &aEvent);
-protected:
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // nsTextWidget_h__

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsToolkit.cpp

@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nscore.h"  // needed for 'nsnull'
-#include "nsToolkit.h"
-
-//
-// Static thread local storage index of the Toolkit 
-// object associated with a given thread...
-//
-static PRUintn gToolkitTLSIndex = 0;
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// constructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsToolkit::nsToolkit()
-{
-  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-  mSharedGC = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// destructor
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-nsToolkit::~nsToolkit()
-{
-  if (mSharedGC)
-    gdk_gc_unref(mSharedGC);
-
-    // Remove the TLS reference to the toolkit...
-    PR_SetThreadPrivate(gToolkitTLSIndex, nsnull);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// nsISupports implementation macro
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsToolkit, nsIToolkit)
-
-void nsToolkit::CreateSharedGC(void)
-{
-  GdkPixmap *pixmap;
-
-  if (mSharedGC)
-    return;
-
-  pixmap = ::gdk_pixmap_new (NULL, 1, 1, gdk_rgb_get_visual()->depth);
-  mSharedGC = ::gdk_gc_new (pixmap);
-  gdk_pixmap_unref (pixmap);
-  mSharedGC = gdk_gc_ref(mSharedGC);
-}
-
-GdkGC *nsToolkit::GetSharedGC(void)
-{
-  return gdk_gc_ref(mSharedGC);
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsToolkit::Init(PRThread *aThread)
-{
-  CreateSharedGC();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Return the nsIToolkit for the current thread.  If a toolkit does not
-// yet exist, then one will be created...
-//
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-NS_METHOD NS_GetCurrentToolkit(nsIToolkit* *aResult)
-{
-  nsIToolkit* toolkit = nsnull;
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRStatus status;
-
-  // Create the TLS index the first time through...
-  if (0 == gToolkitTLSIndex) {
-    status = PR_NewThreadPrivateIndex(&gToolkitTLSIndex, NULL);
-    if (PR_FAILURE == status) {
-      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
-    toolkit = (nsIToolkit*)PR_GetThreadPrivate(gToolkitTLSIndex);
-
-    //
-    // Create a new toolkit for this thread...
-    //
-    if (!toolkit) {
-      toolkit = new nsToolkit();
-
-      if (!toolkit) {
-        rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-      } else {
-        NS_ADDREF(toolkit);
-        toolkit->Init(PR_GetCurrentThread());
-        //
-        // The reference stored in the TLS is weak.  It is removed in the
-        // nsToolkit destructor...
-        //
-        PR_SetThreadPrivate(gToolkitTLSIndex, (void*)toolkit);
-      }
-    } else {
-      NS_ADDREF(toolkit);
-    }
-    *aResult = toolkit;
-  }
-
-  return rv;
-}
-
-

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsToolkit.h

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef TOOLKIT_H      
-#define TOOLKIT_H
-
-#include "nsIToolkit.h"
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/**
- * Wrapper around the thread running the message pump.
- * The toolkit abstraction is necessary because the message pump must
- * execute within the same thread that created the widget under Win32.
- */ 
-
-class nsToolkit : public nsIToolkit
-{
-
-public:
-  nsToolkit();
-  virtual ~nsToolkit();
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    Init(PRThread *aThread);
-
-  void          CreateSharedGC(void);
-  GdkGC         *GetSharedGC(void);
-  
-private:
-  GdkGC         *mSharedGC;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif  // TOOLKIT_H

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsWidget.h

@@ -1,410 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef nsWidget_h__
-#define nsWidget_h__
-
-#include "nsBaseWidget.h"
-#include "nsIRegion.h"
-
-
-// XXX: This must go away when nsAutoCString moves out of nsFileSpec.h
-#include "nsFileSpec.h" // for nsAutoCString()
-
-class nsILookAndFeel;
-class nsIAppShell;
-class nsIToolkit;
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-#include <gdk/gdkprivate.h>
-
-#include "gtkmozbox.h"
-
-#define USE_SUPERWIN
-
-#define NSRECT_TO_GDKRECT(ns,gdk) \
-  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
-  gdk.x = ns.x; \
-  gdk.y = ns.y; \
-  gdk.width = ns.width; \
-  gdk.height = ns.height; \
-  PR_END_MACRO
-
-#define NSCOLOR_TO_GDKCOLOR(n,g) \
-  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
-  g.red = 256 * NS_GET_R(n); \
-  g.green = 256 * NS_GET_G(n); \
-  g.blue = 256 * NS_GET_B(n); \
-  PR_END_MACRO
-
-#define NS_TO_GDK_RGB(ns) (ns & 0xff) << 16 | (ns & 0xff00) | ((ns >> 16) & 0xff)
-
-
-/**
- * Base of all GTK+ native widgets.
- */
-
-class nsWidget : public nsBaseWidget
-{
-public:
-  nsWidget();
-  virtual ~nsWidget();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD            Create(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                               const nsRect &aRect,
-                               EVENT_CALLBACK aHandleEventFunction,
-                               nsIDeviceContext *aContext,
-                               nsIAppShell *aAppShell = nsnull,
-                               nsIToolkit *aToolkit = nsnull,
-                               nsWidgetInitData *aInitData = nsnull);
-  NS_IMETHOD            Create(nsNativeWidget aParent,
-                               const nsRect &aRect,
-                               EVENT_CALLBACK aHandleEventFunction,
-                               nsIDeviceContext *aContext,
-                               nsIAppShell *aAppShell = nsnull,
-                               nsIToolkit *aToolkit = nsnull,
-                               nsWidgetInitData *aInitData = nsnull);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD Destroy(void);
-  nsIWidget* GetParent(void);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetModal(PRBool aModal);
-  NS_IMETHOD Show(PRBool state);
-  NS_IMETHOD CaptureRollupEvents(nsIRollupListener *aListener, PRBool aDoCapture, PRBool aConsumeRollupEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD IsVisible(PRBool &aState);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD Move(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY);
-  NS_IMETHOD Resize(PRInt32 aWidth, PRInt32 aHeight, PRBool aRepaint);
-  NS_IMETHOD Resize(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY, PRInt32 aWidth,
-                    PRInt32 aHeight, PRBool aRepaint);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD Enable(PRBool aState);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetFocus(void);
-
-  PRBool OnResize(nsSizeEvent event);
-  virtual PRBool OnResize(nsRect &aRect);
-  virtual PRBool OnMove(PRInt32 aX, PRInt32 aY);
-
-  nsIFontMetrics *GetFont(void);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetFont(const nsFont &aFont);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetBackgroundColor(const nscolor &aColor);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetCursor(nsCursor aCursor);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetColorMap(nsColorMap *aColorMap);
-
-  void* GetNativeData(PRUint32 aDataType);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAbsoluteBounds(nsRect &aRect);
-  NS_IMETHOD WidgetToScreen(const nsRect &aOldRect, nsRect &aNewRect);
-  NS_IMETHOD ScreenToWidget(const nsRect &aOldRect, nsRect &aNewRect);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD BeginResizingChildren(void);
-  NS_IMETHOD EndResizingChildren(void);
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetPreferredSize(PRInt32& aWidth, PRInt32& aHeight);
-  NS_IMETHOD SetPreferredSize(PRInt32 aWidth, PRInt32 aHeight);
-
-  // Use this to set the name of a widget for normal widgets.. not the same as the nsWindow version
-  NS_IMETHOD SetTitle(const nsString& aTitle);
-
-
-  virtual void ConvertToDeviceCoordinates(nscoord &aX, nscoord &aY);
-
-  // the following are nsWindow specific, and just stubbed here
-  NS_IMETHOD Scroll(PRInt32 aDx, PRInt32 aDy, nsRect *aClipRect) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
-  NS_IMETHOD SetMenuBar(nsIMenuBar *aMenuBar) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
-  NS_IMETHOD ShowMenuBar(PRBool aShow) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
-  // *could* be done on a widget, but that would be silly wouldn't it?
-  NS_IMETHOD CaptureMouse(PRBool aCapture) { return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; }
-
-
-  NS_IMETHOD Invalidate(PRBool aIsSynchronous);
-  NS_IMETHOD Invalidate(const nsRect &aRect, PRBool aIsSynchronous);
-  NS_IMETHOD InvalidateRegion(const nsIRegion *aRegion, PRBool aIsSynchronous);
-  NS_IMETHOD Update(void);
-  NS_IMETHOD DispatchEvent(nsGUIEvent* event, nsEventStatus & aStatus);
-
-  void InitEvent(nsGUIEvent& event, PRUint32 aEventType, nsPoint* aPoint = nsnull);
-    
-  // Utility functions
-
-  void       HandleEvent(GdkEvent *event);
-  PRBool     ConvertStatus(nsEventStatus aStatus);
-  PRBool     DispatchMouseEvent(nsMouseEvent& aEvent);
-  PRBool     DispatchStandardEvent(PRUint32 aMsg);
-  PRBool     DispatchFocus(nsGUIEvent &aEvent);
-
-  // are we a "top level" widget?
-  PRBool     mIsToplevel;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  void IndentByDepth(FILE* out);
-#endif
-
-  // Return the Gdk window used for rendering
-  virtual GdkWindow * GetRenderWindow(GtkObject * aGtkWidget);
-
-protected:
-
-  virtual void InitCallbacks(char * aName = nsnull);
-  virtual void OnDestroy();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD CreateNative(GtkObject *parentWindow) { return NS_OK; }
-
-  nsresult CreateWidget(nsIWidget *aParent,
-                        const nsRect &aRect,
-                        EVENT_CALLBACK aHandleEventFunction,
-                        nsIDeviceContext *aContext,
-                        nsIAppShell *aAppShell,
-                        nsIToolkit *aToolkit,
-                        nsWidgetInitData *aInitData,
-                        nsNativeWidget aNativeParent = nsnull);
-
-
-  PRBool DispatchWindowEvent(nsGUIEvent* event);
-
-  // Return the Gdk window whose background should change
-  virtual GdkWindow *GetWindowForSetBackground();
-
-  // Sets font for widgets
-  virtual void SetFontNative(GdkFont *aFont);
-  // Sets backround for widgets
-  virtual void SetBackgroundColorNative(GdkColor *aColorNor,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorBri,
-                                        GdkColor *aColorDark);
-
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  //
-  // GTK signal installers
-  //
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  void InstallMotionNotifySignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallDragMotionSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-  void InstallDragLeaveSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-  void InstallDragBeginSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-  void InstallDragDropSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallEnterNotifySignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallLeaveNotifySignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallButtonPressSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallButtonReleaseSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  virtual
-  void InstallFocusInSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  virtual
-  void InstallFocusOutSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void InstallRealizeSignal(GtkWidget * aWidget);
-
-  void AddToEventMask(GtkWidget * aWidget,
-                      gint        aEventMask);
-
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  //
-  // OnSomething handlers
-  //
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  virtual void OnMotionNotifySignal(GdkEventMotion * aGdkMotionEvent);
-  virtual void OnDragMotionSignal(GdkDragContext *aGdkDragContext,
-                                  gint            x,
-                                  gint            y,
-                                  guint           time);
-/* OnDragEnterSignal is not a real signal.. it is only called from OnDragMotionSignal */
-  virtual void OnDragEnterSignal(GdkDragContext *aGdkDragContext,
-                                 gint            x,
-                                 gint            y,
-                                 guint           time);
-  virtual void OnDragLeaveSignal(GdkDragContext   *context,
-                                 guint             time);
-  virtual void OnDragBeginSignal(GdkDragContext *aGdkDragContext);
-  virtual void OnDragDropSignal(GdkDragContext *aGdkDragContext,
-                                gint            x,
-                                gint            y,
-                                guint           time);
-  virtual void OnEnterNotifySignal(GdkEventCrossing * aGdkCrossingEvent);
-  virtual void OnLeaveNotifySignal(GdkEventCrossing * aGdkCrossingEvent);
-  virtual void OnButtonPressSignal(GdkEventButton * aGdkButtonEvent);
-  virtual void OnButtonReleaseSignal(GdkEventButton * aGdkButtonEvent);
-  virtual void OnFocusInSignal(GdkEventFocus * aGdkFocusEvent);
-  virtual void OnFocusOutSignal(GdkEventFocus * aGdkFocusEvent);
-  virtual void OnRealize(GtkWidget *aWidget);
-
-  virtual void OnDestroySignal(GtkWidget* aGtkWidget);
-
-  // Static method used to trampoline to OnDestroySignal
-  static gint  DestroySignal(GtkWidget *      aGtkWidget,
-                             nsWidget*        aWidget);
-
-  static void  SuppressModality(PRBool aSuppress);
-
-
-public:
-  PRBool          mIMEEnable;
-  PRUnichar*      mIMECompositionUniString;
-  PRInt32         mIMECompositionUniStringSize;
-  void            SetXICSpotLocation(nsPoint aPoint);
-
-
-
-protected:
-
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  //
-  // GTK widget signals
-  //
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-  static gint MotionNotifySignal(GtkWidget *       aWidget,
-                                 GdkEventMotion *  aGdkMotionEvent,
-                                 gpointer          aData);
-
-  static gint DragMotionSignal(GtkWidget *       aWidget,
-                               GdkDragContext   *context,
-                               gint             x,
-                               gint             y,
-                               guint            time,
-                               void             *data);
-
-  static void DragLeaveSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget,
-                              GdkDragContext   *aDragContext,
-                              guint            time,
-                              void             *aData);
-
-  static gint DragBeginSignal(GtkWidget *       aWidget,
-                              GdkDragContext   *context,
-                              gint             x,
-                              gint             y,
-                              guint            time,
-                              void             *data);
-
-  static gint DragDropSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget,
-                             GdkDragContext   *context,
-                             gint             x,
-                             gint             y,
-                             guint            time,
-                             void             *data);
-
-
-
-  static gint EnterNotifySignal(GtkWidget *        aWidget, 
-                                GdkEventCrossing * aGdkCrossingEvent, 
-                                gpointer           aData);
-  
-  static gint LeaveNotifySignal(GtkWidget *        aWidget, 
-                                GdkEventCrossing * aGdkCrossingEvent, 
-                                gpointer           aData);
-
-  static gint ButtonPressSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                                GdkEventButton * aGdkButtonEvent, 
-                                gpointer         aData);
-
-  static gint ButtonReleaseSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                                  GdkEventButton * aGdkButtonEvent, 
-                                  gpointer         aData);
-
-  static gint RealizeSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                            gpointer         aData);
-
-
-  static gint FocusInSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                            GdkEventFocus *  aGdkFocusEvent, 
-                            gpointer         aData);
-
-  static gint FocusOutSignal(GtkWidget *      aWidget, 
-                             GdkEventFocus *  aGdkFocusEvent, 
-                             gpointer         aData);
-
-protected:
-
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  //
-  // GTK event support methods
-  //
-  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-  void InstallSignal(GtkWidget *   aWidget,
-                     gchar *       aSignalName,
-                     GtkSignalFunc aSignalFunction);
-  
-  PRBool DropEvent(GtkWidget * aWidget, 
-                   GdkWindow * aEventWindow);
-  
-  void InitMouseEvent(GdkEventButton * aGdkButtonEvent,
-                      nsMouseEvent &   anEvent,
-                      PRUint32         aEventType);
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  nsCAutoString  debug_GetName(GtkObject * aGtkWidget);
-  nsCAutoString  debug_GetName(GtkWidget * aGtkWidget);
-  PRInt32       debug_GetRenderXID(GtkObject * aGtkWidget);
-  PRInt32       debug_GetRenderXID(GtkWidget * aGtkWidget);
-#endif
-
-  guint32 mGrabTime;
-  GtkWidget *mWidget;
-  // our mozbox for those native widgets
-  GtkWidget *mMozBox;
-
-  nsIWidget *mParent;
-
-  // This is the composite update area (union of all the calls to
-  // Invalidate)
-  nsIRegion *mUpdateArea;
-
-  PRBool mShown;
-
-  PRUint32 mPreferredWidth, mPreferredHeight;
-  PRBool       mListenForResizes;
-
-  GdkICPrivate *mIC;
-  GdkICPrivate *GetXIC();
-  void SetXIC(GdkICPrivate *aIC);
-  void GetXYFromPosition(unsigned long *aX, unsigned long *aY);
-
-  // this is the rollup listener variables
-  static nsIRollupListener *gRollupListener;
-  static nsIWidget         *gRollupWidget;
-  static PRBool             gRollupConsumeRollupEvent;
-
-private:
-  PRBool mIsDragDest;
-  static nsILookAndFeel *sLookAndFeel;
-  static PRUint32 sWidgetCount;
-
-  //
-  // Keep track of the last widget being "dragged"
-  //
-  static nsWidget *sButtonMotionTarget;
-  static gint sButtonMotionRootX;
-  static gint sButtonMotionRootY;
-  static gint sButtonMotionWidgetX;
-  static gint sButtonMotionWidgetY;
-};
-
-#endif /* nsWidget_h__ */

mozilla/widget/src/gtk/nsWidgetFactory.cpp

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIButton.h"
-#include "nsITextWidget.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-
-#include "nsToolkit.h"
-#include "nsWindow.h"
-#include "nsAppShell.h"
-#include "nsButton.h"
-#include "nsScrollbar.h"
-#include "nsCheckButton.h"
-#include "nsRadioButton.h"
-#include "nsTextWidget.h"
-#include "nsTextAreaWidget.h"
-#include "nsFileWidget.h"
-#include "nsFileSpecWithUIImpl.h"
-#include "nsListBox.h"
-#include "nsComboBox.h"
-#include "nsLookAndFeel.h"
-#include "nsLabel.h"
-#ifdef LOSER
-#include "nsMenuBar.h"
-#include "nsMenu.h"
-#include "nsMenuItem.h"
-#include "nsPopUpMenu.h"
-#include "nsContextMenu.h"
-#endif
-#include "nsFontRetrieverService.h"
-
-// Drag & Drop, Clipboard
-#include "nsClipboard.h"
-#include "nsTransferable.h"
-#include "nsXIFFormatConverter.h"
-#include "nsDragService.h"
-
-#include "nsSound.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCWindow,        NS_WINDOW_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCChild,         NS_CHILD_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCButton,        NS_BUTTON_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCCheckButton,   NS_CHECKBUTTON_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCCombobox,      NS_COMBOBOX_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCFileOpen,      NS_FILEWIDGET_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCListbox,       NS_LISTBOX_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCRadioButton,   NS_RADIOBUTTON_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCHorzScrollbar, NS_HORZSCROLLBAR_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCVertScrollbar, NS_VERTSCROLLBAR_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCTextArea,      NS_TEXTAREA_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCTextField,     NS_TEXTFIELD_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCAppShell,      NS_APPSHELL_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCToolkit,       NS_TOOLKIT_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCLookAndFeel,   NS_LOOKANDFEEL_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCLabel,         NS_LABEL_CID);
-#if 0
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCMenuBar,       NS_MENUBAR_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCMenu,          NS_MENU_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCMenuItem,      NS_MENUITEM_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCPopUpMenu,     NS_POPUPMENU_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCContextMenu,   NS_CONTEXTMENU_CID);
-#endif
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCFontRetrieverService,    NS_FONTRETRIEVERSERVICE_CID);
-
-// Drag & Drop, Clipboard
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCDataObj,       NS_DATAOBJ_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCClipboard,     NS_CLIPBOARD_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCTransferable,  NS_TRANSFERABLE_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCDataFlavor,    NS_DATAFLAVOR_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCXIFFormatConverter,  NS_XIFFORMATCONVERTER_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kCDragService,   NS_DRAGSERVICE_CID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID,   NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIFactoryIID,    NS_IFACTORY_IID);
-
-// Sound services (just Beep for now)
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCSound,   NS_SOUND_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCFileSpecWithUI,   NS_FILESPECWITHUI_CID);
-
-
-class nsWidgetFactory : public nsIFactory
-{   
-public:   
-
-    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-    NS_DECL_NSIFACTORY
-
-    nsWidgetFactory(const nsCID &aClass);   
-    virtual ~nsWidgetFactory();   
-private:
-  nsCID mClassID;
-
-};   
-
-
-
-nsWidgetFactory::nsWidgetFactory(const nsCID &aClass)   
-{   
-    NS_INIT_ISUPPORTS();
-    mClassID = aClass;
-}   
-
-nsWidgetFactory::~nsWidgetFactory()   
-{   
-}   
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsWidgetFactory, NS_GET_IID(nsIFactory))
-
-nsresult nsWidgetFactory::CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter,  
-                                          const nsIID &aIID,  
-                                          void **aResult)  
-{  
-    if (aResult == NULL) {  
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;  
-    }  
-
-    *aResult = NULL;  
-
-    if (nsnull != aOuter)
-      return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
-  
-    nsISupports *inst = nsnull;
-    if (mClassID.Equals(kCWindow)) {
-      inst = (nsISupports *)new nsWindow();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCChild)) {
-      inst = (nsISupports *)new ChildWindow();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCButton)) {
-      inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsButton();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCCheckButton)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsCheckButton();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCCombobox)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsComboBox();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCRadioButton)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsRadioButton();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCFileOpen)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsFileWidget();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCListbox)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsListBox();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCHorzScrollbar)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsScrollbar(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCVertScrollbar)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsScrollbar(PR_TRUE);
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCTextArea)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsTextAreaWidget();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCTextField)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsTextWidget();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCAppShell)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsAppShell();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCToolkit)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsToolkit();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCLookAndFeel)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsLookAndFeel();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCLabel)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsWidget *)new nsLabel();
-    }
-#if 0
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCMenuBar)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsIMenuBar *)new nsMenuBar();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCMenu)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsIMenu *)new nsMenu();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCMenuItem)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsIMenuItem *)new nsMenuItem();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCPopUpMenu)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsPopUpMenu();
-    }
-    /*
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCContextMenu)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsIContextMenu*)new nsContextMenu();
-    }
-    */
-#endif
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCSound)) {
-    	nsISound* aSound = nsnull;
-    	NS_NewSound(&aSound);
-        inst = (nsISupports*) aSound;
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCTransferable)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsTransferable();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCClipboard)) {
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsClipboard();
-    }
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCXIFFormatConverter))
-        inst = (nsISupports*)new nsXIFFormatConverter();
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCFontRetrieverService))
-        inst = (nsISupports*)(nsIFontRetrieverService *) new nsFontRetrieverService();
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCDragService))
-        inst = (nsISupports*) (nsIDragService *) new nsDragService();
-    else if (mClassID.Equals(kCFileSpecWithUI))
-    	inst = (nsISupports*) (nsIFileSpecWithUI *) new nsFileSpecWithUIImpl;
-    else {
-        printf("nsWidgetFactory::CreateInstance(), unhandled class.\n");
-    }
-  
-    if (inst == NULL) {  
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;  
-    }  
-
-    NS_ADDREF(inst);
-    nsresult res = inst->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
-    NS_RELEASE(inst);
-
-    return res;
-
-}  
-
-nsresult nsWidgetFactory::LockFactory(PRBool aLock)  
-{  
-    // Not implemented in simplest case.  
-    return NS_OK;
-}  
-
-// return the proper factory to the caller
-extern "C" NS_WIDGET nsresult 
-NSGetFactory(nsISupports* serviceMgr,
-             const nsCID &aClass,
-             const char *aClassName,
-             const char *aProgID,
-             nsIFactory **aFactory)
-{
-    if (nsnull == aFactory) {
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    *aFactory = new nsWidgetFactory(aClass);
-
-    if (nsnull == aFactory) {
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-    }
-
-    return (*aFactory)->QueryInterface(kIFactoryIID, (void**)aFactory);
-}
-
-